114 7 22MB
German Pages 288 [290]
Telekolleg
Into the English World Grundkurs Englisch
Günther Albrecht
Telekolleg Telekolleg wird veranstaltet von den Bildungs- und Kultusministerien von Bayern und Brandenburg sowie vom Bayerischen Rundfunk (BR). Nähere Informationen zu Telekolleg: www.telekolleg-info.de Dieser Band enthält das Arbeitsmaterial zu den vom Bayerischen Rundfunk produzierten Lehrsendungen.
Die Deutsche Nationalbibliothek verzeichnet diese Publikation in der Deutschen Nationalbibliographie; detaillierte bibliographische Daten sind im Internet über http://dnb.de abrufbar. Das Werk ist in allen seinen Teilen urheberrechtlich geschützt. Jede Verwertung ist ohne Zustimmung des Verlags unzulässig. Das gilt insbesondere für Vervielfältigungen, Übersetzungen, Mikroverfilmungen und die Einspeicherung in und Verarbeitung durch elektronische Systeme. In Lizenz der BRmedia Service GmbH wbg Academic ist ein Imprint der wbg. © 2020 by wbg (Wissenschaftliche Buchgesellschaft), Darmstadt Unveränderter Nachdruck der 2. überarbeiteten Auflage von 2016 Die Herausgabe des Werkes wurde durch die Vereinsmitglieder der wbg ermöglicht. Umschlaggestaltung: schreiberVIS, Seeheim Umschlagabbildung: © Madrugada Verde, stock.adobe. com ; Tono Balaguer, stock.adobe.com; Bohanka, stock. adobe.com Gedruckt auf saurefreiem und alterungsbestandigem Papier Printed in Germany Besuchen Sie uns im Internet: www.wbg-wissenverbindet.de ISBN 978-3-534-27295-2 Elektronisch sind folgende Ausgaben erhältlich: eBook (PDF): 978-3-534-27296-9 eBook (epub): 978-3-534-27297-6
InhAltsverzeIchnIs Vorwort ................................................................................................................................................ S.
7
The BarBecue – MeaT and MeeT ........................................................................................................ S. 1A The Arrival ............................................................................................................................. S. Men at Barbecue..................................................................................................................... S. Eating ..................................................................................................................................... S. 1B Katherine Mansfield, The Garden Party, Précis ..................................................................... S. 1C Language Lab – Say it again Sam .......................................................................................... S. Language Lab – A Bavarian in Boston .................................................................................. S. 1D Into the English World – New Zealand .................................................................................. S. 1E Meeting Literature – Listening Comprehension .................................................................... S. 1F The Language Zone – Summary of the Broadcast and of Chapter 1 ..................................... S.
9 9 12 15 17 18 19 19 21 24
The Moving – a real real esTaTe ...................................................................................................... S. 2A The Moving ............................................................................................................................ S. The Roommate ....................................................................................................................... S. The Apartment........................................................................................................................ S. 2B Doris Lessing, The Fifth Child, Précis ................................................................................... S. 2C Language Lab – Call a Cowboy ............................................................................................. S. 2D Into the English World – The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland ........ S. 2E Meeting Literature – Listening Comprehension .................................................................... S. 2F The Language Zone – Summary of the Broadcast and of Chapter 2 ..................................... S.
26 26 29 31 35 37 38 40 43
The insTallaTion – operaTing The sysTeM ........................................................................................ S. 3A Eric’s Dilemma ...................................................................................................................... S. Technical Support (TS) .......................................................................................................... S. More Technical Support ......................................................................................................... S. 3B Joanne K. Rowling, Harry Potter and the Philosopher’s Stone, Précis .................................. S. 3C Language Lab – Call a Cowboy ............................................................................................. S. Language Lab – A Bavarian in Boston .................................................................................. S. Language Lab – Say it again Sam .......................................................................................... S. 3D Into the English World – Scotland ......................................................................................... S. 3E Meeting Literature – Listening Comprehension .................................................................... S. 3F The Language Zone – Summary of the Broadcast and of Chapter 3 ..................................... S.
45 45 47 51 54 55 55 56 56 58 59
The Weekend – sTand up for coMedy .............................................................................................. S. 4A Planning the Weekend ............................................................................................................ S. Plans at Lunch ........................................................................................................................ S. 4B Peter Mayle, Toujours Provence – Dinner with Pavarotti, Précis .......................................... S. 4C Language Lab – Call a Cowboy ............................................................................................. S. Language Lab – A Bavarian in Boston .................................................................................. S. Language Lab – Say it again Sam .......................................................................................... S.
61 61 63 67 68 69 69
Inhaltsverzeichnis
3
4D 4E 4F
4
Into the English World – Wales ............................................................................................. S. 69 Meeting Literature – Listening Comprehension .................................................................... S. 72 The Language Zone – Summary of the Broadcast and of Chapter 4 ..................................... S. 74
The guide – TourisTs happen ............................................................................................................ S. 5A Visitor from Abroad – At the “Marienplatz“ ......................................................................... S. Visitor from Abroad – At the “Viktualienmarkt“ .................................................................. S. 5B Jonathan Swift, Gulliver’s Travel, Précis............................................................................... S. 5C Language Lab – Call a Cowboy ............................................................................................. S. Language Lab – A Bavarian in Boston .................................................................................. S. Language Lab – Say it again Sam .......................................................................................... S. 5D Into the English World – Ireland ............................................................................................ S. 5E Meeting Literature – Listening Comprehension .................................................................... S. 5F The Language Zone – Summary of the Broadcast and of Chapter 5 ..................................... S.
76 76 78 80 81 82 82 83 85 87
The MuseuM – arT of pleasure ......................................................................................................... S. 6A Entering the Museum ............................................................................................................. S. The Design Collection ............................................................................................................ S. 6B Oscar Wilde, The Picture of Dorian Gray, Précis .................................................................. S. 6C Language Lab – Call a Cowboy ............................................................................................. S. Language Lab – Say it again Sam .......................................................................................... S. Language Lab – A Bavarian in Boston .................................................................................. S. 6D Into the English World – England .......................................................................................... S. 6E Meeting Literature – Listening Comprehension .................................................................... S. 6F The Language Zone – Summary of the Broadcast and of Chapter 6 ..................................... S.
88 88 90 93 94 95 95 96 98 100
The Trip – To check iT ouT and To check in ..................................................................................... S. 7A Planning a Trip: Get Advice................................................................................................... S. At the Airport ......................................................................................................................... S. 7B John R. R. Tolkien, The Hobbit, Précis ................................................................................. S. 7C Language Lab – Call a Cowboy ............................................................................................. S. Language Lab – A Bavarian in Boston .................................................................................. S. Language Lab – Say it again Sam .......................................................................................... S. 7D Into the English World – New Zealand II .............................................................................. S. 7E Meeting Literature – Listening Comprehension .................................................................... S. 7F The Language Zone – Summary of the Broadcast and of Chapter 7 ..................................... S.
102 102 105 107 108 109 109 110 112 114
The car renTal – soMeThing To ranT aBouT ................................................................................... S. 8A Renting a Car .......................................................................................................................... S. 8B Ian Fleming, Goldfinger, Précis ............................................................................................. S. 8C Language Lab – Call a Cowboy ............................................................................................. S. Language Lab – A Bavarian in Boston .................................................................................. S. Language Lab – Say it again Sam .......................................................................................... S. 8D Into the English World – Canada ........................................................................................... S.
116 116 120 121 122 123 124
Inhaltsverzeichnis
8E 8F
Meeting Literature – Listening Comprehension .................................................................... S. 126 The Language Zone – Summary of the Broadcast and of Chapter 8 ..................................... S. 129
The shopping – fleeing froM The flea MarkeT ................................................................................ S. 9A At the Flea Market.................................................................................................................. S. 9B Douglas Adams/Mark Carwardine, Last Chance to See, Précis ............................................ S. 9C Language Lab – Call a Cowboy ............................................................................................. S. Language Lab – A Bavarian in Boston .................................................................................. S. Language Lab – Say it again Sam .......................................................................................... S. 9D Into the English World – Canada II: Nature........................................................................... S. 9E Meeting Literature – Listening Comprehension .................................................................... S. 9F The Language Zone – Summary of the Broadcast and of Chapter 9 ..................................... S.
130 130 135 137 137 138 139 141 144
The Walk – on The road To success ................................................................................................ S. 10 A Finding My Way to Harvard (I) ............................................................................................. S. Finding My Way to Harvard (II) ............................................................................................ S. 10 B Frank McCourt, Teacher Man, Précis .................................................................................... S. 10 C Language Lab – Call a Cowboy ............................................................................................. S. Language Lab – A Bavarian in Boston .................................................................................. S. Language Lab – Say it again Sam .......................................................................................... S. 10 D Into the English World – The United States of America ....................................................... S. 10 E Meeting Literature – Listening Comprehension .................................................................... S. 10 F The Language Zone – Summary of the Broadcast and of Chapter 10 ................................... S.
146 146 150 152 153 154 155 155 158 160
The Tour – folloW The red line ........................................................................................................ S. 11 A Sightseeing Tour .................................................................................................................... S. 11 B Gwen Bristow, Deep Summer, Précis .................................................................................... S. 11 C Language Lab – Call a Cowboy ............................................................................................. S. Language Lab – A Bavarian in Boston .................................................................................. S. Language Lab – Say it again Sam .......................................................................................... S. 11 D Into the English World – USA II: Boston .............................................................................. S. 11 E Meeting Literature – Listening Comprehension .................................................................... S. 11 F The Language Zone – Summary of the Broadcast and of Chapter 11 ................................... S.
162 162 167 168 169 170 171 172 175
The dreaM – The food and The sea .................................................................................................. S. 12 A Sightseeing Trip ..................................................................................................................... S. 12 B Lewis Carroll, Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland – The Lobster Quadrille, Précis............. S. 12 C Language Lab – Call a Cowboy ............................................................................................. S. Language Lab – A Bavarian in Boston .................................................................................. S. Language Lab – Say it again Sam .......................................................................................... S. 12 D Into the English World – USA III: Massachusetts ................................................................. S. 12 E Meeting Literature – Listening Comprehension .................................................................... S. 12 F The Language Zone – Summary of the Broadcast and of Chapter 12 ................................... S.
177 177 183 184 185 186 186 188 191
Inhaltsverzeichnis
5
The player – sporTs and More .......................................................................................................... S. 13 A Baseball .................................................................................................................................. S. 13 B Erich Segal, Love Story, Précis .............................................................................................. S. 13 C Language Lab – Call a Cowboy ............................................................................................. S. Language Lab – A Bavarian in Boston .................................................................................. S. Language Lab – Say it again Sam .......................................................................................... S. 13 D Into the English World – USA IV: Hollywood and Las Vegas ............................................. S. 13 E Meeting Literature – Listening Comprehension .................................................................... S. 13 F The Language Zone – Summary of the Broadcast and of Chapter 13 ................................... S.
192 192 199 200 201 202 202 204 207
The WelcoMe – hoMe, sWeeT hoMe ................................................................................................. S. 14 A Julia Picks Eric up from the Airport....................................................................................... S. 14 B Mark Twain, A Tramp Abroad, Précis ................................................................................... S. 14 C Language Lab – Call a Cowboy ............................................................................................. S. Language Lab – A Bavarian in Boston .................................................................................. S. Language Lab – Say it again Sam .......................................................................................... S. 14 D Into the English World – Australia......................................................................................... S. 14 E Meeting Literature – Listening Comprehension .................................................................... S. 14 F The Language Zone – Summary of the Broadcast and of Chapter 14 ................................... S.
208 208 213 215 215 216 216 218 221
The reTurn – once upon a TiMe ........................................................................................................ S. 15 A Eric Recounts His Journey into the States (I)......................................................................... S. Eric Recounts His Journey into the States (II) ....................................................................... S. 15 B Alex Haley, Roots, Précis ...................................................................................................... S. 15 C Language Lab – Call a Cowboy ............................................................................................. S. Language Lab – A Bavarian in Boston .................................................................................. S. Language Lab – Say it again Sam .......................................................................................... S. 15 D Into the English World – Australia II: The Great Barrier Reef .............................................. S. 15 E Meeting Literature – Listening Comprehension .................................................................... S. 15 F The Language Zone – Summary of the Broadcast and of Chapter 15 ................................... S.
222 222 224 227 228 229 230 230 232 234
Key to Exercises .................................................................................................................................. S. 236 Wordlist................................................................................................................................................ S. 279
Literaturhinweise ................................................................................................................................. S. 286 Bildhinweise ........................................................................................................................................ S. 288
6
Inhaltsverzeichnis
Liebe Studierende am Telekolleg, willkommen beim Grundkurs Englisch! Der Kurs bietet Ihnen die Möglichkeit, Ihre Englischkenntnisse aufzufrischen und zu vertiefen. Der Kurs setzt Englischkenntnisse voraus, die in etwa ein bis zwei Jahren Englischunterricht erworben werden. Wenn Sie keine Vorkenntnisse mitbringen, empfehlen wir Ihnen, sich entsprechend vorzubereiten, z.B. in einem Kurs an der Volkshochschule. Die Sendungen Die Fernsehsendungen, zu denen dieses Begleitbuch entstand, wurden mit Muttersprachlern (native speakers) und zum Teil in Amerika (New England, Greater Boston und in den Vereinigten Staaten) gedreht. Um die Lernsituation eines Englisch Lernenden nachzustellen, begibt sich der Moderator Eric in Situationen, in welchen er als Amerikaner gleichfalls mit Sprachschwierigkeiten, in seinem Fall mit der deutschen Sprache, zu kämpfen hat (Schauplätze in Deutschland). Dies soll den Englisch Lernenden Mut machen und vielleicht ein wenig Trost spenden, dass es selbst dem Moderator nicht anders ergeht als den Lernenden im Grundkurs. Die Sendungen sind nach der Modultechnik aufgebaut: Jede der insgesamt 15 Folgen ist einem bestimmten Thema gewidmet. In der ersten Sendung geht es um eine Grillparty, in der zweiten Sendung um die Wohnungssuche und den Umzug usw. Das Thema wird dann in fünf Abschnitten der Sendung unter einem jeweils anderen Blickwinkel präsentiert. In der „Language Zone“ wird ein zusammenfassender Rückblick gegeben. Das Begleitbuch Das Begleitbuch orientiert sich am Modulaufbau der Sendungen. Modul A gibt die Dialoge und „statements“ der Spielszenen in Ausschnitten oder Zusammenfassungen wieder. Anhand der Spielszenen wird die englische Grammatik erklärt. Der abwechslungsreiche Übungsteil gibt Ihnen die Gelegenheit, das (Wieder-) Gelernte zu trainieren und aktiv anzuwenden. In Modul B werden Sie mit einer vereinfachten Zusammenfassung und mit Wortschatzübungen an den Original-Literaturtext (Modul E) herangeführt. In Modul C, dem language laboratory, werden in „Call a Cowboy“ und „A Bavarian in Boston“ häufig auftretende sprachliche Missverständnisse und Verständigungsschwierigkeiten (false friends) auf witzige und humorvolle Weise geklärt. Da die USA als größte und einflussreichste westliche Macht auch sprachlich längst die Impulse setzen, machen Humphrey Bogart und Sherlock Holmes in „Say it again Sam“ auf Unterschiede zwischen amerikanischem und britischem Englisch aufmerksam. Modul D, „Into the English World”, gibt Ihnen in geraffter Form einen fundierten Überblick über die verschiedenen Länder und Zonen der englischsprachigen Welt (Großbritannien, Irland, Neuseeland, Kanada, USA und Australien). Nach der gründlichen Lektüre der landeskundlichen Texte sollten Sie in der Lage sein, die Wortschatzübungen zu bewältigen und z. B. das „crossword puzzle“ zu lösen. Die Module A, B, C und D sollen Sie auf die erste Feststellungsprüfung auf dem Weg zur Fachhochschulreife vorbereiten (gilt in Bayern als sog. „Mittlere Reifeprüfung“). Daher ist es wichtig, dass Sie die Texte nicht nur lesen, sondern auch mit ihnen arbeiten, d. h. die gestellten Fragen beantworten und die Übungen bearbeiten.
Vorwort
7
Modul E befasst sich mit dem Original-Literaturtext, der zu Beginn einer jeden Sendung vorgelesen wird. Der Autor des Textes und seine Werke werden vorgestellt. Der Literaturtext ist in eine Hörverständnisübung eingebettet, in der Sie Ihr „gist listening“ testen können. Gut wäre es, wenn Sie sich die Sendung mehrmals ansehen, den vorgetragenen Text anhören und dann die Übungen dazu ausführen könnten. Wenn Sie keine Möglichkeit haben, sich die Sendung erneut anzusehen, können Sie anhand des von Ihnen wieder hergestellten Literaturtextes Ihr Textverständnis trainieren. Die Wortschatzerklärungen sollen Ihnen zu häufiges Nachschlagen im Wörterbuch ersparen. Modul F, „The Language Zone“, fasst die Inhalte der jeweiligen Sendung und des jeweiligen Kapitels noch einmal zusammen. Wenn Sie beim Lesen der „summary“ alles richtig verstehen, haben Sie das Ziel erreicht, das wir uns vorgenommen haben. Da der „Grundkurs Englisch“ kein reiner Anfängerkurs ist, wird ein gewisser Grundwortschatz vorausgesetzt. In der „word list“ finden Sie die Wörter und Wendungen, die dem sogenannten Aufbauwortschatz zuzuordnen sind. In den Kapiteln sind diese Wörter und Wendungen kursiv geschrieben und werden erklärt. In diesem Zusammenhang möchten wir Sie ausdrücklich darauf hinweisen, dass Wörterbücher (zweisprachig und einsprachig), wie sie meist in der Mittelstufe üblich sind, zum „Handwerkszeug“ des Fremdsprachenlernens gehören. Im Abschnitt „Key to Exercises“ finden Sie zu jeder Übung eine Lösung bzw. einen Lösungsvorschlag, z. T. mit Zeilenangabe, die auf die in Frage kommenden Textstellen in den Modulen A, B, C und D verweisen. Ein Tipp: Notieren Sie nicht nur Satzfragmente, Nummern oder Buchstaben, sondern schreiben Sie immer ganze Sätze. Sie werden erstaunt sein, wie viele Wendungen und Strukturen Sie sich durch häufiges Schreiben ganz unbewusst einprägen. Dem Motto „Learning English with a Smile“ entsprechend, wünsche Ich Ihnen viel Spaß und vor allem Erfolg mit „Into the English World – Grundkurs Englisch“. Günther Albrecht
Diese zwei charmanten Begleiter führen Sie durch die Fernsehsendungen des „Grundkurs Englisch“: Carolin Nyhuis (links) bringt Ihnen die englische Grammatik mit Charme und Pfiff nahe. Eric Gladhart (rechts), der wandlungsfähige „Tramp Abroad“, führt Sie „Into the English World“.
8
Vorwort
11
The BarBecue – meaT and meeT 1a
The arrival
In this module you get to know Eric and his girlfriend Julia. They are invited into Fred’s house to a barbecue party. They talk about Fred’s family. Hi Fred, thanks for the invitation. Fred: Pleasure. And who is this lovely lady at your side? Eric: Oh, I’m sorry. This is my girlfriend Julia. We’ve been together for a few months now. She just got into Munich last evening from business, so please excuse her if she falls asleep at the table. (Every one laughs.) Julia: You have a lovely place here. Are you from America too? Fred: Oh no! I am from England. I am no Yankee. Eric:
5
10
While Fred is talking to Julia, Eric notices framed pictures of people on a table he does not know. Eric: Fred: 15
Hey Fred, who are these people here? I don’t think I’ve met them yet. No, you haven’t, Eric. You’ve never met my family. They are all spread out in various regions in the United Kingdom. He’s my brother Kirk, he lives in Kent. He’s my other brother (points to Mark), Mark lives in Plymouth. The two ladies are my sisters Diane and Sherril. She (points to Diane) lives near my parents in Yorkshire and she (points to Sherril) lives in the Hamptons. We all meet once a year either in Yorkshire or in the Hamptons.
Fred also tells them the tragic story of his sister Sherril’s father-in-law: 20
They found him in a cave, dead. Story goes, he got killed by a dragon. But I think he got drunk, fell down and stabbed himself with his own sword. He was off his rocker. module Yankee father-in-law
Modul, Baustein, Einheit Yankee (Amerikaner aus den Nordstaaten) Schwiegervater
cave dragon stab
Höhle Drache erdolchen
Understanding the text. True or false? Tick the correct box. 1. Eric is invited to a barbecue party. 2. Julia is Eric’s girlfriend. 3. She has just returned from her holiday. 4. Eric is meeting his brothers and sisters. 5. Every year Fred’s family comes together in Yorkshire or in the Hamptons. 6. Sherril’s father-in-law got killed by a dragon. 7. He was found sitting on his rocker.
true
false
The Barbecue – Meat and Meet
9
Find the English phrases for these German words and expressions. 8. Danke für die Einladung. 9. Sie schläft am Tisch ein. 10. gerahmte Fotos And what about you? Answer in full sentences. 11. Have you got brothers and sisters? Where do they live? 12. Do you often see them and where? If so, why? If not, why not?
The pronouns die pronomen Das Pronomen (Fürwort), steht für ein Nomen (Hauptwort). In der Sendung wurden folgende Pronomen besprochen: • Subjektpronomen. Diese stehen stellvertretend für das Subjekt des Satzes. • Objektpronomen. Diese nehmen die Stellung des Objekts im Satz ein. Im Englischen sind direktes und indirektes Objekt gleich. • besitzanzeigende Adjektive und Possessivpronomen Person 1. Pers. Singular 2. Pers. 3. Pers. 1. Pers. Plural 2. Pers. 3. Pers.
Pronomen als Subjekt
Pronomen als Objekt
besitzanzeigendes Adjektiv (kann nicht allein stehen)
I you he, she, it we you they
me you him, her, it us you them
my your his, her, its our your their
Possessivpronomen (allein stehend) mine yours his, hers, its ours yours theirs
exercise Replace the words in brackets by their pronouns or possessive adjectives. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
10
(Fred) has invited (Eric and Julia) to a garden party. (The BBQ) is taking place in (Fred’s) garden. (Julia) came to Munich just the night before. (Eric and Fred) should excuse (Julia) if (Julia) looks tired. “(Fred’s) parents live in Yorkshire”, Fred says, “but (Julia’s) parents are here in Munich.” The old VW, a beetle, is (Julia’s car), but the BMW motorbike is (Fred’s motorbike). (The two ladies’) brothers live in different cities. “(Fred’s and his brothers’ and sisters’) parents live in a house of their own,” Fred explains.
The Barbecue – Meat and Meet
11
• Reflexivpronomen Die Formen des Reflexivpronomens „oneself“ (sich) verwendet man, wenn Subjekt und Objekt identisch sind. myself I Singular you yourself he/she/it himself/herself/itself
Plural
ourselves yourselves themselves
we you they
Die englischen Reflexivpronomen entsprechen auch dem deutschen selbst, z. B. Did he really do it himself? Eine große Zahl reflexiver Verben im Deutschen bleibt im Englischen ohne Reflexivpronomen, z. B.: to apologize (sich entschuldigen) to look forward to (sich freuen auf) to remember (sich erinnern) to thank sb. (sich bei jmdm. bedanken) to imagine (sich vorstellen) to be late (sich verspäten)
• Pronomen der Gegenseitigkeit Wenn man im Deutschen dem Reflexivpronomen sich sinnvoll das Wort gegenseitig hinzufügen kann, werden im Englischen die Formen „each other“ oder „one another“ verwendet. (Es besteht praktisch kein Unterschied, „one another“ ist etwas förmlicher.)
Beispiele:
They hate each other.
They seldom quarrel with one another.
exercises I.
Complete these dialogues using the correct form of “oneself”.
1. May I introduce __________ . My name is Julia. Hi, I’m Fred. 2. We were on holidays. Did you enjoy __________? 3. Thanks for the invitation. Don’t mention it. Come in and help __________ to some of the marinated steaks. 4. Bye, Eric. Bye, Fred. Take care of __________ . 5. The razor blade is sharp. So don’t cut __________ .
The Barbecue – Meat and Meet
11
II. Use either forms of “oneself” or “each other” in these mini-dialogues. 1. We don’t know ____________ , do we? No, we don’t. Perhaps we should introduce ____________ to ____________ . 2. I’m sure they’ll get on well with ____________ . Yes, I’m sure they will. 3. Did the boys hurt ____________ seriously in their fight? No, they didn’t. 4. Don’t you recognize ____________ on the video? No! Is that really me? 5. Are they having problems with ____________? Yes, I’m afraid they are.
Men aT BarBecue Fred, Eric and Jason are standing around the barbecue talking about food and a “proper” diet. Fred explains to them how he has prepared his delicious sauce for the steaks. 5 Fred:
Jason: Fred: 10
15 Jason:
Eric: Fred: Eric:
I bought them at the butcher’s and immediately put them in my world famous goop. Goop? Sauce. I marinated the steaks for 48 hours and am now smoking them with hickory chips. They will melt in your mouth. I was thinking of BBQing shrimps as well, but I think for us meat will do. If the ladies complain, they can eat salad. It’s healthier for them anyway. For us men, salad just gets in the way. I worked hard to spice up the sauce just right. We’ll teach the women a thing or two about proper dieting. Right, guys? Well, I am trying to watch my figure. I am on a diet. (He laughs at the other guys’ quizzical faces.) I’m so hungry I could eat an ox! I am getting another steak from the kitchen. Yeah, me too, Jason. I’m so hungry I could eat one too. Fred? You have any oxen? (to Eric) I like Jason. Where does he come from? He’s a Kiwi. He is from New Zealand.
barbecue diet delicious sauce
12
Gartengrill Speise, Kost, auch: Diät köstlich Soße, Tunke
The Barbecue – Meat and Meet
chips spice up guy quizzical Kiwi
hier: Scheibchen, (Holz-) Schnippsel gut würzen hier: Kumpel (umgangssprachl.) ulkig, hier: fragend Kiwi, Neuseeländer, auch: Kiwi Vogel
true
Understanding the text. True or false? Tick the correct box. 1. Men and women are standing around the BBQ. 2. Fred bought the steaks at a supermarket. 3. He left the steaks in a spicy mixture for two days. 4. The men prefer eating meat. 5. The men know something about “proper dieting”. 6. Jason is on a diet. 7. Jason and Eric eat steaks from an ox. 8. Fred barbecued shrimps.
11
false
Countries and nationalities. Complete the table below. Use a dictionary if you wish. The country is: 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.
England ________ ________ (Kiwi) ________ ________ Italy Spain ________ Australia (OZ)
The people are: the English the Germans the New Zealanders the Welsh the French ________ ________ the Greeks ________
Which words are missing? 18. Great Britain is three countries: England, ________ and ________ .These three countries, together with Northern Ireland, form the ________ . And what about you? Answer in full sentences. 19. Who prepares the food when you have a BBQ-party? 20. What kind of BBQ have you got? Give a reason (with charcoal = Holzkohle; an electric BBQ, fired by propane gas or liquefied petroleum gas = flüssiges Propangas).
The Barbecue – Meat and Meet
13
Be foxy and learn the FOXY-rule
THE PLURAL OF NOUNS DIE MEHRZAHLBILDUNG VON SUBSTANTIVEN
regelmäßig
unregelmäßig
s lamp – lamps desk – desks cup – cups ticket – tickets pocket – pockets nut – nuts bolt – bolts table – tables bulb – bulbs room – rooms tyre – tyres plane – planes chair – chairs window – windows hand – hands broom – brooms
es
f
o
x*
wolf – wolves shelf – shelves knife – knives wife – wives
tomato – tomatoes potato – potatoes volcano – volcanoes hero – heroes
fox – foxes bus – buses glass – glasses brush – brushes
y
Mitlaut + y
Selbstlaut + y
lady – ladies lorry – lorries body – bodies
boy – boys day – days tray – trays
man – men woman – women workman – workmen child – children ox – oxen mouse – mice louse – lice foot – feet tooth – teeth goose – geese sheep – sheep
* außer x auch die Zischlaute: s, ss, sh, ch Besonderheiten:
phenomenon crisis
phenomena crises
grown-up son-in-law
grown-ups sons-in-law
exercises I. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Completed the sentences by putting the words in brackets into their plural form. Good evening, (lady) and (gentleman). Good morning (child). London’s telephone (box) are red and its (taxi) black. Are (bus) allowed to drive as fast as (lorry) on (motorway)? More and more people work in (office) and in the service (industry). Rapunzel had three (wish) free. (Peach) grow in this country, but (orange) must be imported from sunnier (country).
II. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Turn the singular forms into plural and the plural into singular forms. You left your book on my shelf. Are these your tomatoes? A man can’t have a baby. Does your tooth ache? A disco is fantastic. There are no leaves on those trees. They have young children.
III. Difficult plural forms, look them up in a dictionary. 1. mother-in-law 4. life 2. sheep 5. analysis 3. woman driver 6. date 14
The Barbecue – Meat and Meet
11
IV. Put the words in brackets [...] into the plural. Water – gathered from the long rainfalls which arrived from Wales – was the most active thing in the dale. It would drip endlessly all day from [cloud] and [tree], from [roof] and eaves (Dachrinnen) and [nose]. It tore open [road], cut its way through [garden], filled the [ditch] (Graben) with splashing [noise]. (Summarized from “Cider with Rosie” by Laurie Lee)
eaTing Fred and his guests are sitting at the table enjoying their food. Jason comes in later with sad news. Eric: Excuse
me. Who’s got the salt? I have. Eric: Can you pass it please? Claudia: Certainly. Eric: Thanks. Claudia: Don’t mention it. Eric: Um, (with mouth full) aren’t you hungry, Claudia? Claudia: Um, yeah, I’m ravished. Eric: Then why are you eating only a salad? Claudia: ‘Cause I am a vegetarian. I guess I could say, “I’m so hungry I could eat an iceberg salad.” (Everybody laughs.) Doris: (points to Claudia and herself) Yeah, we are all veggies. Eric: Wow, you learn something new every day. (Jason enters the room.) Jason: Whose car is parked outside in front of the fire hydrant? It’s a black Volkswagen. It’s getting towed! Fred: Holy Mackerel Batman! I have to go and save the bat mobile! (Fred jumps up and runs off.) Eric: Ha ha, are there any more steaks on the grill and if so, whose are they? Claudia: Yeah, there are some steaks on the grill and I think they belong to Fred. Eric: Great, I don’t think he will be coming back soon. (laughs) Eric: Who’s got the ketchup? Jason: Who’s got the what? Eric: The ketchup, it’s right in front of you. Can you pass it please? Jason: Ah, you mean the tomato sauce. Here you go. Eric: Okay, the tomato sauce. Whatever. Thanks. Jason: You’re welcome. Claudia:
5
10
15
20
25
Don’t mention it You’re welcome ravish tow [t@u]
entspricht dem deutschen „bitte“ nach „thank you“ hinreißen, entzücken schleppen, abschleppen
Holy Mackerel Batman bat ketchup (AE), tomato sauce (BE)
(Ausruf des Erschreckens) Fledermaus, hier: VW Tomatensoße
The Barbecue – Meat and Meet
15
true
Understanding the text. True or false? Tick the correct box. 1. There are five people sitting at the table at the beginning. 2. Claudia passes the salt to Eric and says: “please”. 3. Claudia is eating an iceberg. 4. Jason comes in with a policeman. 5. Eric’s car is getting towed off. 6. “Tomato sauce” and “ketchup” mean the same.
false
And what about you? Answer in full sentences. 7. Are you a vegetarian? Why? Why not? 8. Have you or one of your friends ever been fined (Strafzettel erhalten) by the police? Why and how much was the fine? The regular and irregular verbs die regelmässigen und unregelmässigen verben So wie es im Deutschen schwache (fragen, fragte, gefragt) und starke Verben (singen, sang, gesungen) gibt, unterscheidet man auch im Englischen in regelmäßige und unregelmäßige Verben. Letztere muss man sich ganz besonders gut einprägen. Aber trösten Sie sich, davon gibt es ja „nur“ etwa 150, im Gegensatz zu den vielen Hunderten, ja Tausenden von regelmäßigen Verben. Jedes Verb hat eine Grundform (infinitive), eine Vergangenheitsform (past tense form) und ein Mittelwort der Vergangenheit (past participle), das für die Bildung der zusammengesetzten Zeitformen gebraucht wird. Grundform Vergangenheitsform (infinitive) (past tense form)
Mittelwort der Vergangenheit (past participle)
regelmäßige Verben mit Vergangenheitsformen auf „-ed“
to ask to work to laugh
asked worked laughed
asked → z. B. (has) asked worked → z. B. (had) worked laughed
unregelmäßige Verben
to say to go to write to be
said went wrote was, were
said → z. B.(will have) said gone → z.B. (would have) gone written been
The verb To be das verb „To be“ Person
Singular
Plural
16
I you he, she, it we you they
The Barbecue – Meat and Meet
Gegenwart (present tense) Vergangenheit (past tense) am are is
was were was
are
were
11
1 B KaTherine Mansfield, The garden ParTy, Précis One day in early summer the weather for the garden party is ideal. The gardener is preparing the large garden for this event in the afternoon. Even the bushes shine in full green and hundreds of roses have come out overnight, the only flowers that everybody knows. 5
While they are having breakfast, mother tells her daughters that she is going to leave the organisation of the whole party to them. They are having breakfast, when the workmen arrive to put up the marquee. It is Laura’s task to tell the four workmen what to do. As she is still eating her bread and butter she feels a bit ashamed when talking to the four men while they are carrying their tool-bags and staves with rolls of canvas.
10
The tallest of the men looks so nice and friendly and she loses her shyness and cheers up. marquee
Festzelt
staves
Zeltstangen
Questions on the text. Tick the correct answer. 1. When is the weather ideal for a garden party? a. in spring
b. in summer
c. in autumn
d. in June or July
2. The only flowers everybody seems to know are ______ . a. lawns
b. roses
c. green leaves
d. bushes
c. Laura and the gardener
d. mother and her daughters
c. to put up the tent for the garden party
d. to carry the staves
3. “They” (l.5) are ______ . a. the workmen
b. mother and the gardener
4. Laura tells the workmen ______ . a. to cut the lawn
b. to finish breakfast
5. Laura likes one of the workmen and so she ______ . a. starts talking to him and is no longer afraid
b. begins to laugh
c. gives him her bread and butter
d. loses courage
The Barbecue – Meat and Meet
17
Give the past tense forms of these irregular words. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.
infinitive to be to shine to come to know to have breakfast to tell to leave to put up to do to eat to feel to lose
past tense form
1 c language laB say iT again saM An American tourist is on tour through England with a rented TRUCK. He goes to a fast food restaurant and eats a massive portion of FRENCH FRIES with lots of KETCHUP on it and drinks some coke. (He has a bottle of LIQUOR with him, but as he is a driver he doesn’t drink it, of course.) Later he has a PUNCTURE in one of the TYRES. He goes to a garage nearby. Tourist: “I have a FLAT, can you help me?” Mechanic: “Sorry Sir, we are a garage and not an ESTATE AGENT’s.” exercise Complete this diagram. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
18
German Lastwagen Pommes Tomatensoße Schnaps einen Platten haben Reifen Wohnung Wohnungsmakler
The Barbecue – Meat and Meet
British English
American English
11
a Bavarian in BosTon exercise Unterstreichen Sie die betonte Silbe: a desert (Wüste) a dessert (Nachspeise, Dessert)
1 d inTo The english world new Zealand
5
10
15
20
Situated southeast of Australia in the South Pacific, it comprises two main islands: the North Island and the South Island. There are more than 30 million sheep in New Zealand – some eight times the number of people. The country is relatively thinly populated with an average of 16 inhabitants per square kilometre. On the North Island mainly fertile hill country prevails. The region is characterized by active volcanoes and geysers. The South Island is dominated by the New Zealand Alps. The mountain chain stretches from the northeast to the southwest of the island. In the 18th century the Briton, James Cook, was carrying out his expeditions in the Pacific Ocean. With his famous ship, the Endeavor, he reached New Zealand in 1769. Here he stumbled across the most breathtaking natural scenery. New Zealand belongs to the Commonwealth of Nations. To this day the British Crown is Head of State. Parliament, with its House of Representatives, is in Wellington, the most southerly situated capital city in the world. The biggest city in the country is Auckland. Almost every third New Zealander lives there. The famous seaport with its futuristic sky tower is the most important trading centre in the country. The countless numbers of yachts and sailing boats have earned it the nickname “City of Sails”. Tourism is an important branch of the economy for New Zealand. The number of visitors keeps on rising year after year. The highly varied and at times untrodden landscape attracts people to it like a magnet. fertile prevail
fruchtbar überwiegen
endeavor untrodden
Unternehmung, Bemühung unberührt
The Barbecue – Meat and Meet
19
exercises I. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
Find the English words and expressions in the text for: umfasst etwas die achtfache Anzahl an Durchschnitt wird beherrscht von erstreckt sich von … bis stolperte über atemberaubend bis heute Handelszentrum haben ihm den Spitznamen eingebracht äußerst abwechslungsreiche Landschaft
II. Now read the text again. There are eleven mistakes in it. Find them and underline them. As an alternative you can also watch the part “Into the English world – New Zealand” once more.
5
10
15
20
20
New Zealand Situated southeast of Australia in the Atlantic, it comprises two main islands: the North Island and the South Island. There are more than 3 million sheep in New Zealand – some eight times the number of people. The country is relatively thinly populated with an average of 16 inhabitants per square metre. On the North Island mainly fertile hill country prevails. The region is characterized by sleeping volcanoes and geysers. The South Island is dominated by the Swiss Alps. The mountain chain stretches from the northeast to the southwest of the island. In the 18th century the Briton, James Cook, was carrying out his leisure trip in the Pacific Ocean. With his famous ship, the Endeavor, he reached New Zealand in 1769. Here he stumbled across the most breathtaking natural scenery. New Zealand belongs to the Commonwealth of Nations. To this day the British Crown is Head of the Government. Parliament, with its House of Representatives, is in Wellington, the most southerly situated capital city in the world. The biggest city in the country is Wellington. Almost every third New Zealander lives there. The famous seaport with its futuristic sky tower is the most important trading centre in the country. The countless numbers of surfboards and sailing boats have earned it the nickname “City of Sails”. Tourism is an unimportant branch of the economy for New Zealand. The number of visitors keeps on rising year after year. The highly varied and at times untrodden landscape distracts people to it like a magnet.
The Barbecue – Meat and Meet
11
III. Crossword puzzle New Zealand 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
1. New Zealand belongs to the _______ of Nations. 2. Name of a famous ship 3. Product we get from sheep 4. New Zealand’s biggest city 5. New Zealand’s emblem and national bird 6. New Zealand consists of two islands – the South island and the _________Island.
1e
7. Where very hot water comes out from the ground 8. Christchurch is another ________ in New Zealand. 9. Magma comes from these mountains 10. The largest city’s ____ is “City of Sails”. Solution: Most southerly capital city
MeeTing liTeraTure
lisTening coMPrehension
In 1B haben Sie sich schon mit der Inhaltsangabe zu „The Garden Party“ arty“ von Katherine Mansfield beschäftigt. Jetzt gehen wir einen Schritt weiter und befassen uns mit dem Originaltext – diesmal eine Aufgabe, um das Hörverständnis zu trainieren. Zuerst aber noch ein paar Informationen über die Autorin:
5
Katherine Mansfield was born in Wellington, New Zealand, 14 October 1888. She later went to Great Britain. She died at the age of 34 of tuberculosis. Among her most well known short stories are “The Garden Party”, “The Daughters of the Late Colonel”, and “The Fly”. In the “The Garden Party” Laura lives in a world of high class housing, food, family and garden parties. She then discovers that her neighbour from a lower class has died and she is confronted with reality upon discovering death. This is a story about illusion versus reality. You hear the beginning of the short story.
The Barbecue – Meat and Meet
21
exercises I.
Listen to the beginning of the short story once more and tick the correct answer. If you can’t watch the broadcast again, use the pool of phrases below to complete the text and do the exercise a second time. The numbers are identical with those of the gaps. true false 1. The blue sky was covered with clouds. 2. The gardener had already been up early in the morning mowing the lawn. 3. The daisies (Gänseblümchen) had been cut and only the rosette-leaves had been left. 4. The green bushes of the roses bowed down deeply. 5. After the family had finished breakfast the men came to put up the tent. 6. Meg could not supervise the men as she still sat in her green turban. 7. Jose was in her petticoat. 8. Laura likes eating out of doors very much. 9. The workmen carried garden chairs and tables.
10. The workmen carried schoolbags on their back. 11. Laura went red in her face. 12. Laura sounded so natural, not at all ashamed. 13. She stammered like a little girl. 14. The tallest of the men was slim with pale brown spots on his face and skin. II. Now use the pool of phrases below and complete the text. Then check your answers. You need not know every single word as long as you understand the general meaning of the text. Katherine Mansfield, The Garden Party And after all the weather was ideal. They could not have had a more perfect day for a garden-party if they had ordered it. Windless, warm, the sky without a cloud. Only the blue 1) _______________ _______________________________ , as it is sometimes in early summer. The gardener had been up 5
2) ______________________________________________ and sweeping them, until the grass and the dark flat rosettes 3) _________________________________________________________, seemed to shine. As for the roses, you could not help feeling they understood that roses are the only flowers that
22
The Barbecue – Meat and Meet
11
impress people at garden-parties; the only flowers that everybody is certain of knowing. Hundreds, yes, literally hundreds, had come out in a single night; the green bushes 4) _____________________________ 10
__________________________________________________________________________. Breakfast was not yet over before the men came 5) ___________________________________. “Where do you want the marquee put, mother?” “My dear child, it’s no use asking me. I’m determined to leave everything to you children this year. Forget I am your mother. Treat me as an honoured guest.”
15
But Meg could not possibly go and 6) ______________________________________________ . She had washed her hair before breakfast, and she sat drinking her coffee in a green turban, with a dark wet curl stamped on each cheek. Jose, the butterfly, always came down 7) ___________________ _____________________ and a kimono jacket. “You’ll have to go, Laura; you’re the artistic one.”
20
Away Laura flew, still holding her piece of bread-and-butter. It’s so delicious to have an excuse 8) ______________________________________________ , and besides, she loved having to arrange things; she always felt she could do it so much better than anybody else. Four men in their shirt-sleeves stood grouped together on the garden path. 9) __________________ ________________ covered with rolls of canvas, and they 10) _______________________________
25
_______________________________ . They looked impressive. Laura wished now that she had not got the bread-and-butter, but there was nowhere to put it, and she couldn’t possibly throw it away. 11) _______________________ and tried to look severe and even a little bit short-sighted as she came up to them. “Good morning,” she said, copying her mother’s voice. But that sounded 12) _________________
30
________________________ that she was ashamed, and 13) ________________________________ _________________________, “Oh – er – have you come – is it about the marquee?” “That’s right, miss,” said the tallest of the men, 14) _______________________________________ , and he shifted his tool-bag, knocked back his straw hat and smiled down at her. “That’s about it.”
The Barbecue – Meat and Meet
23
His smile was so easy, so friendly that Laura recovered. What nice eyes he had, small, but such a dark 35
blue! And now she looked at the others, they were smiling too. “Cheer up, we won’t bite,” their smile seemed to say. How very nice workmen were! was veiled with a haze of light gold since dawn, mowing the lawns where the daisy plants had been bowed down as though they had been visited by archangels 5) to put up the marquee 6) supervise the men 7) in a silk petticoat 1) 2) 3) 4)
veil haze dawn archangels
1f
verschleiern Dunst Morgendämmerung Erzengel
supervise petticoat blush affected
8) 9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14)
for eating out of doors They carried staves had big tool-bags slung on their backs She blushed so fearfully affected stammered like a little girl a lanky, freckled fellow
überwachen seidener Unterrock erröten hier: geziert, affektiert
stammer lanky freckled
stammeln schlaksig mit Sommersprossen
The language Zone
suMMary of The BroadcasT and of chaPTer 1
5
10
15
We discovered a man named Eric. An American who has lived in Germany for many years and just so happens to be one of those expatriates who enjoy the German way of life. A friend of Eric’s, Fred, invited Eric and his girlfriend Julia over to his house for a BBQ. Grammatically, we learned much from their dialog: Various personal pronouns such as I, you, me, and other forms like my, her, and mine. Word classes were also the topic of flavour: Singular, plural, and through the FOXY-rule we learned how to form the Plural form. Be FOXY, learn FOXY. Last but not least, we learned how to be or not to be with the verb “to be”. We learned many aspects of New Zealand in our segment called “Into the English World”. The Cowboy taught us that the German word “grillen” has many meanings in the English language: grill, to BBQ, and to have a BBQ party, but also to question somebody very intensively. We were introduced to Humphrey Bogart and Sherlock Holmes who opened our eyes to a world of English. Now we know that the Americans and British are separated by a common language. Our Bavarian in Boston is interrupting guests with his wise remarks. Through him, we learned the difference between de’ssert and ’desert. We also occupied ourselves with a passage of Katherine Mansfield’s short story “The Garden Party”. A story about a girl named Laura, who wishes to cancel the planned garden party when she learns of the death of a working-class laborer who lives down the hill from her parents’ home. expatriates
24
Ausgewanderte
The Barbecue – Meat and Meet
flavour meaning
Aroma, Geschmack, hier: Thema Bedeutung
interrupt cancel
unterbrechen absagen
11
You may answer the questions if you wish. 1. What’s the expression for someone who has left his country to live in another country? 2. Can you give one example for each of the four letters of the “FOXY”-rule? 3. The German word for a barbecue is “ein ...”, and the British English word for “a truck” is “a ...”. 4. Afters are de’sserts/’deserts? (Cross out the wrong one.) 5. Why does Laura want to cancel the garden party?
The Barbecue – Meat and Meet
25
The Moving – A ReAl ReAl esTATe 2 A The Moving
5
10
15
20
Eric is looking for an apartment. He has marked and collected advertisements from several newspapers. He even goes to have a look at quite a number of addresses. He is almost knocked over by a car when crossing the street. In the end he is frustrated and talks of his personal nightmare of searching for an apartment. Finally he found an excellent real estate webpage. Eric: (into camera) I am too young to die from a heart attack so I found an excellent real estate webpage. Someone else is doing the work for me now for a change. Ask Jenn … (Eric starts typing. Online conversation begins.) Eric: Hi Jenn, I’m looking for an apartment. Jenn: The apartment that is on our website? Eric: No, I saw an apartment in the newspaper that I am interested in and I came across your website in there. Eric and the lady at the real estate agent’s finally came to an agreement. (After some time) Jenn: I found some apartments for you. There are three apartments and two houses in your price range located in the old town of Regensburg as you suggested. Give me your email address and I’ll send you the information and pictures. If you are interested, you can take a virtual tour and if you want to see the apartment, we can arrange a time. Eric: Thanks so much. apartment (AE) nightmare
Wohnung Albtraum
real estate agent’s virtual
Understanding the text. True or false? Tick the correct box. 1. Eric collected advertisements from magazines. 2. He was run over by a car. 3. At first finding an apartment was a great pleasure for him. 4. He finds a real estate agent on the internet. 5. He wants an apartment in the centre of an old town. 6. The apartments the lady offers are too expensive for Eric. 7. He can have a look at the offered apartments if he wishes.
26
The Moving – A Real Real Estate
(Grundstücks-) Maklerbüro wirklich, echt, hier: virtuell
true
false
Find the English phrases for these German words and expressions. 8. Anzeigen kennzeichnen 9. Er wird beinahe von einem Auto überfahren. 10. innerhalb Ihrer Preisvorstellung
22
And what about you? Answer in full sentences. 11. Do you live in the centre of a town or not? Do you like it there? Why? 12. Describe your apartment. (Which floor, how large is it, an extra kitchen, a balcony?) The definiTe ARTicle deR besTiMMTe ARTikel [ðə] the student the job the form
the [ði] the actor the address the English course
• Vor Wörtern, deren gesprochene Form mit einem Konsonanten, also mit einem Mitlaut beginnt, spricht man „the“ [ðə] aus. Vor Wörtern, deren gesprochene Form mit einem Vokal, also einem Selbstlaut beginnt, wird „the“ [ði] ausgesprochen. • Abstrakte Begriffe stehen in der Regel ohne „the“, z. B.: Such is life. What do you think of politics? • Auch bei Zeitangaben, wie Wochentagen, Monaten, Jahreszeiten und Festtagen, entfällt der bestimmte Artikel, z. B.: Summer is my favourite part of the year. What are you doing at Christmas? • Der bestimmte Artikel entfällt ebenfalls bei Institutionen und Einrichtungen, wenn von ihrer Hauptfunktion die Rede ist, z. B.: to be at school (as a pupil) to spend a night in hospital (as a patient) • Vor Mahlzeiten steht meist kein Artikel, z. B.: When is lunch ready? What’s for dinner tonight? • Wenn aber Begriffe wie „life“, „summer“ oder „school“ durch einen Zusatz näher erläutert werden, verwendet man „the“, z. B.: The life she’s leading at the moment must be very tiring. The hospital my grandfather’s in has an excellent reputation.
The Moving – A Real Real Estate
27
exeRcises I.
Underline “the” in the text pronounced [ði] (there are five).
II. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
To complete these sentences add “the” where it is necessary. George broke his arm during a football match and he’s now in _______ hospital. Who makes _______ breakfast in your house? You or your wife? What did you do at _______ school today, Carol? Next year _______ conference will be held at _______ university in Glasgow. Can _______ death be sleep if _______ life is but (nur) a dream? (John Keats) Are you religious? Do you go to _______ church every Sunday? Do you normally go away at _______ Easter (Ostern)?
The indefiniTe ARTicle deR unbesTiMMTe ARTikel
a a student a job a form
an an actress an address an English course
• Der unbestimmte Artikel „a“ steht vor Wörtern, deren gesprochene Form mit einem Konsonanten beginnt; „an“ steht vor Wörtern, deren gesprochene Form mit einem Vokal beginnt. Aber: a university [ju:niv’ə:siti] an unhappy ... [Λn’hæpi] a unit [’j u:nit] an uncle [’Λnkl] • Der unbestimmte Artikel steht nach „to be“, „to become“ und „as“ bei Angaben zu Beruf, Nationalität und Religion, z. B.: He’s a student. His brother wants to become an engineer. He’s working as a mechanic. • Auch bei Angaben zu Preis, Häufigkeit und Geschwindigkeit verwendet man den unbestimmten Artikel, z. B.: Bananas cost over £ 1.40 a pound. They meet four times a month. His new car goes over 160 miles an hour. • Der unbestimmte Artikel findet sich in feststehenden Ausdrücken, wie z. B.: to have a look to take a tour as a rule (in der Regel) for a change (zur Abwechslung)
28
The Moving – A Real Real Estate
exeRcise Add “a” or “an” to complete the sentences. 1. My brother wants to become _______ actor. 2. _______ uncle of mine lives in Ohio. He’s become _______ US citizen. 3. Would you like a piece of fruit? _______ pear, _______ apple? 4. Is “Hirschgarten” the name of _______ underground station in Munich? 5. We’ve got a new email address. It’s not _______ easy one to remember. 6. Is Spanish really _______ international language? 7. The flight to Edinburgh takes about _______ hour and _______ half. 8. Do you need _______ degree from _______ university for this job?
22
The RooMMATe Eric is now looking for a roommate. He shows the apartment to Vincent, a potential roommate. Eric is walking upstairs and Vincent is walking down. Vincent: 5 Eric:
Vincent: Eric: Vincent: 10
Eric: Vincent:
15 Eric:
Vincent: Eric: Vincent: Eric: 20
Excuse me, do you speak English? Yes, I do. How can I help? I’m here to see an apartment. The owner is called Eric. You wouldn’t happen to know a person named Eric, would you? Yeah, that’s me. Oh, great! Hi, I am Vincent. (Vincent comes from a small town in southern India and studies languages at Bath University.) I’m here to see the apartment. Uh, you’re a bit early. Yeah, sorry, I’m new to the city and I always plan more time to get somewhere when I don’t know the area too well. I know I’m early, but I really didn’t want to wait. (Pauses, looks around) Is this the one (pointing to the door right in front of them)? No, this isn’t the one. That’s the one. Oh, if this isn’t where you live, then who does? (looks inquiringly at Vincent) Uh, the neighbours. Are those the neighbours? (He points to the foot of the stairs where people are coming up.) No, these are the neighbours. (They hear a key in the neighbours’ door.) Come on, let’s get inside, they talk too much and we don’t have much time.
wouldn’t happen to know
nicht zufälllig kennen
The Moving – A Real Real Estate
29
true
Understanding the text. True or false? Tick the correct box. 1. Eric is walking downstairs. 2. Vincent comes from the US. 3. Vincent is late. 4. Vincent is a stranger in the town. 5. Eric likes his neighbours from next door. 6. They are just coming upstais.
false
And what about you? Answer in full sentences. 7. Do you like your neighbours? Why? Why not? 8. Could you ever help them in any way? 9. Have you ever shared a flat with other people? (to share a flat = in einer Wohngemeinschaft leben) Are there advantages? Give reasons. The deMonsTRATive pRonouns die hinweisenden füRwöRTeR this – dieser, diese, dieses these – diese
that – jener, jene, jenes those – jene
naheliegend (vom Sprecher aus)
entfernter (vom Sprecher aus)
Singular
Plural
Singular
Plural
No, this isn’t it.
No, these are the neighbours.
That’s it.
Are those the neighbours?
this
these
that
exeRcise Put in “this”, “that”, “these” or “those” to complete these sentences: 1. Come here! Look at _______ photos in the album. 2. What was _______ book about you read last month? 3. You look different. Are _______ new glasses? 4. What was _______? I didn’t understand you. 5. Where are _______ stamps I bought last week? 6. Delicious. _______ orange is juicy. 7. Do you remember _______ day when we went swimming together? 8. _______ motorcycle (here) is mine.
30
The Moving – A Real Real Estate
those
The ApARTMenT Eric walks Vincent through the apartment and tells him the details.
22
When did you move into this flat? Into this flat? Into what? What are you talking about? Vincent: I want to know when you moved into this lovely flat (makes gesture to the room). Eric: Oh, you mean when I moved into the apartment! Vincent: Apartment, flat! Eric: Anyway, I moved in on the first. Would it be possible for you to move in on the fifteenth? Vincent: The fifteenth is fine. The sooner the better though. I could also move in on the tenth since it’s a weekend. The 10th of June? Eric: I have another person coming to see the apartment at half past, so we need to get a move on. Let me tell you the details of the apartment, walk you through it, and then we can see if you want to live here. Vincent: (getting up) Okay. Eric: (in hallway slowly moving towards bedroom) So, where should I start? Rent is 500 Euros a month. Telephone, heating and electricity is extra. There is a three months’ deposit which you will get back a month after you have moved out. There are two bedrooms, one office, a living room, and a kitchen. The apartment is roughly 1,200 square feet (93 m2), which means 40 percent would be yours. The office is mine. Each bedroom has a bathroom connected to it. Vincent: How large are the bedrooms? Eric: Each bedroom is approximately 300 square feet and the living room is also around 300 square feet. Vincent: Does the bedroom have a walk-in closet? Eric: No, you’re in Germany. You’ll need to buy a wardrobe. Vincent: With these high ceilings you’ll need some long curtains. Eric: Yeah, I know, that’s what I like about this house. The ceilings are high and the windows are big, which makes a lot of light. I got lucky finding this place. Vincent: Is there wireless? Eric: Yes, there is Wi-Fi, cordless phone, and you can talk all you want nationwide on the landline without any extra charges. (They step onto the balcony and look down.) Vincent: Oh that’s nice. Do we have access to the garden down there? Eric: Vinnie, that’s no garden down there or do you see any vegetables? That’s a backyard. (Sarcastically) Your British English will be a problem in this apartment. Vincent: I can work on that Eric. I promise. Vincent: Eric:
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
flat (BE) hallway deposit feet approximately walk-in closet wardrobe
Wohnung Flur, Gang Kaution, Anzahlung hier: (Mz. von foot) Maßeinheit ungefähr, etwa Wandschrank (begehbar) Kleiderschrank
ceiling wireless Wi-Fi cordless phone landline access backyard
Zimmerdecke drahtloser Anschluss WLan (drahtlos) schnurloses Telefon Festnetz Zugang Hinterhof
The Moving – A Real Real Estate
31
Understanding the text. True or false? Tick the correct box. 1. Eric moved in on the first of the month. 2. Vincent can’t move in on the 15th. 3. The 10th of June is not a weekend. 4. Vincent wants to have a look at the flat. 5. 500 € is the total sum per month for the flat. 6. The deposit is 1500 €. 7. The flat has three rooms. 8. Each bedroom has about 23 square metres. 9. There are wardrobes in the bedrooms. 10. There is internet access.
true
false
And what about you? Answer in full sentences. 11. Is a walk-in closet useful? What is your opinion? 12. Would you like to have a vegetable garden? Explain. The nuMbeRs die ZAhlen 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
nought/zero/oh one two three four five six seven eight nine ten
The cardinal numbers – Die Grundzahlen 11 eleven 30 12 twelve 40 13 thirteen 50 14 fourteen 60 15 fifteen 70 16 sixteen 80 17 seventeen 90 18 eighteen 100 19 nineteen 200 20 twenty 1,000 21 twenty-one 1,000,000
thirty forty fifty sixty seventy eighty ninety a hundred two hundred a thousand a million
• Es gibt drei Möglichkeiten, die Zahl 0 auszusprechen: „nought“ [nC:t] (v. a. in Großbritannien), „zero“ [’zi:ərəu] (v. a. in den USA) und „oh“ [Cu] (O = offenes o) (in Zahlenreihen wie Telefonnummern, v. a. in Großbritannien). • Achtung: 4 = four und 14 = fourteen, aber 40 = forty 5 = five, aber 15 = fifteen and 50 = fifty • Die Zahlen „hundred“, „thousand“, „million“ etc. stehen in der Regel im Singular, z. B.: How many people are unemployed in Great Britain? Over five million? • In Großbritannien steht „and“ zwischen „hundred“ und dem Rest der Zahl, z. B.: six hundred and fifty-five US-Amerikaner sagen: six hundred fifty-five • Zahlen über Tausend werden in der Regel mit Komma geschrieben. Einen Punkt verwendet man für Dezimalstellen, z. B.: 2,345 (two thousand three hundred (and) forty-five) 4.25 per cent (four point two five per cent)
32
The Moving – A Real Real Estate
1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5 th 6 th 7 th 8 th 9 th 10 th 11 th
the first the second the third the fourth the fifth the sixth the seventh the eighth the ninth the tenth the eleventh
The ordinal numbers – Die Ordnungszahlen 12 the twelfth 23 13 the thirteenth 30 14 the fourteenth 40 15 the fifteenth 50 16 the sixteenth 60 17 the seventeenth 70 18 the eighteenth 80 19 the nineteenth 90 20 the twentieth 100 21 the twenty-first 200 22 the twenty-second 1,000
the twenty-third the thirtieth the fortieth the fiftieth the sixtieth the seventieth the eightieth the ninetieth the hundredth the two hundredth the thousandth
22
• Bei den unterstrichenen Zahlen ändert sich die Schreibweise. • Henry VIII heißt Henry the Eighth.
exeRcises I. Write out these numbers using the words you would use to say them. 1. 208 2. 199.9 3. 1,452 4. 11,678 II. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
5. 670,213
Complete these sentences using a number. Write it out in full. Why do people treat immigrants as _______-class citizens? Do you know the expression: “_______” is company, “_______” is a crowd? Will you still meet me, will you still treat me, when I’m _______? (John Lennon) The normal age of retirement (Rentenalter) for men and women is _______ . There are _______ players in a football team, but _______ in a basketball team. How many _______ are there in a billion? Nine or twelve? One, _______ – tie my shoe – three, _______ – shut the door – five, _______ – pick up sticks – seven, _______ – lay them straight – nine, _______ – a big fat hen. Let’s get up and count again!
TiMe And dATe uhRZeiT und dATuM • Es gibt drei Möglichkeiten, nach dem Datum zu fragen: What’s today’s date, please? What date is it today, please? • Folgende Antworten sind möglich: BE March the first the first of March
geschrieben March 1st 1st March
What’s the date today, please? AE March first first March
• Bei Jahresangaben sagt man: seventeen eighty-nine (1789) two thousand and twelve (2012) • Unterschiede in der Kurzschreibweise, z. B.: Date 1 March 2012
BE 1/3/12
AE 3/1/12
The Moving – A Real Real Estate
33
• Wichtige Unterschiede bei der Uhrzeit: Time 4.00 4.15 4.20 4.30 4.45
BE four (o’clock) four fifteen/(a) quarter past four twenty past four half (past) four (a) quarter to five
AE four (o’clock) (a) quarter after four twenty after four half past four (a) quarter of four
• Die Ergänzung „o’clock“ steht nur bei der vollen Stunde und entfällt in der Umgangssprache ganz. • Um deutlich zu machen, ob Vormittag oder Nachmittag gemeint ist, fügt man „in the morning“, „in the afternoon“ oder „in the evening“ hinzu. Die Abkürzungen „a. m.“ (lat. ante meridiem) und „p. m.“ (lat. post meridiem) benutzt man nur im geschriebenen Englisch. “The meeting begins at eight-thirty in the evening”, the secretary says. The meeting begins at 8.30 p. m.
exeRcises I. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Write out these dates in the way you would say them. They are important in American history. July 4th, 1776 (The day that America gained independence from Great Britain.) 21st June 1788 (The American Constitution was ratified.) October 29th, 1929 (The stock market crashed, starting the Great Depression.) 22nd November 1963 (President John F. Kennedy was assassinated in Dallas, Texas.) July 20th, 1969 (America put the first men on the moon.) 11th September 2001 (Terrorists flew two hijacked passenger jets into the World Trade Center towers in New York and one into the Pentagon in Washington, D.C., killing more than 3000 people.)
II. Complete this nursery rhyme. _______ days has September, April, June and November, All the rest have _______, except February alone, Which has but _______ days clear, and _______ in each leap year. III. What is the German for the following expressions. Use a dictionary. 1. a fortnight 2. Easter 3. a leap year 4. a bank holiday 5. Boxing Day
34
The Moving – A Real Real Estate
2 B DoRis Lessing, The fifTh chiLD, pRécis One afternoon Harriet and David inspect the house they bought from a couple who are going to live abroad.
5
22
They enter the house from the porch, unlock the front door and stand in a very large room on the ground floor. It is separated by only a low wall. One half of it is a kitchen, the other half offers plenty of space for a dining room. They walk over bare boards to the other end to the broad staircase and slowly up the stairs to the landing. There they turn round to look down with admiration to the great room – to the heart of their kingdom. They go on up to the first floor. It has one large bedroom from where you can reach a smaller one for each new baby. There are four other comfortable rooms on this floor.
10
Up the somewhat narrower stairs to the second floor they find four more rooms. Through the windows they can see trees, gardens, lawns. Above this floor there is an enormous attic just right for the children when they are old enough to discover their own secret world.
15
They slowly walk down the two flights of stairs and come again into their bedroom. An especially large bed is in it. To take it away, the estate agent has said, needs to take it apart. They lie down side by side, turn their heads towards the window where the top of the lilac bush shows its buds shortly before they burst into flower. Very emotionally they are looking at each other and tears are running down their cheeks. couple porch staircase
Paar Veranda Treppenaufgang
landing attic take apart
Treppenabsatz Speicher auseinandernehmen
lilac buds burst
Flieder Knospen bersten, platzen
The Moving – A Real Real Estate
35
Understanding the text. Which of the suggestions a)–c) comes closest to the meaning in the text? 1. Harriet and David bought the house from _______ . a) relatives b) a man and a woman who are c) a divorced (geschieden) going to leave the country couple 2. On the ground floor there is _______ . a) a kitchen and a staircase b) a large living room 3. The first floor accommodates _______ . a) six rooms of different sizes b) one small and five large rooms.
c) one large, one small and four rooms of medium size
4. On the second floor they find _______ . a) rooms for guests b) more bedrooms
c) four more rooms
5. Under the roof of the house there is _______ . a) a large study b) a large place where children can play
c) a room without windows
6. When walking down the stairs they _______ . a) meet the estate agent b) come into a large bedroom with a broken-up bed
c) take a rest on a large bed and weep
7. Through the windows the couple sees _______ . a) the neighbour’s house b) flowering trees and bushes
c) a bush not yet in blossom
Say it in English: 8. die Treppe hinauf-/hinuntergehen 9. sich aufs Bett legen 10. die Eingangstüre aufsperren 11. im Ausland leben
36
c) a large space divided by a low wall
The Moving – A Real Real Estate
2 c LAngUAge LAB cALL A cowBoy
22
Advertisement
5
10
15
Our apartment is a very large (2000 + sq.ft) luxury Penthouse Duplex with 3 bedrooms, 3 bathrooms with a designer kitchen and living room, private (1300 sq.ft) rooftop terrace and 2 very large balconies, one on each floor. The apartment is basically like two apartments built on top of each other. One fully furnished large double bedroom and double bed with private en-suite bathroom with access to your own large private balcony from your bedroom. – Double bedroom with brand new designer furniture – Double bed, linens, pillows, sheets, etc. are provided – Digital LCD HD TV in the bedroom – Luxurious private en-suite bathroom towels and hair dryer are provided – Your own large private balcony accessible from the bedroom – High Speed 16 MB Wi-Fi internet connection – Brand new washing machine – For your convenience there also is a microwave, coffee maker, electric kettle, toaster, plates, cups and glasses, silverware, and your own fridge – 24 Hour Security and Concierge Service – Free private parking space in secure underground garage
Penthouse Duplex fully furnished en-suite linens
Whg., 2 Etagen möbliert integriert Bettwäsche
pillows accessible Wi-Fi internet connection convenience
Kopfkissen zugänglich WLAN (drahtlos) Bequemlichkeit, Komfort
silverware fridge Concierge and Security Service secure
Silberbesteck Kühlschrank Hausmeisteru. Wachdienst hier: überwacht
exeRcise Put the underlined words into the correct column. in the kitchen
in the bathroom
in the living room
Measure of length an inch (in.) a foot (ft) a yard (yd)
= 2,54 cm = 12 inches = 30,48 cm = 3 feet = 91,44 cm
in the bedroom
Square measure a square inch (sq.in.) a square foot (sq.ft) a square yard (sq.yd)
= 6,45 cm = 929 cm2 = 0,836 m2
The Moving – A Real Real Estate
37
exeRcise What’s the size of the attic in square meters? 1. The attic in Doris Lessing’s text measures 13 metres in length and 9 metres in width. How many square metres does it have? In words: 2. How many square yards are these? In words:
2 D inTo The engLish woRLD The UniTeD KingDoM of gReAT BRiTAin AnD noRTheRn iReLAnD
5
10
15
20
38
The United Kingdom of Great Britain is made up of England, Scotland, Wales, and Northern Ireland. The capital of the United Kingdom is London. There sits a parliament in the Palace of Westminestminster and a government with the Prime Minister in Downing Street. The British Parliament consists of the “Lower House” or the “House of Commons” and the “Upper House” (the Senate) or the “House of Lords”. Head of State is the British Crown. Many public matters in the “four nations in one” are largely uniform, British education for one. The school system is three-pronged: the primary level is up to eleven years old. The secondary level qualifies for access to university and the third level is divided into further and higher education. Typical for British school boys and girls is the school uniform.You can even tell which class they are in by it. Great Britain is world famous for its elite schools and universities. 45.000 euros a year is what you have to pay at this boarding school: Stowe School in Southern England. But for that price it can open the door to renowned universities like Oxford or Cambridge. This doesn’t mean that the pupils have it easy, though: A tight and strict curriculum makes maximum discipline necessary from “tomorrow’s elite”. Sunday is their only day off.
The Moving – A Real Real Estate
25
Relaxation with sport. Open air sports of every kind are without doubt among the most treasured British leisure activities. You can go horse riding pretty well everywhere in England. Curious but very popular: bicycle polo. It’s an Irish sport, invented in 1891. Today it is played all over the world. The weather is part of the game too. Britain’s reputation for changeable weather isn’t just rumour. three-pronged primary level boarding school
prong: Zinken, hier: dreigeteilt Grundschule Internat
renowned relaxation leisure
berühmt Entspannung Freizeit
reputation rumour
22
Ansehen, Ruf Gerücht
exeRcises I.
Match the words with the correct German ones.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.
is made up of consists of Head of State public matters up to eleven years old which class they are in boarding school this doesn’t mean their only day off open air sports curious but very popular in the mean time
a b c d e f g h i j k l
bis zum elften Lebensjahr in welcher Klasse sie sind seltsam, aber sehr populär in der Zwischenzeit Internat dies bedeutet nicht Staatsoberhaupt öffentliche Angelegenheiten ihr einziger freier Tag Freiluftsport setzt sich zusammen aus besteht aus
II. Tick the right answer. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
true
false
not mentioned
Northern Ireland is part of the Republic of Ireland. The British Crown is part of the British Parliament. Higher education is the fourth level of the school system. Stowe School is an expensive boarding school. These pupils go to school on six days of the week. Bicycle polo is a sport for poor people. The weather in Great Britain changes four times a day.
The Moving – A Real Real Estate
39
2 e MeeTing LiTeRATURe
LisTening coMpRehension
In 2 B haben Sie sich schon mit der Inhaltsangabe zu „The Fifth Child“ von Doris Lessing beschäftigt. Jetzt gehen wir wieder einen Schritt weiter und befassen uns mit dem Originaltext – eine Aufgabe, die Sie nun schon kennengelernt haben, um das Hörverständnis zu trainieren. Zuerst aber noch ein paar Informationen über die Autorin:
5
Doris Lessing was born in Persia (present-day Iran) to British parents in 1919. Her family moved to Southern Africa where she spent her childhood on her father’s farm in what was then Southern Rhodesia (now Zimbabwe). When her second marriage ended in 1949, she moved to London. She is now widely regarded as one of the most important post-war writers in English. In 2007, Doris Lessing was awarded the Nobel Prize for Literature. “The Fifth Child” (1988) is concerned with the estrangement of, and the dangers in, a closed social group. Harriet and David set themselves up in a large house and engage in an enthusiastic programme of childbearing and domestic happiness. Their fifth child, however, develops as a malevolent, troll-like and angry figure who quickly disrupts the family idyll. award estrangement domestic
zuerkennen Entfremdung häuslich
malevolent disrupt
böswillig zerbrechen, zerstören
exeRcises I.
Listen to the beginning of the novel once more and tick the correct answer. If you can’t watch the broadcast again, use the pool of phrases below to complete the text and do the exercise a second time. The numbers are identical with those of the gaps. true false
1. Birds were singing all around them. 2. They opened the front door with a key. 3. The ground floor was one large room. 4. There was a separate space for a kitchen. 5. On the floor there were carpets. 6. The first floor had three large bedrooms. 7. On the second floor there were four more rooms. 8. The top floor was one enormous attic. 9. There were children, relatives and guests in the house. 10. One large bed stood in their bedroom. 11. The bed cold not be taken out without breaking it up. 12. They were just sitting on the bed. 13. Through the window they saw the lilac tree blossoming. 14. They both were weeping. 40
The Moving – A Real Real Estate
II. Now use the pool of phrases below and complete the text. Then check your answers. You need not know every single word as long as you understand the general meaning of the text.
22
Doris Lessing, The Fifth Child On the afternoon the house became theirs, they stood hand in hand in the little porch, 1) ____________________________________________ in the garden where boughs were still black and glistening with the chilly rain of early spring. 2) ______________________________________________ 5
____________, their hearts thudding with happiness, and 3) ____________________________________ __________, facing capacious stairs. Some previous owner had seen a home as they did. Walls had been pulled down to make this a room that accommodated nearly all the ground floor. 4) _________________ _____________________________________, marked off from the rest by no more than a low wall that would have books on it, the other half with plenty of space for settees, chairs, all the sprawl and comfort
10
of a family room. They went gently, softly, hardly breathing, smiling and looking at each other and smiling even more because both had tears in their eyes – 5) _________________________________________ _____________________________________________________________________________ , and then slowly up the stairs where old-fashioned brass rods waited for a carpet. On the landing, they turned to marvel at the great room that would be the heart of their kingdom. They went on up. 6)_______________
15
_________________________________– theirs; and opening off it ________________________, which would be for each new baby. There were _______________________________________________on this floor. Up still generous but narrower stairs, and there 7) _____________________________________________ _________ whose windows, like the rooms below, showed trees, gardens, lawns – all the perspectives of
20
pleasant suburbia. 8) ______________________________________________________________________, just right for the children when they had got to the age for secret magical games. They slowly descended the stairs, one flight, two, passing rooms, and rooms, 9) ____________________________________________________ The Moving – A Real Real Estate
41
___________________________________________, and came again into their bedroom. 25
10) _______________________________________________. It had been specially made, that bed, for the couple they had bought the house from. 11) _________________________, so said the agent, _______ ____________________________________________________, and anyway the owners of the bed were going to live abroad. There 12) ___________________________________________________________ ________, and looked at their room. They were quiet, awed by what they were taking on. Shadows from
30
a lilac tree, a wet sun behind it, seemed to be enticingly sketching on the expanses of the ceiling the years they would live in this house. They turned their heads towards the windows where 13) ______________ ______________________________________________________, soon to burst into flower. Then they looked at each other. 14) _______________________________________ .
1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
birds singing all around them They unlocked their front door stood in a very large room One half of it was a kitchen they went across the bare boards that soon would have rugs on them 6) The first floor had one large bedroom / a smallish room / four other decent rooms 7) were four more rooms boughs glistening with chilly thud with capacious previous accommodate settees
42
Zweige glänzen, gleißen kühl schlagen (vor Freude) breit vorherig hier: sich erstrecken bequeme Sitze
The Moving – A Real Real Estate
sprawl rugs brass rods marvel at decent suburbia magical
8) And above this floor was an enormous attic 9) which they were imagining full of children, 10) 11) 12) 13) 14)
relatives, guests A large bed had been left in it To take it away would have meant dismantling it Harriet and David lay down side by side the top of the lilac showed its vigorous buds Tears ran down their cheeks
Großzügigkeit hier: Teppichläufer Messingstangen etw. bewundern hier: ansehnlich Vorstadt magisch
descend dismantling awed by enticingly sketch expanses vigorous
hinabsteigen abbauen hier: beeindruckt von hinreißend skizzieren weite Flächen kräftig
2 f The LAngUAge Zone sUMMARy of The BRoADcAsT AnD of chApTeR 2
5
10
15
20
22
To move or not to move? That was Eric’s question in this episode and the answer was to move. We saw the poor chap searching for his ideal apartment. Having no luck with his apartment hunting, he turned to Jenn, the online realtor. She ended up finding Eric an apartment. Then, Eric went on to search for a roommate. Through this whole experience, we learned how to use the definite and indefinite articles: the, a, and an. And the demonstrative articles: this, these, that, and those. Plus, we got to see in the story how the cardinal and ordinal numbers are used. Also we learned how an Indian-British accent sounds like. In our Culture and Society segment, we learned much about the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. Our cowboy came to the rescue and explained to us what square feet are, what furnished, Wi-Fi, and ground floor meant. Also the difference between metre and yard. Bogart and Holmes showed us once again how the English language has divided two countries. For example, in England our good friend Jenn, the realtor, would be a real estate agent. And she would not have apartments for rent, but flats to let! And once again our Bavarian who entertains himself by interrupting two people at a bar in Boston helped us phonetically understand the difference between [iə] and [i:] by using the words weird and weed. In “Meeting Literature” we learned that the main theme of the first part of Doris Lessing’s book “The Fifth Child” was unity and harmony – but this becomes drastically reversed, as the alien presence of their son Ben shattered the family. Like all good horror stories, “The Fifth Child” invites the consideration of the impossible and unthinkable. reverse alien
verkehren, umdrehen fremd, fremdartig
shatter
zerstören, zerschmettern
You may answer the questions if you wish. 1. Can you remember in which town Eric found his flat? 2. Use the demonstrative pronoun, the definite and indefinite articles, the numbers and measures to fill in the gaps. In ________ (dieser) question, which is the _________ (zweite), you are asked to give ______ explanation. Why does the butcher (Metzger) have _______ better end for himself? It shouldn’t take you _______ hour. Customer: Do you sell meat by _______ yard? Butcher: Yes , of course. Customer: Then give me a yard of meat. Butcher: Very well, there you are. (He gives him three feet of a pig.) You know __________ feet make a yard! Ha, ha!
The Moving – A Real Real Estate
43
3. Which phrase is spoken in England? a) apartments for rent b) flats to let What do the phrases mean? c) Wohnungen zu vermieten d) Wohnungen zu kaufen? e) Hotelzimmer frei 4. Write the words in the correct box. How are they pronounced? a) weird
(komisch, verrückt)
b) to hear c) weed
(Unkraut)
d) near e) dear f)
need
g) mere
(bloß)
h) heat i)
clear
j)
deed
k) beer 5. In what way does the novel “The Fifth Child” become a horror story?
44
The Moving – A Real Real Estate
[iə]
[i:]
The insTallaTion – operaTing The sysTem 3 A Eric’s dilEmmA
5
10
33
Eric is sitting on the floor with telephone and WLAN router. The manual is beside him. Eric: (talking to himself in a slow but frustrated way) Okay, before I call up technical support, I’m going to try one more time. So, (looking at instructions) first I need to update the firmware of my router to Version 6.5.5, since earlier versions do not support the Wi-Fi TLAN. Done that already. Okay, now I need to separate the phone from the power supply. (He reads out instructions aloud.) “Then, place the phone and the adapter upside down on a soft cloth or mat so that you can always read the labels from the front (see diagram).” (He looks at diagram and lays out cloth.) “Now place adapter to the left of the phone, with the two jacks pointing towards the phone.” Eric follows all the instructions of the manual, but with no success. He is sitting frustrated in his mess of cables and jacks and looks helpless. manual adapter
Handbuch Zwischenstück
mat labels
Untersetzer, Matte Aufkleber
Understanding the text. True or false? Tick the correct box. 1. Eric is sitting on the manual. 2. He is trying to install the internet a second time. 3. He reads the instructions talking to himself. 4. The installation failed because he didn’t understand the manual.
jacks mess
Buchsen Unordnung, Durcheinander
true
false
Find the English phrases for these German words and expressions. 5. noch mal versuchen 6. Stromversorgung 7. ein Durcheinader von Elektrokabeln und Buchsen
The Installation – Operating the System
45
Word order WorTsTellung Aussagesatz In der englischen Sprache gibt es keine Konjugationsendungen, die auf das Subjekt des Satzes hinweisen (Ausgenommen: das Verb „to be“ und die 3. Person Präsens bei allen anderen Verben: he, she, it walks). In der deutschen oder in anderen Sprachen gibt es diese schon: ich gehe, du gehst, er geht, wir gehen, ihr geht, sie gehen. Daher muss in der englischen Sprache bei der Bildung von Sätzen ein strenger Satzbau eingehalten werden: Subjekt (S), Prädikat (P), Objekt (O). Angaben zu Ort, Zeit und Art und Weise sind davor oder danach zu stellen (Ausnahme: Die unbestimmten Zeitangaben „always“, „already“, „ever“, „never“, „still“, „yet“ werden zwischen S und P vor das Hauptverb gestellt). Ort vor Zeit S P O Ort vor Zeit (O vor Z) (O vor Z) Fragesatz Um diese Ordnung auch in einem Fragesatz beizubehalten, wird die Frage bei nicht zusammengesetzten Zeiten („present simple tense“ und „past simple“) mit der Umschreibung „to do“ gebildet: Does he walk? Fragt man dagegen nach dem Satzgegenstand, übernimmt das Fragewort die Stellung des Subjekts und die Umschreibung mit „to do“ fällt weg: Who walks? Bei den zusammengesetzten Zeiten wird das Hilfszeitwort vor das Subjekt gestellt, das Subjekt und das aussagende Verb bleiben in der genannten Satzbauordnung: Has he come? Oder bei „to be“: Is he here?
exercise Form sentences. 1. talks/he/to himself/later 2. already/have done/that/I 3. they/the instructions/never/read 4. then /she/on a mat/the phone/places 5. Version 6.5.5./to the WLAN router/connect/does not 6. the button/the flickering signal/now/press/check/and/I/I/on the router
46
The Installation – Operating the System
TEchnicAl supporT (Ts)
5
10
15
20
Eric is on the mobile phone waiting for someone to answer. TS: Hi, this is Rick. What can I do for you? Eric: Could you please help me hook up my Telekom Wireless T-Router? TS: What seems to be the problem? Eric: Uh, I can’t get it to work. TS: Do you see a red light flickering on the router? Eric: No, I don’t. TS: Have you installed the T-Box program? Eric: Yes, I have. TS: Do you have the updated version of the software? We might have to start from the beginning here. Eric: Yes, I do, I’ve just updated it. TS: Can you tell me the firmware version you installed onto your computer? Eric: I have the version 6.5.5. Could it be possible that the software has a bug? TS: This might be the problem, Sir. I have encountered many of the same situations this past week and it has always been a software problem. Therefore, you must use the latest version: 6.5.6. Eric: Is it possible to download it from your website? TS: Yes, it is. Call me back when the download is finished, then we start over. Eric is downloading the latest version. hook up wireless
verbinden, verknüpfen hier: drahtlos
flickering bug
blinkend Käfer, hier: Fehler
Understanding the text. True or false? Tick the correct box. 1. Eric calls the Technical Support to install new TV cable channels. 2. Eric explains to Rick what kind of problem he has. 3. Rick asks Eric if he sees a signal light going on and off. 4. Eric has the updated version 6.5.5. 5. Eric has the latest version of the software. 6. He can’t download the latest version because of bugs on the software.
encounter
true
33
begegnen, antreffen
false
Find the English expressions for these German questions. 7. Was kann ich für Sie tun? 8. Wo ist das Problem? 9. Haben Sie die neueste Version?
The Installation – Operating the System
47
QuesTions and negaTions: WiTh To do Fragen und Verneinungen: miT „To do“ Mit „to do“ werden umschrieben: • Fragesätze
Do you see a red light flickering on the router? Do you have the updated version of the software?
• verneinte Sätze
No, he doesn’t see a red light flickering on the router. No, he doesn’t have the updated version of the software yet.
• verneinter Imperativ
Don’t turn the phone over. Don’t connect the 6-pin extension cord to the T-Phone.
• verneinte Fragesätze
Doesn’t he see a red light flickering on the router? Don’t they have the updated version of the software? What doesn’t seem to be a problem? Who doesn’t tell me what to do?
exercise Form the questions to these answers. 1. No, I don’t know when I can call the TS. 2. No, I don’t see it flickering. 3. No, I don’t hear a sound on the phone. 4. Yes, I do. I have the updated version. 5. Yes, I do. I have internet access. 6. Yes, I see Eric downloading the latest version.
48
The Installation – Operating the System
inTerrogaTiVe pronouns
Fragepronomen
Die Fragepronomen bei Personen lauten: who who, seltener whom whose who(m) ... to/from
wer wen wessen zu/von wem
Die Fragepronomen bei Sachen lauten: what which
was (im Allgemeinen) welche (aus einer Anzahl)
Who called? Who(m) did you see? Whose router is this? Who(m) did you talk to?
33
What are you asking me? Which colour do you like best?
Präpositionen, die in Verbindung mit einem Fragepronomen stehen, verbleiben bei dem zugehörigen Verb. Who were you laughing at? What are you looking for?
exercises I. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Join the two columns together to form logical pairs. why? a) we ... who? b) tomorrow ... what? c) because ... when? d) my sister’s whose? e) nothing ...
II. Which question will provide you with the missing information? Example: The train arrives at ___? ___. When does the train arrive? 1. It is ___? ___’s mistake, not ours. 2. ___? ___ do you do every day? 3. Jenny meet ___? ___ regularly. 4. He can’t come to the party because ___? ___.
modal auxiliaries modale hilFsVerben can could
may might
will would
shall should
must
Mit modalen Hilfsverben wird der Aussage des Vollverbs eine weitere Bedeutung hinzugefügt: Modale (Modus = Art und Weise) Hilfsverben sagen, was möglich, wahrscheinlich, notwendig etc. ist. Sie können also Sprechabsichten ausdrücken. He can run 100 metres in 10 seconds. (Fähigkeit) Can I give you a call tomorrow? (Bitte) I can make coffee if you want. (Angebot) I can do him a favour, but I don’t really want to. (Möglichkeit) We can play tennis, can’t we? (Vorschlag)
The Installation – Operating the System
49
exercise Which function is expressed by the modal auxiliary in each sentence? Choose your answer from the box below. deduction (Schlussfolgerung) – invitation (Einladung) – offer (Angebot) – permission (Erlaubnis) – possibility (Möglichkeit) – refusal (Ablehnung) – request (Anfrage, Frage) – suggestion (Vorschlag) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
What can I do for you? Could you please help me hook up my T-Router? I can’t seem to get it to work. Can you tell me the firmware version? This might be the problem, Sir. You must use the latest version. Maybe the software version was the problem? Should there be something happening? The neighbour won’t let me download it. You can press the Wi-Fi button now. Please, take part in our questionnaire.
QuesTions: WiThouT To do FragesäTze: ohne „To do“ • Bei Hilfszeitwörtern
What can I do for you? Could you please help me hook up my Telekom Wireless T-Router? Have you installed the T-Box program? Is it possible to download it from your website?
• Wenn das Fragewort das Subjekt der Frage ist What seems to be the problem? Who tells me what to do?
exercise Use “can” or “could” to form questions. You want to ask someone if he or she ... Example: ... knows how to use a computer. Can you use a computer? 1 ... knows how to speak Spanish. 2. ... has finished with the PC you need to work on. 3. ... is able to play the piano. 4. ... needs something to eat.
50
The Installation – Operating the System
negaTions: WiThouT To do Verneinungen: ohne „To do“ • Bei Hilfszeitwörtern
No, I can’t see a red light flickering on the router. No, I might not have the updated version of the software yet.
33
• Bei „never“, „nothing“, „no“ etc.
Never turn the phone over. Nothing succeeds like successs.
• Wenn „not“ ein anderes Wort verneint
Not every T-Router works. He connects not only the 6-pin extension cord.
exercise Negate the sentences. 1. He can see a steady green light. 2. They might have the latest version. 3. Could you repeat the last step? 4. Download it from an unknown website. Never 5. Every manual is helpful. Not 6. Press “one” for customer support but “two” for purchases (Einkäufe). (not only)
7. A manual is faultless. No
morE TEchnicAl supporT TS: Eric: 5 TS.
Eric: 10 TS:
Can you disconnect the phone from the power source? Are you able to do that now? Yes, I am. Hold on. Okay. I disconnected it. Please, turn the phone over and place the adapter to the left of the phone, with the two jacks pointing towards the phone. (Eric does it.) Are you able to connect the 6-pin extension cord to the T-Phone? (sarcastically) If I’m allowed to, yes. Okay, do it. Now you ought to connect the RJ45 8-pin cord to the GNTelekom/Tabra EXT-jack.
The Installation – Operating the System
51
Eric: TS: 15 Eric:
TS: Eric: TS: Eric: 20 TS:
Eric: TS: Eric:
Okay, I’ve done all this before. Maybe the software version was the problem? Because if it was, I am able to do the rest by myself, so I don’t need help anymore. You need to be patient with me, Sir. Did you or did you not connect the stereo jack cord to the Plantronics stereo jack? I’m sorry, could you repeat the last step. You have to connect the stereo jack cord to the Plantronics stereo jack. I’m having problems hearing you. Okay, I just connected the cord to the router. Sir, would you please connect the phone and the router to the power supply now. Okay, done. Should there something be happening? There is still nothing going on. I’m sorry, Sir, but we have not finished yet. Could you please press the Wi-Fi button on the phone and check whether the router is receiving a signal. Sure, no problem. Well, I’ll be! It works! It must have been the software. Thank you for your help. My pleasure, Sir. If you have a few seconds, could you take part in our questionnaire? I’m sorry, but I must get back to my work. I’ve already spent way too much time with this router.
disconnect extension cord
trennen, auseinandernehmen Verlängerungskabel
ought to questionnaire
Understanding the text. True or false? Tick the correct box. 1. Eric separated the telephone from the power supply. 2. He doesn’t need help any more. 3. He understands all of Rick’s instructions at once. 4. Eric connects only the router to the power supply. 5. Eric checks whether the router receives a signal in the end. 6. The software was the problem. 7. Eric doesn’t have the time to answer the questionnaire.
sollte Fragebogen
true
Find the English espressions for these German sentences and questions. 8. Sind Sie in der Lage, das jetzt zu tun? 9. Ich brauche Ihre Hilfe nicht mehr weiter. 10. Ich muss zurück an die Arbeit.
52
The Installation – Operating the System
false
modal auxiliaries and Their replacemenTs modale hilFsVerben und ihre ersaTzFormen auxiliaries can
could
ought to must
Vorsicht:
examples Can you tell me the version?
replacements to be able to
to be allowed to would Could you please help me hook up my TRouter? Now you ought to conshould nect the RJ45 8-pin cord. I must get back to my to have to work.
examples Are you able to tell me the version? If I’m allowed to, yes. Would you please help me hook up my T-Router? Now you should connect the RJ45 8-pin cord. I had to get back to my work.
Bedeutung (Fähigkeit)
33
(Erlaubnis) (Bitte)
(Forderung) (Zwang, Verpflichtung)
Das Verb „mustn’t“ heißt nicht dürfen. Nicht müssen/nicht brauchen wird übersetzt mit „don’t have to“/„don’t need to“. You mustn’t say things like that! – So etwas darfst du nicht sagen! You don’t have to say things like that, do you? – Du musst so etwas nicht sagen, oder?
exercises I. 1. 2. 3. 4.
Use “to be allowed to” to complete three of the four sentences. What verb do you need in the other sentence? Eric to connect the 6-pin extension cord to the T-Phone. Children should (not) watch much television. We have free tickets for the opera so we (not) pay anything. all German shops open on Sundays?
II. 1. 2. 3. 4.
Put a form of “to have to” into these sentences. You connect the stereo jack cord to the Plantronics stereo jack. I’m sorry, but I get back to my work. She isn’t feeling well today so she stay at home. What time he get up at the weekend?
III. To fill up these dialogues add “must”, “mustn’t” or “don’t have to”. 1. Shall I wait for you?” “No, it’s alright, you wait.” 2. “There’s a letter here.” “Oh yes. I forget to post it.” 3. “You come and see us sometime.” “Thank you. We’d love to.” 4. “Do you work from home?” “Yes, I do, so it means I travel much.”
The Installation – Operating the System
53
3 B JoAnnE K. rowling, hArry poTTEr And ThE philosophEr’s sTonE, précis
5
10
The young wizard Harry Potter and his girlfriend Hagris are in Mr Ollivander’s shop to buy a suitable wand for Harry. The more wands Harry sees and tries out the happier Mr Ollivander becomes. Finally he passes one to him. This one is made of holly and a phoenix feather. The magic staff comes alive in Harry’s hand. Mr Ollivander is very pleased with the result. While Mr. Ollivander is wrapping the wand up in paper, Harry wants to know what Mr Ollivander means by “how very curious”. Mr Ollivander tells him that among all the wands he has sold, there are only two wands with feathers of the same phoenix. The brother of this wand with another feather of the same phoenix gave him that mark on his forehead. Most remarkable is that each wand selects its own master. And as this wand has chosen Harry as wizard, great things can be expected from Harry. Mr Ollivander’s words make him shiver. Harry pays for the wand, but he doesn’t know whether Mr Ollivander is a very likable person or not. Mr Ollivander says good-bye to them bowing deeply. wizard wand trie out holly phoenix
Zauberer Zauberstab ausprobieren Stechpalme sagenhafter Vogel
feather pleased with wrap mark forehead
Feder erfreuen, jdm. gefallen einwickeln hier: Narbe, Markierung Stirn
Questions on the text. Choose the right answer. 1. Harry Potter and Hagris want to a magic stick. a) buy b) have a look at 2. Mr Ollivander’s happiness rises because he a) can heap up the wand on a chair. b) likes spending time with Harry. c) can find the proper wand for Harry. 3. The wand in Harry’s hand a) burns his hand. b) starts an explosion. c) satisfies Mr Ollivander. 4. Harry a) likes Mr Ollivander. b) feels cold. c) is dismissed by Mr Ollivander in a very friendly way. Say it in English. 5. in Papier einwickeln 6. höchst seltsam 7. er sagt auf Wiedersehen
54
The Installation – Operating the System
select expect shiver whether bow
c) steal
auwählen, aussuchen erwarten erschauern, zittern ob sich verbeugen
3 c lAnguAgE lAB cAll A cowBoy • • • •
Programm (Fernseh- und Radiokanal) Programm (Fernseh- /Radiosendung) Programm (Ablauf/Plan/Programmheft) Programm (Computerprogramm)
= channel = programme (BE)/program (AE) = programme (BE)/program (AE) = program (BE & AE)
33
exercise Translate into English: 1. Welcher Radiokanal bringt die besten Musiksendungen? 2. Das Besucherprogramm für die holländische Delegation steht. 3. Welches Computerprogramm verwenden Sie?
A BAvAriAn in BosTon exercise Which one is not a “homophone”? Cross the odd one out. (Homophones are words that are pronounced the same way, but spelled differently. They also have a different meaning.)
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.
A alter arms one air alone ah! bough broad bibye no sea flyer for weather
B altar earns an hair allowed I bow brake be buy know sigh flower four whither
C older alms Ann heir aloud eye bowl break bee be now see flour fork whether
phonetic transcription ['O:lt@] [a:mz] [æ{n] [E@] [@'laud] [ai] [bau] [breÈk] [bi:] [bai] [nOu] [si:] ['flau@] [fO:] ['weD@]
The Installation – Operating the System
55
Now match the translations with the table above. 16. a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h)
A eins alleine für Wetter Luft ah! (Ausruf) breit Ast
B einer, eine, eines erlaubt vier verwelken Haar ich Bremse sich verbeugen
C Anna laut Gabel ob (der) Erbe Auge Pause Schale
16. i) j) k) l) m) n) o)
A zwei(fach) ändern Arme (die) See, Meer nein Auf Wiedersehen Flugblatt
B sein Altar verdient (3. Pers. Sg.) seufzen wissen kaufen Blume
C Biene älter Almosen sehen jetzt sein Mehl
sAy iT AgAin sAm exercise Complete this grid. Find the correct word in BE and write it in the blue column. AE antenna outlet cell phone ground wire electric cord radio television
German Antenne Steckdose Handy Erdung Stromkabel Radio Fernseher
BE
BE mobile phone wireless telly aerial socket earth wire flex, cable
3 d inTo ThE English world scoTlAnd
5
10
15
56
Scotland is situated in the northern third of Great Britain and, apart from the mainland, is made up of several islands. Up to 1707 Scotland was independent. But with the Act of Union the country with the highlands became part of the United Kingdom. Scotland has a good 5 million inhabitants, which makes it the second most populated nation in the United Kingdom. About half a million of them live in the capital, Edinburgh. The old town was founded as long as two thousand years ago. In the old quarters in the city centre, the historic houses were converted more and more into bars and cafés. This brought colour to Edinburgh by day and by night. The capital is also home to Scotland’s new parliament. It was established in 1999 – nearly 300 years after its last own independent parliament. The Head of State, however, is the British Crown. What fascinates tourists above all about Scotland are its beautiful, vast highlands, which are the home of the old clans. Ancient ruins and fortresses bear witness to a long history of glory and hardship. The Installation – Operating the System
20
Among the greatest traditions cultivated over the years is, of course, the famous Scottish single malt. Earlier whisky (AE: whiskey) was made on the small farmsteads, but today the distilleries produce it using the most modern methods. Single malt means when it is not blended with other whisky sorts. The word “whisky”, by the way, comes from the Celtic and means “water of life”. Maybe that’s why the Scots consider it good for your health if drunk in moderation. farmsteads
33
Bauernhöfe
exercises I.
Find the English words and expressions in the text for:
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
is situated in apart from independent which makes it were converted home to bear witness
a b c d e f g
legen Zeugnis ab unabhängig was es zur … macht liegt im abgesehen von beherbergt wurden umgebaut
II. Crossword puzzle Scottland 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
The language the word whisky comes from Mountainous regions in Scotland Famous Scottish drink Groups of family in Scotland are called ____ . Scotland’s highest mountain
6. Scotland is part of the ____ Kingdom 7. A building made to protect against attacks 8. Second largest town in Scotland 9. Home of Nessie Solution: Capital of Scotland
The Installation – Operating the System
57
3 E mEETing liTErATurE lisTEning comprEhEnsion exersices I.
5
10
In 3 B haben Sie sich schon mit der Inhaltsangabe zu „Harry Potter and the Philosopher’s Stone“ von Joanne Rowling beschäftigt. Diesmal eine neue Übung, um das Hörverständnis zu trainieren. Wir geben Ihnen die Wörter des Textes vor, die in der Sendung eingeblendet werden. Sehen Sie sich diese zuerst an und hören Sie sich dann den in der Sendung vorgetragenen Text an (auch mehrmals). Beantworten Sie anschließend die Fragen zum Text. Die Zusammenfassung in 3 B können Sie als Hilfestellung heranziehen – vor allem, wenn Sie keine Möglichkeit haben, die Sendung erneut anzusehen. Zuerst aber noch ein paar Informationen über die Autorin:
Joanne Rowling, (born 31 July 1965; married name Murray), better known under the pen name J. K. Rowling (pronounced, [‘rouliη]) is a British author best known as the creator of the Harry Potter fantasy series. The Potter books have gained worldwide attention, won many awards, sold more than 400 million copies and been the basis for a popular series of films. Rowling is perhaps equally famous for her “rags to riches” life story, in which she progressed from living on welfare to multi-millionaire status within five years. In October 2010, J. K. Rowling was named “Most Influential Woman in Britain” by leading magazine editors. Harry Potter and the Philosopher’s Stone is the first novel in the Harry Potter series featuring Harry Potter, a young wizard. It describes how Harry discovers that he is a wizard, he makes close friends and a few enemies at the Hogwarts School of Witchcraft and Wizardry, and with the help of his friends thwarts an attempted comeback by the evil wizard Voldemort, who killed Harry’s parents when Harry was one year old. pen name creator from rags to riches welfare influential
Künstlername Schöpfer (übertr.) v. Tellerwäscher z. Millionär Wohlfahrtshilfe einflussreich
editor featuring witchcraft wizardry thwart
Redakteur in der Hauptrolle Hexenkunst Zauberei vereiteln, verhindern
WordlisT English (he) tries wands spindly chair tricky customer yes, why not perfect match holly and phoenix feather
58
German probiert aus Zauberstäbe spindeldürrer Stuhl schwieriger Kunde ja, warum nicht zusammengehörendes Paar Stechpalme und Phönixfeder
The Installation – Operating the System
English Harry’s wand (he) wrapped fixed sorry stare I remember phoenix
German Harrys Zauberstab wickelte ein (Vergangenheit) fixierte (Vergangenheit) Entschuldigung Blick ich erinnere mich Phönix (mythischer Vogel)
English nice and supple he felt
German hübsch und elastisch er fühlte
English another feather destined for his wand his fingers seine Finger scar swishing zischend (he) swallowed dusty air verstaubte Luft happen sparks Funken wizard firework Feuerwerk expect dancing spots tanzende Punkte Who Must Not Be Named (she) whooped and clapped jauchzte und klatschte (he) shivers curious seltsam gold Galleons (he) bowed
German eine weitere Feder bestimmt für den Zauberstab Narbe (er) schluckte geschehen Zauberer erwarten der, der nicht genannt werden darf (er) erschauert Goldgalleonen (Fantasiegeld) (er) verbeugte sich
33
II. Now circle the right answer. A
B
C
1. How many persons are in Mr Ollivander’s shop?
one
two
three
2. There is a pile of wands on the spindly chair because
of lack of shelves.
they are not the right ones.
these are the broken ones.
3. Why does Mr Ollivander call Harry “a tricky customer”?
Because of the scar on his head.
Because Harry is a wizard.
Because he tries out so many wands.
4. Finally they find the proper wand for Harry because
Mr Ollivander says this is the right one.
Harry says this is the right one.
the wand chooses its own master.
5. Why does Mr Ollivander know who gave Harry that scar on the forehead?
Harry tells him of the Mr Ollivander recblow. ognises the lightning shape of the wand’s twin brother.
Hagris tells Mr Ollivander.
6. How does Mr Ollivander show his respect for Harry?
He is bowing deeply He expects great when they are leaving things from Harry. the shop.
He is looking at him with his pale stare.
3 F ThE lAnguAgE ZonE summAry oF ThE BroAdcAsT And oF chApTEr 3
5
In his new flat our American boy Eric was trying to install his router. As he was wrestling with the manual he wished he also had a magic wand to fix everything in no time like Harry Potter whom we met in our literary excerpt. We all love technical support. Especially the music you listen to when you are put on hold. During his telephone conversation with technical support we learned a large amount of grammar: Word orThe Installation – Operating the System
59
10
15
der, questions, negations and auxiliaries. Don’t be surprised if you need to take an aspirin after this show. Scotland was the topic in “Into the English World”. The Cowboy made it clear that there are many ways to use the word “program” and he also informed us that there is a difference in the spelling as well. Humphrey and Sherlock took us on a technological ride by showing us for example, “antenna” is American English and “aerial” is British English. If technology isn’t difficult enough, our Bavarian in Boston made a fool of himself. He understood his “friend” had an altar in the bedroom. We listened to the debut book of the British author J. K. Rowling, “Harry Potter and the Philosopher’s Stone”. It also gave us opportunity of revising some of the vocabulary that came flaoting in on the screen. We understand now that Harry is a legend in the wizard’s world for having survived an attack by the evil wizard Voldemort, who killed his parents and left Harry with a lightning-shaped scar on his forehead. In the segment we listened to, Harry manages to find a magic wand, but it is no ordinary wand. It is the twin brother of Voldemort’s wand which gave him the scar. wrestle topic debut book
ringen aktuelles Thema Erstlingsbuch
survive lightning-shaped twin brother
überleben blitzförmig Zwillingsbruder
You may answer the questions if you wish. 1. What’s the book called that Eric uses to install his internet connection? 2. In which two tenses do you use a form of “to do” to form questions? (In all the other tenses there is “inversion”.) 3. What is the original meaning of the word “whisky”? 4. What is “The Channel” in German? 5. What are “homophones”? 6. How does Mr Ollivander know that Harry’s wand is the twin brother of Voldemort’s wand?
60
The Installation – Operating the System
The Weekend – STand up for Comedy 4 A PlAnning the weekend
5
10
15
It’s late Friday morning at work. Eric is sitting in his office dazing out of the window wondering what he wants to do on the weekend. He suddenly comes up with ideas and calls his friend Fred. Eric: Hey Fred, do you have any plans for the weekend? Fred: What’s up? Eric: Do you want to go to the Sunday matinee and watch the new Batman movie? Fred: No, I plan to watch it with my nephew. Eric: Do you have any idea what we could do on the weekend? Fred: Well, right now I’m planning to read a book this weekend. Let me check what everybody else is up to and maybe I can find something for us to do. Eric: What is Claudia doing this weekend? Is she visiting her parents? Fred: Yes, she’s out of town for the weekend. What about Julia? Eric: Julia is attending a knitting course on Saturday and Sunday. Listen, (sarcastically) this is starting to get complicated. Hey, it’s almost lunch time. You want to meet up to talk about our plans? Fred: Sure. Give me half an hour to come up with something. Let’s meet up at noon at the snack bar around the corner. Eric: Sounds good. See you then. daze
tagträumen
knit
Understanding the text. True or false? Tick the correct box. 1. Eric is speaking to someone through the open window. 2. He does not know what he wants to do over the weekend. 3. Fred invites him to watch a movie together. 4. Fred is going to read a book this weekend. 5. Claudia is visiting her father and mother on the weekend. 6. Julia is starting to get complicated. 7. Fred and Eric meet to have something to eat nearby.
44
stricken
true
false
Find the English expressions for these German phrases and sentences. 8. Pläne für das Wochenende haben 9. Es ist fast Zeit für das Mittagessen. 10. Sie ist übers Wochenende nicht in der Stadt. And what about you? Answer in full sentences. 11. Do you make extra plans for the weekend? 12. What’s your favourite hobby?
The Weekend – Stand up for Comedy
61
The preSenT ConTinuouS die VerlaufSform der GeGenWarT Das Verb steht in der Verlaufsform der Gegenwart bei • Vorgängen, die gerade vor sich gehen. • vorübergehenden, zeitlich begrenzten Vorgängen (temporary). This is starting to get complicated. Well, I’m planning to read a book this weekend. Bildung des „present continuous“: to be + Verb + -ing I am you are he, she, it is writing we you are they Schreibregeln: Verdoppelung nach kurzem, betontem Selbstlaut: to run – running Stummes -e entfällt: to hope – hoping Merke: to die – dying; to lie – lying Die Frageform wird durch die Umstellung des Subjekts und mit der jeweiligen Form von „to be“ gebildet: Is she visiting her parents? Zur Verneinung verwendet man „not“, z. B.: They are not working in the same company. • Signalwörter: look, listen, now etc. • Im gesprochenen Englisch werden normalerweise das Personalpronomen und die jeweilige Form von „to be“ zusammengezogen, z. B.: I’m working. (statt: I am working.) They’re talking to each other. (statt: They are talking …) • Das „present continuous“ kann sich auch auf eine zukünftige Situation beziehen („diary future“ vgl. Kapitel 7). What is Claudia doing this weekend? Is she visiting her parents?
exerCiSeS I.
Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete these dialogues.
1. Can I disturb you? No. I
(think).
2. Who
(make) all that noise?
It’s only the children. 3. Where’s Eric? Look, he
(not, sit) in his office so he must be having lunch.
4. Excuse me. We
(look) for a post office.
Yes. There is one over the crossroads to the right. 5. What’s the matter? He 62
(work)! In the middle of the night!
The Weekend – Stand up for Comedy
II. Complete this dialogue using the correct form of the words in brackets. 1.
Claudia:
Hi, Jason. What
(you, do) these days?
2.
Jason:
I
3.
Claudia:
And what
Jason:
Oceanography.
4.
Claudia:
Hear! Hear!
(you, enjoy) the course?
5.
Jason:
It’s alright. I
(learn) a lot. And you yourself?
6.
Claudia:
I
7.
Jason:
8.
Claudia:
(study). (you, study)?
44
(plan) a holiday in Boston at the moment. (you, have) relatives there?
Oh yes. An uncle
(live) there.
PlAns At lunch
5
10
15
20
Eric and Fred are standing in front of the snack bar. While they are waiting to make an order, choose their entrée, drink, and pay, they are talking about the weekend. Eric: Man! I am so hungry, I could eat a cow. Do you have a plan? Fred: The weather is going to be nice. Let’s go hiking in the mountains? Eric: I hike almost every other weekend. This weekend I have off. Fred: Yeah, I need some time to relax too since next week I am up to my chin with work. But I think we could find some time to hang out. So we either go to the gym, watch amateur soccer; or go to a club Sunday evening and watch some stand-up comedy. Eric: How about if we go to the gym first and then watch some stand-up? Fred: Okay. I buy the tickets for the stand-up and we meet at the gym Saturday morning. Does Julia really go to her knitting course every weekend? Eric: Yeah, she attends the course every weekend. She wants to knit for all of her nieces and nephews stocking caps for Christmas. What about Caroline? Do you think she wants to come along? Fred: Should I call her and ask? Eric: Call her. Better yet, visit her after work. She lives round the corner from you, walk over there, ring and ask her in person. hike every other weekend hang out gym
wandern hin und wieder hier: nichts Bestimmtes tun, abhängen (umgangsprachl.) Turnhalle, hier: Fitnessstudio
soccer (AE) stand-up comedy stocking caps
Fußball satirische „one-man show“ Wollstrümpfe
The Weekend – Stand up for Comedy
63
Understanding the text. True or false? Tick the correct box. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
true
false
Eric and Fred are standing in front of the snack bar telling jokes. The weather forecast (Wetterbericht) is favourable. They go hiking in the mountains. They do something in town that weekend. Fred buys tickets for a football game. Julia goes to a knitting course also on Sunday. Fred phones Caroline and asks her to come along. “Call” her, “visit” her, “walk over” there, “ring and ask” are forms of the imperative (Befehlsform).
Find the English phrases for these German words and expressions. 9. Gehen wir Bergwandern! 10. bis zum Hals in Arbeit stecken 11. Sie wohnt um die Ecke. The preSenT Simple die einfaChe form der GeGenWarT Das Verb steht in der einfachen Form der Gegenwart • bei Vorgängen, die immer wieder oder gewohnheitsmäßig geschehen. I hike almost every other weekend. Signalwörter: always, every day, every month, every morning, usually, often (oft), never, sometimes, seldom (selten) • bei Handlungsketten (ein Vorgang reiht sich unmittelbar an den anderen). So we go to the gym first and then watch some stand-up. Signalwörter: first, then, after that, finally • bei sehr kurzen Vorgängen. The razor falls onto the floor. He jumps out of bed. He cuts his face. Bildung des „present simple“: hike I hike you hikes (he, she, it das -s muss mit) he, she, it hike we hike you hike they Fragen, Verneinungen und Kurzantworten werden mit dem Hilfsverb „do/does“ gebildet. Do you have a plan? He doesn’t call her. Does he walk over there? – Yes, he does.
64
The Weekend – Stand up for Comedy
• Häufigkeitsadverbien (frequency adverbs) wie „always“, „often“, „sometimes“, „rarely“ und „never“ sind Signalwörter für die einfache Form der Gegenwart, weil sie gewohnheitsmäßige Handlungen beschreiben. Bei ihrer Verwendung ist die Wortstellung zu beachten: Die Adverbien stehen vor dem Vollverb (pre-verb adverbs). She sometimes visits her parents over the weekend. She doesn’t usually attend knitting courses at the weekend. • Ausnahme: das Verb „to be“ Hier werden Fragen durch die Umstellung des Subjekts und des Verbs gebildet. Zur Verneinung verwendet man „not“. Are you so hungry? I’m not up to my chin with work. Häufigkeitsadverbien stehen, wie im Deutschen, nach „to be“. She is rarely at home.
44
exerCiSeS I. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Complete these sentences using the present simple form of the words in brackets. She (know) what he (like). I (hike) almost every other weekend. This weekend I (have) off. She (attend) the course every weekend. She (want) to knit for all of her nieces and nephews stocking caps for Christmas. She (live) round the corner from you.
II. 1. 2. 3. 4.
What question must you ask to get the information which is missing? I hike every ___? ___. I need ___? ___ to relax. We watch some ___? ___. She wants to knit for her nieces and nephews ___? ___.
III. Put the adverbs of frequency into the right position. 1. We are in Wales. (often) 2. We go there by train. (usually) 3. We fly to Edinburgh. (sometimes) 4. We stay there over the weekend. (normally) 5. We would stay at Youth Hostels. (never) 6. They are far too uncomfortable. (usually)
The Weekend – Stand up for Comedy
65
Stative verbS ZuStandSverben Die sogenannten „Zustandsverben“ findet man selten in der Verlaufsform, weil sie permanente Zustände und keine echten Handlungen beschreiben. Zu den wichtigsten Zustandsverben gehören folgende: 1. Verben des Glaubens 2. Verben der Empfindung 3. Verben der Sinneswahrnehmung 4. Verben des Besitzes 1. Glauben
2. Empfindung
to believe (glauben) to know (wissen) to mean (bedeuten) to think (denken, glauben) to understand (verstehen) 3. Sinneswahrnehmung
to hate to like to love to need to want 4. Besitz
(hassen) (mögen) (lieben) (brauchen) (wollen)
to feel to hear to look to see to smell to sound to taste
to belong to to consist of to contain to depend on to have to own to possess
(gehören) (bestehen aus) (beinhalten) (abhängen von) (haben, besitzen) (besitzen) (besitzen)
(spüren) (hören) (aussehen) (sehen, wahrnehmen) (riechen) (klingen) (schmecken)
Die meisten der oben genannten Verben haben weitere Bedeutungen und können als sogenannte „dynamische Verben“ auch in die Verlaufsform gesetzt werden, z. B.: Do you think Claudia wants to come along? Glaubst Du, dass Claudia kommen möchte? Don’t disturb him, he is thinking. Störe ihn nicht, er denkt nach.
exerCiSeS I . In each of the following pairs of sentences only one sentence is correct. Which one is it? 1. a) He comes from London and still lives there. b) He is coming from London and still lives there. 2. a) What is this sentence meaning? b) What does this sentence mean? 3. a) I like tea. b) I’m liking tea. 4. a) I believe in God. b) I‘m believing in God.
66
The Weekend – Stand up for Comedy
II. Complete these sentences using the correct form of the words in brackets. 1. Do you 2. I 3. But I 4. She
(have) a plan? (need) some time to relax. (think) we can find some time to hang out. (want) to knit for all of her nieces and nephews stocking caps for Christmas.
5. Watch out! This jar 6. I 7.
44
(contain) petrol.
(not, understand) what you
(mean). Can you repeat what you said?
(you, really, love) me?
III. Complete these sentences. 1.
(she, see) her parents at the weekend?
2.
(she, see) the difference between them?
3. They
(look) tired because they had a late night at the stand-up comedy.
4. They
(look) for a new flat. Any hints?
5.
(Fred, have) black hair?
6.
(Fred, have) a barbecue party next week?
4 B Peter MAyle, toujours Provence – dinner with PAvArotti, Précis
5
10
Peter Mayle and some of his friends are visiting an open air concert with Pavarotti. To get tickets they have to be quick. His friend Christopher takes the organisation of this excursion into his hands with military precision. This is very much welcomed by all of them. He planned everything: When they would leave, have a meal, to find their seats of block of rocks in the arena equipped with a bolster and some drinks for the break, and when they would be back home again. They arrive in Orange. The cafés there have prepared extra tables and chairs in the streets for the many guests, and the restaurants special menus for the evening. Then the catastrophe: it begins to rain. The visitors of the concert are in great excitement. They all ask themselves whether Pavarotti, the orchestra and the conductor would perform. But, fortunately, the rain stops at 9 o’clock and the sky above the arena is clearing up. excursion meal bolster
Ausflug Mahlzeit Polster, Kissen
break menu conductor
Pause Speisekarte Dirigent
fortunately
glücklicherweise
The Weekend – Stand up for Comedy
67
Understanding the text. Find the correct chronological order of the story. correct order
wrong order
1.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
Peter Mayle and some of his friends are visiting an open air concert with Pavarotti. They arrive home late. The visitors fear Pavarotti wouldn’t sing. Suddenly it begins to rain. They cover the hard stone seats with cushions. The excursion is organised by Christopher. The sky is clearing up. The restaurants have prepared special menus. They have a meal before they enter the arena. They arrive in Orange.
Say it in English. 11. ein Freiluftkonzert besuchen 12. die Organisation des Ausflugs in die Hand nehmen 13. der Himmel klart auf
4 c lAnguAge lAB cAll A cowBoy • • • •
Karte (Eintritts-, Fahrkarte) Karte (Postkarte; Spielkarte) Karte (Speisekarte) Karte (Landkarte)
= ticket = card = menu = map
exerCiSe Translate into English. Is the pool of help? - Waiter. / we / have / please? / the menu / Can / again, - we / of cards? / a game / have / Shall - got / you / still / on Tuesday? / tickets / for the show / Have - this place / can’t / “Umleitung”/ find / I / on the map. 1. 2. 3. 4. 68
Gibt es noch Karten für die Vorstellung am Dienstag? Wollen wir Karten spielen? Herr Ober! Können wir bitte nochmal die Karte haben? Ich kann diesen Ort „Umleitung“ nicht auf der Karte finden.
The Weekend – Stand up for Comedy
A BAvAriAn in Boston American: Bavarian: American woman:
If I have to walk home from work late at night, I am sometimes wary of people who walk on the same side of the sidewalk as I do. Your schedule varies from week to week because you work shifts. What does that have to do with you walking home? He is wary of people, not vary.
wary ['wE@ri] = aufmerksam (be) wary of = misstrauisch beobachten vary ['vE@ri] = variieren
44
sAy it AgAin sAM exerCiSe Complete this grid. Find the correct word in BE and write it in the blue column. AE carnival (legal) holiday motorcycle go to the movies movie theater vacation trailer
German Volksfest gesetzlicher Feiertag Motorrad ins Kino gehen Kino Ferien/Urlaub Wohnwagen
BE
BE bank holiday fun fair cinema holiday(s) caravan motorbike go to the cinema
4 d into the english world wAles
5
10
Wales is the smallest part of the United Kingdom: with an area of 21,000 square kilometres and a good 3 million inhabitants. Higher in numbers than the human inhabitants Wales is populated by sheep – without them Wales’ landscape is inconceivable! Twelve million of them furbish the lush pastures. One third of the Welsh earn their living from farming. Between April and June is sheep shearing time. Wales is famous for exporting its wool to the English textile market. Besides animals, rivers, wide bays and historic buildings shape this unique, wild landscape. The largest fortress in Wales is to be found in the south of the country and is called Caerphilly Castle. It was built in the thirteenth century.
The Weekend – Stand up for Comedy
69
15
20
The capital is also in South Wales: Cardiff. Earlier, it was known as the cradle of the industrial revolution. That was in the time when steam ships rather than sailing boats were underway. The wealth that was once Cardiff’s is still present in the house façades with their typical gables. Many young people still gravitate towards the capital. There are fewer opportunities for work in the country. Cardiff is known for its tolerance and openness, towards foreigners as well. After all, in Celtic the word “Wales” means “fellow countryman”. The Welsh are still attached to their Celtic roots, including their Celtic language. (Since 1993 the Welsh and English languages have been formally given equal status.) Welsh is a compulsory subject at school. And Wales wouldn’t be Wales if you couldn’t still take a dip in the warm waters of the Gulf Stream with temperatures of only 16 degrees outside. inconceivable furbish lush pastures shear
unvorstellbar auffrischen saftige Weiden scheren
unique fortress capital cradle
einzigartig Festung Hauptstadt Wiege
gable compulsory dip
Giebel verpflichtend hier: Sprung
exerCiSeS I.
Find the English words and expressions in the text for:
1.
ist der kleinste Teil von
2.
verdienen ihren Lebensunterhalt
3.
ist berühmt für
4.
bekannt als Wiege der
5.
weniger Arbeitsmöglichkeiten
6.
schließlich
7.
ist ein Pflichtfach
8.
mit Temperaturen von nur
II. Now read the text again. There are nine mistakes in it. Find them and underline them. As an alternative you can also watch the part “Into the English world – Wales” once more.
5
70
Wales Wales is the smallest part of England: with an area of 21,000 square kilometres and a good 3 million inhabitants. Higher in numbers than the human inhabitants Wales is populated by sheep – without them Wales’ landscape is inconceivable! Twelve million of them spoil the landscape. One third of the Welsh earn their living from farming. Between April and June is dog shearing time. Wales is famous for exporting its wool to the English textile market. Besides animals, rivers, wide bays and historic buildings shape this unique, wild landscape. The largest fortress in Wales is to be found in the south of the country and is called Caerphilly Castle. It was built in the thirteenth century.
The Weekend – Stand up for Comedy
10
15
The capital is also in South Wales: Cardiff. Earlier, it was known as the cradle of the French revolution. That was in the time when steam ships rather than sailing boats were underway. The wealth that was once Cardiff’s is still present in the front windows with their typical chimneys. Many young people still gravitate around the earth. There are fewer opportunities for work in the country. Cardiff is known for its tolerance and openness, towards Englishmen as well. After all, in Celtic the word “Wales” means “fellow countryman”. The Welsh are still attached to their Celtic roots, including their Celtic language. (Since 1993 the Welsh and English languages have been formally given equal status.) Welsh is a compulsory subject at school. And Wales wouldn’t be Wales if you couldn’t still take a dip in the swimming pool of the Gulf Stream with temperatures of only 16 degrees outside.
44
III. Crossword puzzle Wales 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
1. Root of the Welsh language 2. Part of the UK 3. Caerphilly Castle is a ____ . 4. Wales offers a wild ____. 5. Cardiff is the cradle of the industrial ____. 6. Original meaning of the word “Wales”: ____ countryman 7. What makes the climate mild in Wales? Solution: Capital of Wales
The Weekend – Stand up for Comedy
71
4 e Meeting literAture listening coMPrehension In 4 B haben Sie sich schon mit der Inhaltsangabe zu „Toujours Provence – Dinner with Pavarotti“ von Peter Mayle beschäftigt. Jetzt gehen wir einen Schritt weiter und befassen uns mit dem Originaltext – eine Aufgabe, um das Hörverständnis zu trainieren. Zuerst aber noch ein paar Informationen über den Autor:
5
Peter Mayle (born 14 June 1939 in Brighton) is a British author famous for his series of books describing life in Provence, France. He spent fifteen years in the advertising industry before leaving the business in 1975. In 1989 his book “A Year in Provence” became an international bestseller; it illustrated a year in his life as a British expatriate in Ménerbes, a village in the southern département Vaucluse. His books have been translated into more than twenty languages. “A Year in Provence” was produced as a TV series 1993. British Book Awards named “A Year in Provence” Best Travel Book of the Year (1989) and him Author of the Year (1992). exerCiSeS I.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.
72
Listen to the reading once more and tick the correct answer. If you can’t watch the broadcast again, use the pool of phrases below to complete the text and do the exercise a second time. The numbers are identical with those of the gaps. true false Tickets were easy to get. Christopher organised the outing. They picnicked in a forest. They brought along drinks for the break. They also had brought cushions for the hard seats. It hadn’t been raining for weeks. Waiters were in danger of being run over by cars. Even two hours before the beginning of the performance people were walking into the arena. The restaurants offered special meals for the evening. The orchestra was playing while it was raining. The stars could be seen on their way home. It took them one hundred hours to return home.
The Weekend – Stand up for Comedy
II. Now use the pool of phrases below and complete the text. Then check your answers. You need not know every single word as long as you understand the general meaning of the text. Peter Mayle, Toujours Provence: Dinner with Pavarotti1 Swift and decisive action 1) ___________________________________________________ . It was taken, while we were still dithering, 2) _________________________________________________________, a man who operates with military precision, when it comes to the big night out. 3) _________________ 5
44
______________________________________________________ . On parade eighteen hundred hours, 4) ____________________________________________ at nineteen-thirty hours, seated in the theatre by twenty-one hundred hours. 5) ____________________________________________ to protect buttocks from stone seats, 6) __________________________________________________________________ , return to base approximately at one hundred hours.
10
There are times when it is a relief and a pleasure to be told exactly what to do and this was one of them. We left at six sharp arriving in Orange an hour later to find the town in festival mood. Every café was full and bustling with extra tables and chairs edging out into the streets 7) _____________________________ ____________________ you could avoid bumping into. Already more than two hours before the performance hundreds of people 8) ____________________________________________________________
15
were streaming towards the theatre. The restaurants displayed 9) _____________________________________________________ . Le tout Orange was rubbing its hands in anticipation – and then it started to rain. The whole town looked upwards, waiters, drivers, cushion carriers and no doubt the maestro himself, as the first few drops landed on 10) ____________________________________________________________________ . “Quelle ca-
20
tastrophe!” Would he sing under an umbrella? How could the orchestra play with damp instruments, the conductor conduct with a dripping bâton? For as long as the shower lasted we could almost feel thousands of people holding their breath. 11)_______________ __________________________________________ _________________________ and the first stars were coming out above the immense wall of the theatre.
1 Luciano Pavarotti, (12 October 1935 – 6 September 2007) was an Italian opera singer, who also crossed over into popular music, eventually becoming one of the most commercially successful tenors of all time. He was one of “TheThree Tenors” and became well-known for his televised concerts and media appearances. Pavarotti was also noted for his charity work.
The Weekend – Stand up for Comedy
73
1) was necessary to secure tickets 2) by our friend Christopher 3) He arranged everything and gave us our marching orders 4) dinner in Orange under a Magnolia tree 5) All ranks to be equipped with cushions swift dither equip buttocks intermission
rasch, schnell zaudern, schwanken ausstatten Gesäß hier: Pause
6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11)
mood bustling with bump into anticipation
liquid rations provided for the intermission to make driving a test of how many waiters with cushions and picnic baskets special menus for the soirée Pavarotti dusty streets that had been dry for weeks But by nine o’clock the rain had long since gone
Stimmung gedrängt, voll mit zusammenstoßen mit Vorfreude
dripping bâton
tropfnasser Dirigentenstab
4 F the lAnguAge Zone suMMAry oF the BroAdcAst And oF chAPter 4
5
10
15
74
Eric, our adventurous American, opened the episode for us by making plans for the weekend with his friend Fred. By way of his determination, he and Fred decided to go to the gym and watch stand-up comedy. By listening to Eric and Fred, we saw how they both used the present simple and the present continuous: “I am planning to read a book this weekend.” Or: “Does she really go knitting every weekend?” With “Into the English World” we took a trip to the country of Wales. Our wise cowboy explained how the German word “Karte” has more than one meaning in English: Map, menu, card, and ticket. Once again, our two detectives Humphrey Bogart and Sherlock Homes showed us how different the English and Americans can be with their own language. If you want to take a vacation in your motor home, you’d better do that in America because you can only go on holiday with your caravan in England. And our sorry little Bavarian is still acting as if he understands what’s really going on. At least through him we can tell the difference between [w] wary and [v] vary. Author Peter Mayle entertains us with details of his daily life and frustrations, living in France. His book “Toujours Provence” focuses generally on being an outsider in France and how he and his wife become accustomed to the French way of life. In this passage “Dinner with Pavarotti” the entire town of Orange is excited about the arrival and performance of Pavarotti. Then it begins to rain. What a catastrophe! But, fortunately, the sky is clearing up and the concert can begin, though belatedly.
The Weekend – Stand up for Comedy
You may answer the questions if you wish. 1. When Eric and Fred are making plans for the weekend, are they having a chance of meeting any of the mentioned girls? 2. Give at least three of the signal words which normally require present simple tense. 3. Can you eat a “menu”? 4. Is “boxing day” a legal holiday? 5. Why are the people in Orange so much surprised when the first drops of rain begin to fall?
44
The Weekend – Stand up for Comedy
75
The Guide – TourisTs happen 5 A Visitor from AbroAd – At the “mArienplAtz”
5
10
15
Eric is a tour guide. He is standing in a circle of tourists explaining some history of the area to them. Eric: We are now at the “Marienplatz” – Mary’s Square or Our Lady’s Square. Since Munich was founded in 1158 “Marienplatz” has been the city centre. It was used as a market square till 1807. Sightseer 1: (Mr Know-it-all with a camera strapped around his neck) “Marienplatz” is (English) named after the “Mariensäule” – Mary’s Column, isn’t it? Eric: Yes, it is. Sightseer 1: The column was erected in 1638 because the city was left unscathed by the Swedish, wasn’t it? Eric: Yes, it was (agitated). So, let’s move on. Today the “Marienplatz” is dominated by the New and Old City Halls. Sightseer 1: (pointing to the New City Hall) This isn’t the New City Hall, is it? Eric: Actually, it is the New City Hall (points to the New). This (points to the Old) is the old one (really annoyed). Sightseer 2: It’s time to finish this tour, isn’t it? (New Zealander)
No, it isn’t. Not yet. “Viktualienmarkt” is our last stop. Sightseer 2: That will be soon, won’t it? Eric: (ignores him) Let me explain a bit about the world famous “Glockenspiel” and then we can go to the “Viktualienmarkt”. (New Zealander makes a sigh of relief and wipes sweat off his forehead.) Eric: A “Glockenspiel” is a percussion instrument. The “Glockenspiel” in the tower of the New City Hall draws millions of tourists a year. Now let’s move on to the “Viktualienmarkt” which will be our last stop for today. Eric:
20
strap around unscathed agitated annoyed
76
umhängen unbeschädigt aufgebracht, erregt verärgert
The Guide – Tourists Happen
wipe off sweat percussion instrument
wegwischen Schweiß Schlaginstrument
true
Understanding the text. True or false? Tick the correct box. 1. Eric is explaining the architecture of “Marienplatz” to the tourists. 2. Since Munich’s foundation “Marienplatz” has been the centre of the city. 3. Mary’s Column was erected as a memorial (Denkmal) as Munich had not been harmed in the Thirty Years’ War. 4. The “Glockenspiel” is in the “Viktualienmarkt”. 5. The “Glockenspiel” plays on drums and bells of different sizes. 6. The tourist from New Zealand feels very hot.
false
Find the English expressions for these German sentences. 7. Er erklärt ihnen einiges aus der Geschichte. 8. Er wurde als Marktplatz genutzt. 9. Es ist Zeit, diesen Rundgang zu beenden. 10. Es zieht jedes Jahr viele Touristen an.
55
QuesTion TaGs FraGeanhänGsel Im Deutschen hängt man an eine Frage oft ein „nicht wahr?“, „oder?“, „nicht?“ an. Im Englischen gibt es kein Wort, das den deutschen Frageanhängseln direkt entspricht. Das Frageanhängsel wird im englischen Satz wie folgt gebildet: Es richtet sich nach dem Verb des vorausgehenden Satzes. Wie bei der Frage ist es entscheidend, ob der vorausgehende Satz mit einem Hilfsverb konstruiert worden ist. Wenn ja, dann wird das Hilfsverb im Frageanhängsel wieder aufgenommen. Wenn der vorausgehende Satz mit einem Vollverb gebildet worden ist, dann folgt im Frageanhängsel eine Umschreibung mit „to do“. Auf einen bejahten Satz folgt in der Regel ein verneintes Frageanhängsel. +
Hilfsverben
It is time to finish this tour, That will be soon, You can speak German, +
Vollverben
You come from Munich, You like going there, Your girlfriend likes it too, Besonderheiten:
– isn’t it? won’t it? can’t you? – don’t you? don’t you? doesn’t she?
–
Hilfsverben
It isn’t time to finish this tour, That won’t be soon, You can’t speak German, –
is it? will it? can you?
Vollverben
Let’s sit down, shall we?
, shall we?
I’m
I’m very lucky, arent’I?
, aren’t I?
Help yourself to tea, will you?
+
You don’t come from Munich, do you? You don’t like going there, do you? Your girlfriend doesn’t like it either, does she?
Let’s
Aufforderung
+
, will you?
The Guide – Tourists Happen
77
exercise Add the question tags to complete the question. 1. You’re English, _______? 2. He doesn’t work in this firm,_______ ? 3. I don’t sweat, ________ ? 4. Come in, ________ ? 5. I’m ready to start, ______?
Visitor from AbroAd – At the “ViktuAlienmArkt” For those who want to end the tour sooner than planned, let me quickly explain the history of this lovely little farmers’ market called the “Viktualienmarkt” and then we can say good-bye. Sightseer 1: I studied Latin. Isn’t it the Latin word “victualis” and in German “Viktualien”, which means groceries? Eric: (annoyed) Yes, it is. When “Marienplatz” became too small for the market, “Viktualienmarkt” came into the picture. From 1807 until now the vendors here offer fresh produce and other specialties. Sightseer 3: Is anybody thirsty yet? I need a break! Can we grab a beer over there? (Australian) (He points to beer garden at “Viktualienmarkt”.) (At a beer table in the beer garden at “Viktualienmarkt”.) Eric: Let’s sit down, shall we? (Everybody sits down. Eric has brought along a “Breze” and lays it on the table.) Eric: Help yourself, will you? (He is pointing to the “Breze”.) Sightseer 2: (takes a piece of “Breze”) Thanks. Do you come from Munich? Eric: No, I don’t. Sightseer 1: You come from America, don’t you? I heard your dialect. Why does everyone call the United States America when America is actually two continents? North and South. The US is only a part of America. Eric: (extremely annoyed) I don’t know. Sightseer 3: May I try a piece of this too? (He is pointing to the “Breze”.) Eric: Yes, you may. Sightseer 2: Can you speak German? Eric: Yes, I can. Sightseer 3: (sarcastically pointing to a person with “Lederhosen”) Do you have a pair of these Bavarian leather pants? Eric: You mean “Lederhosen”. Yes, I do. But I only wear them at the “Oktoberfest”. Sightseer 3: Do you like going there? Eric: Yes, I do. I go there as often as possible. Sightseer 2: Your girlfriend likes it, too? Eric: Yes, she does. Sightseer 2: Does she wear one of those long dresses you call a “Dirndl”? I think those things look so cool. Eric:
5
10
15
20
25
30
78
The Guide – Tourists Happen
Yes, she does. I’m very lucky, aren’t I? The original “Oktoberfest” occurred in Munich, on October 18, 1810. (Nobody is paying attention to him.) Sightseer 2: Is she German? Eric: Yes, she is. Sightseer 2: She has family here in Munich, hasn’t she? Eric: Yes, she has. She comes from Munich. Sightseer 3: She can speak English, can’t she? Eric: (laughs and realizes he has an appointment) Yes, she can. (He looks at his watch and realizes he is late for an appointment.) Oh, I want to make it to the “Pinakothek der Moderne” before it closes. Sorry gentlemen, I have to leave now. Sightseer 2: “Pinakothek” the what? That sounds interesting. That has something to do with art, hasn’t it? Eric: Yes, it has, and you can come along if you want. Sightseer 2: Sure. Why not? Eric:
35 Sightseer 1:
40
45
groceries vendor
Lebensmittel Verkäufer
produce grab
55
hier: landwirtschaftliche Erzeugnisse schnappen (umgangsprachl.), holen
Understanding the text. True or false? Tick the correct box. 1. The word “victuals” means victory. 2. The Australian tourist is thirsty and wants to sit down at a beer table. 3. Eric invites them to a snack. 4. Eric doesn’t know why there are two Americas. 5. The English tourist possesses a pair of leather pants. 6. Eric’s girlfriend likes to go to the Oktoberfest. 7. The tourist from New Zealand comes along with Eric to the German Technical Museum.
true
false
Find the English phrases for these German expressions. 8. den Rundgang früher als geplant beenden 9. Wollen wir uns nicht hinsetzen? 10. Kann ich auch ein Stück davon probieren?
The Guide – Tourists Happen
79
shorT answers KurzanTworTen Im Englischen ist es unfreundlich, eine Frage nur mit „yes“ oder „no“ zu beantworten. Man bevorzugt deshalb Kurzantworten. Ist der vorausgehende Fragesatz mit einem Hilfsverb konstruiert, wird dieses in der Kurzantwort wieder aufgenommen. Ist der vorausgehende Frageatz mit einem Vollverb gebildet, dann folgt in der Kurzantwort eine Umschreibung mit „to do“. „yes“ bei Hilfsverben Can we grab a beer over there? Yes, we can. May we have a look inside? Yes, we may.
„no“ bei Hilfsverben Has he got any “Lederhosen” on? No, he hasn’t. Can she speak English? No, she can’t.
„yes“ bei Vollverben You have a pair of those? Yes, I do. Your girlfriend likes it too? Yes, she does.
„no“ bei Vollverben Do you come from Munich? No, I don’t. Does she like travelling? No, she doesn’t.
exercise Finish by completing the short answer. 1. Do you like going to the Oktoberfest? 2. Was he thirsty? 3. Does Eric have to go? 4. Will he be joining us later? 5. Have you decided to sit at a beer table? 6. Are you pleased to finish the tour?
Yes, I_________. Yes , he _______. Yes, he_______. No, he________. Yes, we_______. No, I_________.
5 b JonAthAn swift, GulliVer’s trAVel, précis
5
10
Gulliver is shipwrecked. He swims for his life and reaches the shore of the country of the Lilliputs, lies down and falls asleep. When he wakes up, he cannot move. He is lying on his back and he finds his limbs tied to the earth with thin but strong ties. He also cannot shift his head because his hair is bound to the soil, too. He can only look upwards directly into the sun. He hears some noise around him, then, some time later, he notices a tiny dwarf with bow and arrow and a quiver on his back coming up from his left foot to his chin. Other dwarfs follow him. Amazed he cries out aloud. The Lilliputs fall off his body and some of them hurt themselves. Not long afterwards they come back and one courageous Lilliput steps up to him, greets him with a hightuned, clear shout. The others also do so several times. Finally, Gulliver can free one of his arms. With a strong pull he manages to loosen the strings on the left side a little. So he is able to turn his head a little bit. shipwrecked limbs dwarf
80
schiffbrüchig Gliedmaßen Zwerg
The Guide – Tourists Happen
bow and arrow quiver
Bogen und Pfeil Köcher
Questions on the text. Tick the correct answer. 1. Gulliver a) falls off a ship. b) is run over by a ship. c) has to leave a sinking ship. 2. When Gulliver wakes up, a) he finds himself lying on the ground under a starlit sky. b) the sun is shining bright. c) he finds his hair cut. 3. A small creature a) walks up on his body from foot to chin. b) cries out aloud shooting an arrow at him. c) pulls at his hair. 4. The Lilliputs a) loosen one arm. b) welcome him. c) move his head a little.
55
Say it in German: 5. He swims for his life. 6. When he wakes up, he cannot move. 7. and some of them hurt themselves
5 c lAnGuAGe lAb cAll A cowboy • Salat (angemacht als Gericht/Beilage) • Salat (als Pflanze/Blätter)
= salad = lettuce [’letis]
exercise Translate these sentences into the English. The pool below will help you. 1. Es ist so heiß, ich esse nur einen Salat. 2. Kannst du bitte einen schönen Salat kaufen, wenn du auf den Markt gehst? 3. Hast du den Salat schon gewaschen? – you / buy / a nice / you go / please? / Can / lettuce / to the market, / when / – you / yet? / washed / Have / the lettuce / – just have / a / so hot / salad. / I’ll / It’s /
The Guide – Tourists Happen
81
A bAVAriAn in boston American 1: Bavarian: American 2:
(to American 2) Hey! I have a joke for you. Does a bear shit in the woods? (before American 2 can reply) Excuse, a beer does what in the woods? What’s a beer doing in the woods? That doesn’t make sense. No, bear not beer.
bear [bE@] = Bär
Beer [bi@] = Bier
exercise How are the words pronounced? Place the words from the pool into the right column. Mary
bee [i:] weed
ear
fair
piece
[i@] beer
vary
fear
hear
[E@] bear
sAy it AGAin sAm exercise Complete this grid. Find the correct word in BE and write it in the blue column. AE guy wise guy pint (0,473 l) hamburger patty ground beef fall pharmacy trash can, garbage can
82
The Guide – Tourists Happen
German Kerl Schlaumeier Halbes Frikadelle/Hamburger Hackfleisch Herbst Apotheke Mülltonne
BE
BE meat patty minced meat bloke, chap clever fellow autumn chemist’s dustbin pint (0,568 l)
5 d into the enGlish world irelAnd
5
10
15
The island is surrounded by the Atlantic. It’s about the size of Austria. Ireland is the third largest island in Europe. Gentle hills characterize the sweeping landscape. The typical hand-laid stone walls, the moors (or bogs as they are known in Ireland) and GREEN GREEN GREEN reach as far as the eye can see. It is not for nothing that Ireland is called “The Emerald Isle”. The island has been politically divided since 1921 – into the Irish Republic and Northern Ireland. Six counties in the north east belong to the United Kingdom of Great Britain. If you cross the border, geographically, Ireland’s appearance barely changes. The “Cliffs of Moher” in the South West are the most spectacular stretch of Ireland’s rugged coastline. From here it drops down nearly 200 metres to the Atlantic. Wildly romantic – exactly the safest place to be! One comes across relics of the past again and again in Ireland. The high crosses belong to the most important works of Christian art. The magnificently ornate Muirdach’s Cross goes back to the 10th century. The capital of the Irish Republic, Dublin, also has a medieval feel to it. Above all, the streets of the Temple Bar district in the heart of the city have kept their historical patina. Municipal planning policy has inspirationally mixed old with new – promoting Temple Bar to Dublin’s hip culture mile. And everywhere: pubs, pubs, pubs. For the Irish they are the centre of social life. There’s hardly a pub where in the evenings they don’t play exhilarating Irish folk music. sweeping county spectacular rugged
hier: geschwungen Grafschaft, Bezirk ins Auge fallend, spektakulär zerklüftet
relics magnificent ornate medieval
Überreste prächtig verziert mittelalterlich
municipal inspirational promote exhilarate
55
kommunal begeisternd befördern erheitern
exercises I. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Find the English words and expressions in the text for: ist umgeben von soweit das Auge reicht wenn man die Grenze überquert Irlands zerklüftete Küste gehören zu den wichtigsten Arbeiten (Werken) christlicher Kunst im Herzen der Stadt sie spielen lustige (erheiternde) Volksmusik
The Guide – Tourists Happen
83
II. Now read the text again. There are ten mistakes in it. Find them and underline them. As an alternative you can also watch this part “Into the English world – Ireland” once more.
5
10
15
Ireland The island is surrounded by the Atlantic. It’s about the size of Australia. Ireland is the third largest island in Europe. Gentle hills characterize the sweeping landscape. The typical hand-laid stone walls, the moors (or deserts as they are known in Ireland) and GREEN GREEN GREEN reach as far as the eye can see. It is not for nothing that Ireland is called “The Harp Isle”. The island has been politically divided since 1921 – into the Irish Republic and Northern Ireland. Six countries in the north east belong to the United Kingdom of Great Britain. If you cross the border, geographically, Ireland’s appearance dramatically changes. The “Cliffs of Moher” in the South West are the most spectacular stretch of Ireland’s rugged coastline. From here it drops down nearly 200 metres to the Atlantic. Wildly romantic – exactly the safest place to be! One comes across relics of the future again and again in Ireland. The high crosses belong to the most important works of Christian art. The magnificently ornate Muirdach’s Cross goes back to the 10th century. The capital of the Irish Republic, Dublin, also has a medieval feel to it. Above all, the streets of the Temple Bar district in the heart of the city have lost their historical patina. Municipal planning policy has inspirationally mixed old with new – promoting Temple Bar to Dublin’s hip freedom mile. And everywhere: pints, pints, pints. For the Irish they are the centre of working life. There’s hardly a pub where in the evenings they don’t play exhilarating Irish folk music. III. Crossword puzzle Ireland 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
1. What is Ireland also called? 2. Ireland’s state form 3. District in Dublin 4. Music played in Irish pubs 5. Name of the sea that surrounds Ireland 6. Prevailing/predominant colour in Ireland Solution: Capital of Ireland
84
The Guide – Tourists Happen
5 e meetinG literAture listeninG comprehension
5
Jonathan Swift (30 November 1667 – 9 October 1745) was an Irish satirist, essayist, poet and cleric who became Dean (Dekan) of St. Patrick’s Cathedral, Dublin. He is remembered for works such as “Gulliver’s Travels”, “The Battle of the Books”, “A Tale of a Tub”, among others. Swift is probably the foremost (führende) prose satirist in the English language, and is less well known for his poetry. Swift originally published all of his works under pseudonyms or anonymously. exercises I.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
55
Listen to the reading once more and tick the correct answer. If you can’t watch the broadcast again, use the pool of phrases below to complete the text and do the exercise a second time. The numbers are identical with those of the gaps. true false Gulliver couldn’t look into the sky as he was lying on his stomach. The strings around Gulliver were thin but strong. More than forty Lilliputs with weapons in their hands were marching on Gullivers body. Gulliver shouted very loud as he was taken by surprise. The Lilliputs jumped off his body and some hurt themselves. Gulliver could free his right arm and his left foot.
II. Now use the pool of phrases below and complete the text. Then check your answers. You need not know every single word as long as you understand the general meaning of the text. Attention: At that time they used capital letters for nouns as it is still the case in German. Jonathan Swift, Gulliver’s Travels I attempted to rise, 1) ________________________________________________________: For as I happened to lie on my Back, I found my Arms 2) ____________________________________________ _______________________________ to the Ground; and my Hair, which was long and thick, 3) ______ 5
___________________________________________________________ . I likewise felt several slender Ligatures across my Body, 4) ____________________________________________________________. I could only look upwards; 5) ____________________________________________________________ , and the Light offended mine Eyes. I heard a confused Noise about me, but in the Posture I lay, 6) __________________________________________________________________. In a little time I felt
10
something alive moving on my left Leg, which advancing gently forward over my Breast, 7) _________ _____________________________________________________ ; when bending mine Eyes downwards
The Guide – Tourists Happen
85
as much as I could, I perceived it to be 8) ___________________________________________________ _________________, with a Bow and Arrow in his Hands, 9) ___________________________________ ________. 15
In the mean time, I felt at least Forty more of the same Kind (as I conjectured) following the first. 10) ____________________________________________________________, and roared so loud, that 11) _____________________________________________; and some of them, as I was afterwards told, were hurt with the Falls they got by leaping from my Sides upon the Ground. However, 12) ___________ _____________________; and one of them, who ventured so far as to get a full Sight of my Face, lifting
20
up his Hands and Eyes by way of Admiration, cryed out in a shrill, but distinct Voice, Hekinah Degul: 13) _________________________________________________________________________________ ______, but I then knew not what they meant. I lay all this while, as the Reader may believe, in great Uneasiness: At length, struggling to get loose, 14) ______________________________________________ ____________________, and wrench out the Pegs that fastened my left Arm to the Ground; for, by lifting
25
it up to my Face, I discovered the Methods they had taken to bind me; and, at the same time, with a violent Pull, which gave me excessive Pain, 15) _____________________________________________________ ___________________ that tied down my Hair on the left Side; so that 16) ________________________ __________________________________________________________________________________ . 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8)
but was not able to stir and Legs were strongly fastened on each Side tied down in the same Manner from my Armpits to my Thighs the Sun began to grow hot could see nothing except the Sky came almost up to my Chin a human Creature not six Inches high
likewise slender ligatures armpit thigh
86
ebenso hier: dünn hier: Fäden Achselhöhle Schenkel
The Guide – Tourists Happen
posture breast perceive inch conjecture
9) 10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) 16)
and a Quiver at his Back I was in the utmost Astonishment they all ran back in a Fright they soon returned The others repeated the same Words several times I had the Fortune to break the Strings a little loosened the Strings I was just able to turn my Head about two Inches
Position Brust erblicken, wahrnehmen Zoll (2, 54 cm) vermuten
leap venture wrench out peg excessive
springen hier: sich heranwagen herauszerren Pflock außerordentlich
5 f the lAnGuAGe zone summAry of the broAdcAst And of chApter 5
5
10
15
At the beginning of our episode our brave American Eric shows us the sights of Munich by working as a sightseeing tour guide. This talented man is not only a business fellow but also a tour guide on his days off. How does he do it, ladies and gentlemen? Through his talent we not only learned some history of Munich, but how he used short answers like “yes, it is” or “no, it isn’t”. And question tags like “it’s time to finish this tour, isn’t it?” The country we concentrated on in our segment “Into the English World” was the “Emerald Island” – Ireland. Our cowboy friend educated the butcher by telling him the difference between salad and lettuce. Our two private detectives, Humphrey and Sherlock, gave us some inside information which will be useful to the people who want to travel either to the UK or to the US: If an American leaves his country for Great Britain in fall, he will arrive there in autumn. And our frustrated Bavarian in Boston keeps on interrupting his bar companions. Poor people. Fortunately, through his rudeness we learned that bear has the sound !4E?and beer has the sound !iE?. Interestingly enough the Anglo-Irish author Jonathan Swift took us to an imaginary foreign land. “Gulliver’s Travels”, known as a classic children’s adventure story, began when Gulliver awakes on a beach of a deserted island. He finds himself tied up by a crowd of extremely tiny but well-armed people. deserted island
55
verlassene, einsame Insel
You may answer the questions if you wish. 1. What was the reason why they erected Mary’s Column on the “Marienplatz” in Munich? 2. Are you a student at Telekolleg? Yes, ________. But watching the broadcasts on TV and studying the books after work is not easy, __________(nicht wahr?) 3. The Church consecrated (weihte) the Cathedral in Dublin to Saint Patrick, ____________ (nicht wahr)? 4. Lettuce or salad? – What kind of _______________did they serve on the Titanic? – Iceberg. 5. When in Ireland the leaves are falling from the trees, they don’t call this season “fall” but _________ . 6. Why did Swift publish all of his works under a pseudonym or even anonymously? What do you think? Write two or three sentences.
The Guide – Tourists Happen
87
The MuseuM – ArT of PleAsure 6 A EntEring thE MusEuM
5
10
15
Eric and James are walking towards the entrance of the museum. They walk in. In the rotunda they stop for a moment. Eric: Here you have it, James, the “Pinakothek der Moderne”! One of the world’s greatest collections of 20th and 21st century art. James: Wow, this place is gigantic! Who came up with the design? Eric: The German architect Stephan Braunfels designed it. James: When did it open? Eric: In September, 2002, after seven years of construction! During construction, the whole city of Munich was in an uproar. At the time, it was a bit too modern for Munich’s taste and it was fairly expensive. The tax payers were not happy at all. Now, they are all smiling. James: Interesting. So why is it so big? Eric: It’s divided into Art, Architecture, Design, and Works on Paper. Each of the four corners of the building is dedicated to a special collection. We don’t have much time, the museum is closing soon. I suggest we have a look at the design collection. Let’s go! uproar
Aufschrei, hier: Aufruhr
fairly
ziemlich
Understanding the text. True or false? Tick the correct box. 1. They enter the Technical Museum. 2. The rotunda has four corners. 3. A German architect planned the museum. 4. The building of the museum took less than a decade. 5. The citizens of Munich approved of the museum from the beginning. 6. The museum is so large as it houses several important collections. Find the English expressions for these German sentences and questions. 7. Sie bleiben eine Augenblick stehen. 8. Wer gab den Anstoß für die Gestaltung? 9. Die ganze Stadt war in Aufruhr. And what about you? Answer in full sentences. 10. Which part of the museum would you like to see? Why? 11. Should the visit of a museum be free? Give a reason.
88
The Museum – Art of Pleasure
dedicated
gewidmet
true
false
The PAsT siMPle Die einfAche forM Der VergAngenheiT Das „past simple“ wird verwendet, um einen in der Vergangenheit abgeschlossen Vorgang zu beschreiben. Bildung des „past simple“ bei regelmäßigen Verben: Verb + -ed I you he, she, it asked we you they Schreibregeln: stop → stopped (Verdoppelung nach kurzem, betontem Vokal) cry → cried (-y nach Konsonant wird zu -ied) hate → hated (stummes -e entfällt)
66
Unregelmäßige Verben bilden im „past simple“ eine eigene Form: be was, were make made begin began put put do did see saw go went take took have had tell told keep kept wear wore Merke: bring buy think
brought bought thought
aber:
catch teach
caught taught
Bildung der Frageform: did + Subjekt + Infinitiv
Bildung der Verneinung: Subjekt + did not (didn’t) + Infinitiv
Bildung der verneinten Frage: did not (didn’t) + Subjekt + Infinitiv
Did you phone him last night? When did it open?
We didn’t see him yesterday.
Didn’t we see him a week ago?
• Signalwörter für das „past simple“: ago, last, past, when (rückschauend), yesterday, 2001 (date), in the Middle Ages • Ausnahme: das Verb „to be“ They were not happy at all. Were you on holiday last week? (Inversion) Weren’t you at home when we called? (Inversion)
The Museum – Art of Pleasure
89
exercises I. 1. 2. 3. 4.
II. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Complete the dialogues. Use the correct past simple forms of the verbs in brackets. Attention: They are all irregular verbs. Why was your cheek swollen this morning? Something ____________________ (bite) me in the night. You’re tired, aren’t you? Yes, I ____________________ (not, sleep) very well this night. Are you thirsty? No, thanks. I ____________________ (have) some mineral water earlier. There’s no more bread. I’m sorry I ____________________ (eat) it all last night. Make questions in the past simple to match the answers. Where __________________ (you, be) last night? At the theatre. How ____________________ (you, get) there? By tram. What ____________________ (you, see)? Much Ado about Nothing. Did ____________________ (you, enjoy) it ? Yes, we did. The actors were great. Why ___________________ (you, get) home so late? Because we went out dining somewhere.
III. Give the past simple forms of these regular and irregular verbs: 1. see 4. like 7. fall 2. think 5. hear 8. catch 3. speak 6. begin 9. laugh
10. run
thE DEsign CollECtion
5
10
15
90
Eric and James are walking towards the design section. The first thing they see is a huge object floating in the air. It looks like the stealth. James: Wow, why are these ordinary everyday items being displayed here? If I want to see a mixer, I can go to my mom’s kitchen. Eric: You mean that mixer, and the red-lip sofa, those coffee machines and the kitchen chairs over there? James: Yeah. Eric: Well, if you think about it, they are there to make you realize that everyday objects are also art, just in the mass-produced manner. These are the designs that defined generations, so it’s time to pay a little tribute. James: Oh cool! Look at all these freaky computers! Eric: Yeah, this was the original Apple Macintosh personal computer. Apple was selling computers which cost over $10,000 US dollars until co-founder Steve Jobs and his design team created this MAC. In 1984, it was selling for only US $2,500, so a lot more people were able to buy their own computer. The Museum – Art of Pleasure
James: Eric: 20
25
Wasn’t Microsoft selling more computers? IBM was selling more personal computers running on MS DOS and Microsoft Windows. IBM was leading in PC sales until Apple came out with the all-in-one iMac in 1998.
An employee of the museum is walking up to tell them that they must leave. It’s closing time. Eric: It’s a shame. I really wanted to show you the modern art display, it’s very impressive. They have pieces from Beuys and Pablo Picasso. (Both are standing on the first floor, looking down, under the rotunda, making their farewells.) James: Thanks, Eric, for bringing me along. I don’t want to keep you any longer. Thanks. Eric: My pleasure, James. Have a nice stay. section huge
Abteilung riesig
stealth items
Heimlichkeit, hier: Schwerelosigkeit Gegenstände, Artikel
freaky employee
Understanding the text. True, false or not in the text? Tick the correct box. 1. Eric and James start their tour in the design division. 2. Everyday things are presented there. 3. Mass production can also be art. 4. Steve Jobs made personal computers more expensive. 5. An employee warns them not to come too close to an object. 6. Then they have a look at Beuys’ and Picasso’s works. 7. On the ground floor, under the rotunda, they say good-bye to each other.
ungewöhnlich, verrückt Angestellter
true
false
66
not in the text
Find the English expressions for these German sentences and questions. 8. Mehr Menschen hatten die Möglichkeit, einen Computer zu kaufen. 9. Ende der Besuchszeit 10. Es ist eine Schande. 11. Ich möchte Dich nicht länger aufhalten. And what about you? Answer in full sentences. 12. Is a mixer a piece of modern art? What do you think? 13. What kind of art do you favour? Give a reason.
The Museum – Art of Pleasure
91
The PAsT conTinuous Die VerlAufsforM Der VergAngenheiT Das „past continuous“ drückt aus, dass ein Vorgang längere Zeit in der Vergangenheit andauerte. Macintosh was selling computers until co-founder Steve Jobs and his design team created this MAC. Weiterhin verdeutlicht das „past continuous“, dass ein Vorgang zu einem bestimmten Zeitpunkt in der Vergangenheit im Gange war: In 1984, Macintosh was selling for only US $2,500. Das „past continuous“ kann, zusammen mit dem „past simple“, eine Hintergrundhandlung in der Vergangenheit beschreiben: IBM was leading in PC sales until Apple came out with the all-in-one iMac in 1998. While the storm was blowing, they were watching a thriller. She was doing her homework, when the light went out.
etwa gleich lang Hintergrund neue, kurze Aktion (Vordergrund)
Bildung des „past continuous“: was/were + Verb + -ing was I were you was he, she, it playing were we were you were they Bildung der Frageform durch Inversion:
Bildung der Verneinung mit „not“: Bildung der verneinten Frage durch Inversion und „not“:
Was IBM selling more personal computers running on MS DOS Windows?
Before 1984 it wasn’t selling at only US $2,500.
Wasn’t Microsoft selling more computers?
exercises I. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
92
There was a thunderstorm coming up and then blowing. What were the people doing when they felt it? Fill up the gaps using the verbs in brackets in the past continuous. Jason ______________________ (have) a pint of beer in a pub. Michael and Thomas ______________________ (play) chess (Schach). Anita ______________________ (drive) home from school. Julian ______________________ (lie) in bed with a cold. Anna and Aga ______________________ (quarrel) about money. Margaret ______________________ (sit) at the piano and ______________________ (sing) a song.
The Museum – Art of Pleasure
II. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Formulate questions in the past continuous. Where/you/live/three months ago? You/live/alone? You/work/at that time? You/do/the job/you wanted? You/earn/enough money? You/enjoy/life/as much as now?
III. Add two verbs to each sentence: one in the past simple and one in the past continuous. 1. I ______________________ (drive) home yesterday when I ________________ (see) Petra at the corner. 2. ______________________ (you, read) the paper when the phone _____________ (ring)? 3. What ______________________ (you, talk) about when I _________________ (come) in? 4. They ______________________ (get) married while they ____________________ (live) in Wellington. 5. Somebody ______________________ (steal) my watch while I _______________ (swim) in the lake. 6. While we ______________________ (wait) for the bus it ______________________(begin) to rain.
66
6 B osCAr WilDE, thE PiCturE of DoriAn grAy, PréCis
5
10
Dorian Gray, the painter Basil Hallward and his friend Lord Henry Wotton were standing before Dorian’s portrait. It was an accomplished piece of painting and showed Dorian Grays’s handsomeness. They were talking about the painting: Dorian thought it terrible that the painting should forever hold his handsome image while he himself should grow old and lose his good looks. Dorian wished that it should be just the opposite, that the portrait should show how time destroys looks and youth while he should keep his form and young age for all time. If this were possible he would sacrifice all that he has, even his soul. Lord Henry laughed at those words and Basil definitely objected to that idea. This enraged Dorian Gray. He blamed Basil that for him his skills as a painter were more important than the persons he liked best. He doubted whether Basil would still remain his friend, if he lost his good looks because of growing old. From this Dorian concluded that youth was the most precious thing in life and that he would take his own life when he discovered that he was no longer young. Basil tried to soothe Dorian and was unhappy about the dispute. Lord Henry said to Basil that in this dispute the “true Dorian” was shown. handsomeness looks
Schönheit Aussehen
sacrifice definitely
opfern entschieden (Adv.)
conclude
folgern
The Museum – Art of Pleasure
93
Unterstanding the text. Find the correct chronological order of the story. correct wrong order order 1.
Dorian wished that the portrait should show how time destroys looks while he should keep his young age for all time.
2.
The dispute showed the “true Dorian”.
3.
Dorian stormed against the painter and blamed him.
4.
Dorian Gray, Basil Hallward und his friend Henry Wotton were talking about the painting.
5.
Basil tried to soothe Dorian.
6.
Lord Henry laughed at those words and Basil definitely objected to Dorian’s idea.
Say it in English. 7. Wenn dies möglich wäre, würde er alles opfern, was er besitzt. 8. Er lehnte diese Idee entschieden ab. 9. die wertvollste Sache im Leben
6 C lAnguAgE lAB CAll A CoWBoy • etw. von jdm. leihen = to borrow (borrowed) • jdm. etw. leihen = to lend (lent)
(The subject takes.) (The subject gives.)
exercise Translate into English. Use all the words in the pool. 1. Ich muss mir etwas Geld leihen. 2. Ich kann es mir nicht leisten, dir Geld zu leihen. 3. Leihe mir einen Stift. I
I
you
me
need to
a pen
94
The Museum – Art of Pleasure
borrow
can’t afford to lend
some money Lend
any money
sAy it AgAin sAM exercise Complete this grid. Find the correct word in BE and write it in the blue column. AE
German
BE
chum detour secondary highway downtown area interstate intersection pull-off yield (right of way)
Kumpel Umleitung Schnellstraße (vierspurig) ______________________ ______________________ Kreuzung Parkstreifen am Straßenrand Vorfahrt beachten
BE give way dual carriage way motorway town centre, city centre lay-by mate diversion crossroads
66
A BAvAriAn in Boston exercises I . Have you understood? Fill in the gaps. malady ['m{l@di] = Gebrechen, Übel melody ['mel@di] = Melodie American 2: American 1: American 2: American 1: Bavarian: American 1:
Love’s a _____________ without a cure. _____________ ? Sickness. Oh. If I understood you correctly, the _____________ to the song sickness is sort of a love song? No, malady not melody.
II. The words in bold type are the misleading ones. The words to be filled in are given below in alphabetical order. 1. After the market woman had taken the day’s takings to the bank, she was so tired that she sat down on a _____________ . 2. Perhaps I’ll become better at English when we _____________ a new and young teacher. 3. What’s the meaning in all this? – In my _____________ there is no sense in it at all.
bench
get
opinion
The Museum – Art of Pleasure
95
6 D into thE English WorlD EnglAnD
5
10
15
20
England, with Scotland and Wales, is situated in the British Isles. Together with Northern Ireland, they make up the “United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland”. If you can say one thing about the English, then it is that they’re addicted to tea! In the afternoon, they just love to sit in one of the numerous tea shops scattered across the country. Whether in chic or casual surroundings – the national drink goes down well everywhere. The English drink more than 165 million cups of tea every day! This is where only 35 kilometres of water separate England from the continent. The white chalk coastline in the south of the country was and is the gateway to the largest European island. This was where the first conquerors landed on England’s shores thousands of years ago. “England” is often wrongly used as a synonym for “Great Britain”. That’s probably because of its long-time dominance in the kingdom. England is the biggest state in the United Kingdom. With just under 51 million people, it is also the nation with the highest population. The red double-decker buses are the trademark of London. The capital is the economic centre of England – and accordingly very expensive. Besides its conservatively royal charm, London is also flamboyant, modern and diverse. The Tower of London is without doubt the most symbolic example of the city’s buildings. It was built in the Middle Ages and has served as a castle, armoury, palace and prison. In contrast to the many history-laden sights there is the “London Eye”, a giant ferris wheel. At a height of 135 metres, you get a tremendous view of the capital. And if you don’t have a head for heights, you can always enjoy something typically English which is more down to earth – yes, you’ve got it: a nice cup of tea. addicted to casual surroundings dominance
süchtig nach zwangloses Umfeld Vorherrschaft
flamboyant diverse
prächtig vielfältig
exercises I.
96
Find the English words and expressions in the text for:
1.
Sie sind süchtig nach Tee.
2.
ob in schicker oder zwangloser Umgebung
3.
Da war es, wo die ersten Eroberer landeten.
4.
Das Wort „England“ wird oft fälschlicherweise als Synonym für „Großbritannien“ verwendet.
5.
Die roten Doppeldeckerbusse sind das Markenzeichen für London.
6.
Sie erhalten einen eindrucksvollen Blick über die Hauptstadt.
7.
etwas, das mehr bodenständig ist
The Museum – Art of Pleasure
armoury giant ferris wheel
Waffenlager Riesenrad
II. Now read the text again. There are twelve mistakes in it. Find them and underline them. As an alternative you can also watch the part “Into the English world – England” once more.
5
10
15
20
England England, with Scotland and Wales, is situated in the British Commonwealth. Together with Northern Ireland, they make up the “United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland”. If you can say one thing about the English, then it is that they’re addicted to tea! In the afternoon, they just love to sit in one of the numerous coffee shops scattered across the country. Whether in chic or casual surroundings – the national drink goes down well everywhere. The English drink more than 165 million cups of tea every summer! This is where only 35 metres of water separate England from the continent. The white chalk coastline in the south of the country was and is the gateway to the largest European island. This was where the last conquerors landed on England’s shores thousands of years ago. “England” is often truly used as a synonym for “Great Britain”. That’s probably because of its long-time dominance in the kingdom. England is the biggest state in the United Kingdom. With just under 51 million people, it is also the nation with the shortest population. The blue double-decker buses are the trademark of London. The capital is the economic centre of England – and accordingly very cheap. Besides its conservatively royal charm, London is also flamboyant, modern and diverse. The Tower of London is without doubt the most symbolic example of the city’s buildings. It was built in Roman Times and has served as a castle, armoury, palace and prison. In contrast to the many history-laden sights there is the “London Eye”, a giant shuttle bus. At a height of 135 metres, you get a tremendous view of the capital. And if you don’t have an egg head, you can always enjoy something typically English which is more down to earth – yes, you’ve got it: a nice cup of tea.
66
III. Crossword puzzle UK/England (Do you remember?) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Southern part of the UK A country ruled by a king or a queen Another expression for Upper House A king or a queen lives in a ____ . One of the famous British universities
6. The UK is also called Great _____. 7. The head of the British government 8. The capital city of the UK 9. There is primary, ____ and further education. Solution: What improves your knowledge and skills? The Museum – Art of Pleasure
97
6 E MEEting litErAturE listEning CoMPrEhEnsion
5
Oscar Wilde (16 October 1854 – 30 November 1900) was an Irish writer, poet, who became one of London’s most popular playwrights in the early 1890s. Today he is remembered for his epigrams, plays, his only novel “The picture of Dorian Gray” and the tragedy of his imprisonment: After a series of trials, Wilde was convicted of gross indecency with other men and imprisoned for two years, held to hard labour. After his imprisonment he went to Paris never to return to Ireland or England where he died an early death. playwright convicted
Stückeschreiber verurteilt
gross indecency death
grobe Unanständigkeit Tod
exercises I.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Listen to the reading once more and tick the correct answer. If you can’t watch the broadcast again, use the pool of phrases below to complete the text and do the exercise a second time. The numbers are identical with those of the gaps. true false Dorian Gray’s skin will get wrinkly in the course of time. “If it were the other way round”, said Dorian Gray. Lord Henry Wotton urged the painter to carry out Dorian’s wishes. Even if that were possible, Hallward, the painter, was strictly against such an idea. Hallward likes the bronze figures, ivory Hermes, silver Fauns better than his friend Dorian. Lord Henry Wotton and Dorian Gray agree on the sentence that youth is the only thing worth having. Hallward told Dorian Gray that their friendship was matchless. The portrait reflects Dorian’s physical condition. The painter blames Lord Henry for Dorian’s behaviour.
II. Now use the pool of phrases below and complete the text. Then check your answers. You need not know every single word as long as you understand the general meaning of the text. Oscar Wilde, The Picture of Dorian Gray “How sad it is!” murmured Dorian Gray, 1) _________________________________________________ ________________________. “How sad it is! I shall grow old, and horrible, and dreadful. 2) _________ _______________________________________________________________. It will never be older than 5
this particular day of June. ... 3) _________________________________________________________________________ ! If it were
98
The Museum – Art of Pleasure
I who was to be always young, 4) _________________________________________________________ _______ ! For that – for that – I would give everything! Yes, there is nothing in the whole world I would not give! 5) __________________________________________________________ !” 10
“You would hardly care for such an arrangement, Basil,” cried Lord Henry, laughing. 6) “_____________ ________________________________________________________.” “I should object very strongly, Harry,” said Hallward. Dorian Gray turned and looked at him. “I believe you would, Basil. 7) ____________________________ ____________________________________ . I am no more to you than a green bronze figure. Hardly as
15
much, I dare say.”
66
8) _________________________________________________________________ . It was so unlike Dorian to speak like that. What had happened? He seemed quite angry. His face was flushed and his cheeks burning. “Yes,” he continued, “I am less to you than your ivory Hermes or your silver Faun. You will like them 20
always. 9) ________________________________________________? Till I have my first wrinkle, I suppose. I know, now, that when one loses one’s good looks, whatever they may be, one loses everything. 10) __________________________________________________________ . Lord Henry Wotton is perfectly right. 11)_________________________________________________________________________ __________. When I find that I am growing old, 12) __________________________________________
25
____________.” Hallward turned pale, and caught his hand. “Dorian! Dorian!” he cried, “don’t talk like that. 13) __________________________________________________________________ , and I shall never have such another. You are not jealous of material things, are you – you who are finer than any of them!” “I am jealous of everything whose beauty does not die. 14) _____________________________________
30
_______________________________________________ . Why should it keep what I must lose? Every moment that passes takes something from me, and gives something to it. Oh, if it were only the other way! 15) _________________________________________________________________________ be always
The Museum – Art of Pleasure
99
what I am now! Why did you paint it? 16) __________________________________________________ ____________________ ____________________________ !” The hot tears welled into his eyes; he tore 35
his hand away, and, flinging himself on the divan, he buried his face in the cushions, as though he was praying. 17) “___________________________________________________ ,” said the painter, bitterly. Lord Henry shrugged his shoulders. “It is the real Dorian Gray – that is all.” 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) 9)
with his eyes still fixed upon his own portrait But this picture will remain always young If it were only the other way and the picture that was to grow old I would give my soul for that It would be rather hard lines on your work You like your art better than your friends The painter stared in amazement How long will you like me
murmur horrible dreadful
murmeln entsetzlich schrecklich
amazement flushed ivory
10) 11) 12) 13) 14) 15) 16) 17)
Erstaunen errötet, erhitzt Elfenbein
Your picture has taught me that Youth is the only thing worth having I shall kill myself I have never had such a friend as you I am jealous of the portrait you have painted of me If the picture could change, and I could It will mock me some day – mock me horribly This is your doing, Harry
wrinkle mock fling shrug one’s shoulders
Falte verspotten werfen, schleudern m. d. Achseln zucken
6 f thE lAnguAgE ZonE suMMAry of thE BroADCAst AnD of ChAPtEr 6
5
10
15
100
In episode 5, Eric invited one of the tourists on his tour to the museum “Pinakothek der Moderne”. In the museum the two men saw everyday objects in a different way because they discovered: Everyday objects are also art. Through this “aha”-experience, we learned how to use the past simple and the past continuous: “In 1984, it was selling for US $2,500.” England was our cup of tea. We learned that there is one thing the English cannot live without: Their cup of tea. Oh, and we can’t forget about our cowboy who finally pointed out to us how to use “lend” and “borrow”. You can only borrow something from someone: “Lend me a pen” is the same as “give me a pen”. And “Can I borrow your pen?” is the same as “Can I take your pen?” Thank you, Cowboy, for coming to the rescue! Thanks to our detectives, we now know the differences between some UK and US road signs. Because they call the “center of a city” the “city centre” in the UK, you wouldn’t see a sign labelled “downtown area”. Our Bavarian in Boston, who makes many phonetic mistakes, gave us a chance to learn sounds like, !x? for malady and !E? for melody. Because of his self-confidence we are given this “fantastic” opportunity. Thanks bud.
The Museum – Art of Pleasure
20
We finish this chapter with an excerpt of Oscar Wilde’s “The Picture of Dorian Gray”. The novel centres on Dorian Gray, a young man of great beauty. When he meets Lord Henry Wotton, Lord Henry inspires him with a vision of life in which the hunt of beauty through physical enjoyment is valued above ethical or moral interest. Another friend of Dorian, the artist Basil Hallward, awakens Dorian’s selfishness. After admiring a portrait of himself painted by Basil, Dorian says that he would give his own soul if he could remain forever young while the portrait grows old. Does he get his wish? Sorry, you’ll have to read the book to find out. That’s my cup of tea. (Redewendung) label self-confidence
Das ist mein Fall. beschriften Selbstvertrauen
bud inspire selfishness
hier: Kumpel inspirieren Selbstsucht
You may answer the questions if you wish. 1. You use the past continuous when there are two or more actions going on at the same time in the past and …
66
2. What’s London’s trademark? 3. Use the right word: to lend – lending / to borrow – borrowing A student goes to the _______________library _____________some books. 4. What’s the English expression for “Vorfahrt beachten”? 5. Which word is the correct one? Then translate the sentence. Take down ________________ , please. (notes/marks) 6. Is the story of Dorian Gray a fairy tale (Märchen) for children? Comment.
The Museum – Art of Pleasure
101
The Trip – To CheCk iT ouT and To CheCk in 7 A PlAnning A triP: get Advice
5
10
15
20
25
Eric is at the laptop in the kitchen, his girlfriend is there, too. Eric wants some advice on which flight to take: non-stop or with a stop in Madrid. Eric: Hey … I need your advice. Which flight should I book? There is a flight that departs from Munich at 3:55 p.m. and arrives in Boston at 6:25 p.m. with a duration of only 8 hours and 30 minutes. Julia: That sounds good. But what about the price? Eric: That flight will cost me 817 Euros. Julia: That is expensive. What about a one-stop flight? Eric: There is one that is 187 Euros less. But the flight with the one stop takes 14 hours! I save five hours and fifteen minutes with the non-stop flight. Plus, since the non-stop leaves at 3:55 p.m. I can go directly to the airport from work. Julia: I guess you should go for the non-stop then. Eric: I think so too. Even though it is more expensive, I am going to book this flight. (Eric is murmuring while he is doing the booking.) And here I have it. Now, I have to review my flight details: I am leaving from Munich. I leave on the first of June at 3:55 p.m. I arrive in Boston at 6:25 p.m. The flight number is 424. Now all I have to do is scroll down to step number three and book my flight. Eric: Hey …, when I come back, I will be leaving Boston at 8:20 a.m. and arriving at Munich one day later at 9:45 a.m.Will you be picking me up? Julia: So early in the morning? Eric: Oh come on … Are you going to pick me up? Julia: Sure. Just give me the flight number. Eric: The flight number is 425. Cool! Nowadays booking a vacation is as simple as one, two, three. I find vacation stress the most enjoyable stress one can have. That was fun. depart (AE) scroll
abfahren, abfliegen rollen, herunterziehen
vacation (AE)
Urlaub
Understanding the text. True or false? Tick the correct box. 1. Eric does not book the one-stop flight via Madrid. 2. On the day of the flight he will first go home from work and then to the airport. 3. Julia advises Eric to take the flight that will take longer. 4. Eric books the flight online in three steps. 5. On his return flight Eric will be leaving Boston in the morning and arriving in Munich in the morning. 6. Without the flight number Julia can’t pick up Eric at the airport. 102
The Trip – To Check it out and to Check in
true
false
Find the English expressions for these German sentences and questions. 7. Er möchte darüber beraten werden, welchen Flug er nehmen soll. 8. Es gibt einen Flug, der um … abfliegt. 9. Obwohl der Flug mehr kostet, werde ich ihn buchen. 10. Wirst Du mich abholen? And what about you? Answer in full sentences. 11. Do you like going by airplane? Why? Why not? 12. Can fast trains like the ICE replace flights on the Continent? Give reasons. The FuTure Tenses i die ZukunFTsFormen i Future simple: will + Infinitiv Das „future simple“ kann neutral und modal verwendet werden. Beim neutralen Gebrauch wird sachlich und objektiv über zukünftige Ereignisse gesprochen. The Euro will become Britain’s currency. The flight will cost me 817 dollars. Beim modalen Gebrauch (spontaneous) werden Meinungen und Einstellungen zum Zeitpunkt des Sprechens ausgedrückt. I’ll have a cup of tea. You and I will have the pleasure of taking a ride.
77
Present future: to be going to Das „present future“ wird verwendet, um bereits gefasste Absichten oder in Gang gesetzte Ereignisse auszudrücken. It’s going to rain. Even though it is more expensive, I am going to book this flight. Present continuous (auch „diary future“): to be + Verb + -ing Das „present continuous“ wird bei festen eigenen Plänen, Vereinbarungen oder Terminen angewendet. We are having our summer holidays in Greece. I’m staying with a friend in Boston. Present simple (auch „timetable future“) Mithilfe des „present simple“ kann man von außen festgelegte zukünftige Geschehnisse durch Fahrpläne, Programme oder Öffnungszeiten ausdrücken. The bank closes at 3.30 this afternoon, doesn’t it? Since the non-stop leaves at 3:55 p.m. I can go directly to the airport from work.
The Trip – To Check it out and to Check in
103
exerCises I.
Which type of “will” is it? Spontaneous or neutral? spontaneous
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
neutral
I’ll take you to the airport if you want. We’ll give you a ring next week. The meeting will start at two. Will you come by train or by bus? I’ll get angry if you say that again!
II. In which sentences do you need “to be going to” (on the way already) and in which do you need “will” (spontaneous)? 1. Do you know how this coffee machine works? Yeah. It’s really easy. I ____________ show you. 2. Are you here tomorrow? Yes, in the afternoon. I __________ see you at about two. 3. Are you tired? Yes, very. I ________ go to bed. 4. Did you remember to get some bread? Oh no! I forgot! I ___________ get some now. 5. The front door bell just rang. Did it? OK. I _____________________ get it. 6. We want to change our car. Oh yes? What sort _____________________ (you/get) next? III. Which sentence in each pair sounds right? Mark it with a cross. 1 a. I’ll go to the chemist’s for you if you want. b. I’m going to the chemist’s for you if you want. 2
a. Was that the phone? I’m going to get it. b. Was that the phone? I’ll get it.
3
a. I’ve got so much work at the moment. I’ll work in the office on Sunday. b. I’ve got so much work at the moment. I’m going to work in the office on Sunday.
4
a. It’s the second time the PC has suddenly broken down. I’ll tell them. b. It’s the second time the PC has suddenly broken down. I’m going to tell them.
IV. Is it present time or future time? Tick the appropriate box. 1. 2. 3. 4.
104
Are you feeling OK? We’re leaving in five minutes. I’m expecting a call from my boss. They are arriving here on Saturday.
The Trip – To Check it out and to Check in
present time
future time
V. Complete the text using the correct form of the words in brackets. Use the present continuous in one paragraph and the present simple in the other. “Hi, my name is Joseph and I _____________ (look after) you until Thursday. I’d like to give you the plan for today. The bus _____________ (pick) us up outside the hotel after breakfast and we _____________ (drive) through Edinburgh, past the National Gallery and along Prince’s Street . We _____________ (stop) there and after an hour’s visit around the castle – we _____________ (carry on) to Calendar in the Highlands. Our tour of the Edinburgh Castle _____________ (begin) at 3 o’clock and _____________ (last) one and a half hours. Alternatively you can go to the National Gallery in the middle of the town. Afterwards you _____________ (be) free to check into the hotel and do what you wish. The performance at the Usher Hall tonight _____________ (start) at 7.30. Any questions? Yes? Oh, yes. Tonight it’s Handel’s Alleluia, his
77
song of praise.
At the AirPort
5
10
15
20
(At the information booth) Eric: Excuse me, I am looking for the check-in counter. Assistant: Which airline will you be flying with, Sir? Eric: Oh, I’m sorry. I am flying with … Assistant: Will you be flying domestic or international, Sir? Eric: I am flying international. Assistant: Please, listen carefully. Walk down the corridor, take a right. When you see gate A for departures, the check-in counter is right there. Eric: Thanks for your help. Assistant: Pleasure. (At Lufthansa check-in counter, Counter Assistant, CA) CA: Good afternoon, Sir, what can I do for you? Eric: I’m leaving for my vacation today. CA: Where will you be flying to, Sir? Eric: I’m flying to Boston, Massachusetts, USA. CA: Your ticket and passport, please. (Eric starts looking for his passport.) Eric: (talking to himself) I know I brought my passport with me. I thought I had it in my back pocket. (Eric checks all of his pockets. He checks his carry-on pockets.) CA: I am sorry, Sir. Without a passport you cannot fly. Eric: Oh man! (He takes out mobile phone.) I need to call my roommate. Vince, I can’t seem to find The Trip – To Check it out and to Check in
105
25 CA:
Eric: CA: 30 Eric:
CA: Eric: CA: 35 Eric:
CA: Eric: CA: 40
Eric: CA: Eric:
my passport. Can you look at my desk? Did I forget it at home?`(The expression on Eric’s face turns worse. He looks at CA.) It’s not there. I am sorry, Sir. Without a passport you cannot fly. Check your pockets and luggage again, please. (checks his pockets and finds it in an inside pocket) Oh my Lord! Here it is! Why is there always stress at the airport? Here you go (hands passport to CA). Thank you. (She types everything into the system.) Okay, you’re leaving today at 15.55 on flight 424 and arriving at Boston at 18.25. Correct. You will return to Munich on the 10th of June with flight 425. It departs from Boston at 08.20 and you arrive in Munich at 09.45. Yes, mam. How many pieces of luggage do you have? Just my carry-on, mam. Okay, would you like a window or aisle seat? I’ll take an aisle seat, please. Okay, your flight departs at 03.55 p.m. Here is your ticket and boarding pass. Your seat is 60 F and your gate is A17. Boarding time begins at 02.55. Please, be at the gate no later than 3.25 otherwise they will close the door on you. Roger. You have your boarding tickets, your passport, and your carry-on. Enjoy your flight. Thank you.
booth domestic departure counter carry-on pockets
Stand hier: InlandsAbfahrt, Abflug Schalter, Theke Taschen d. Handgepäcks
Oh my Lord! mam aisle roger
Oh Gott! (umgangssprachl.) Madam hier: Gang hier: habe verstanden
Understanding the text. True or false? Tick the correct box. 1. First Eric asks at the information desk where he has to check in. 2. The check-in counters for domestic and international flights are separate. 3. He phones his roommate for the ticket confirmation number (Bestätigung der Online-Buchung). 4. He finds the passport in his briefcase. 5. The flight from Munich to Boston takes longer than the return flight to Munich. 6. He has to board the plane half an hour before departure at the latest. Find the German expressions for these English sentences. 7. I’m looking for the check-in counter. 8. Without a passport you cannot fly. 9. I’ll take an aisle seat, please.
106
The Trip – To Check it out and to Check in
true
false
And what about you? Answer in full sentences. 10. Which seat do you prefer? Gangway, window or in the middle? Why? 11. Would you like to be a stewardess/steward? Why? Why not? The FuTure Tenses ii die ZukunFTsFormen ii Future continuous: will + be + Verb + -ing Das „future continuous“ beschreibt eine Handlung, die zu einem bestimmten Zeitpunkt in der Zukunft ablaufen wird. Diese Zeitform gilt auch als höflichere Ausdrucksform. They will be staying with us for a week. I will be leaving Boston at 8:20 am and arriving to Munich one day later at 9:45 am. Mehr zu den Zukunftsformen II finden Sie in Kapitel 10.
exerCise
77
Make these sentences sound more polite by using the future continuous form of the verb. 1. I’ll phone them at eight. 2. Will he wait for her? 3. They’ll leave just after midnight. 4. Will she spend the night at her aunt’s?
7 B John r. r. tolkien, the hoBBit, Précis
5
10
Gandalf, the wizard, some dwarfs, their leader Thorin and the hobbit Bilbo Baggins gathered in the house of Bilbo to discuss plans and all that is needed for a long and very dangerous journey to regain the dragonguarded gold of the dwarfs. Beginning far back Thorin was elaborately explaining the aims of this meeting and how they should proceed. He told them that some of them or perhaps the whole party (save the magician) might not come back. Suddenly Bilbo’s scream interrupted the dwarf’s lengthy speech. The dwarf’s words that many of them would presumably not survive the journey, had Bilbo terribly excited. They all were shocked. In the light of Gandalf’s wand they saw Bilbo sitting in front of the stove shaking all over, continuously shouting “struck by lightning!” Then he collapsed. They carried him onto a divan in the living-room before the sinister cometogether was carried on. aim proceed save
Ziel voranschreiten außer
scream lightning sinister
Schrei Blitz düster, unheilvoll
The Trip – To Check it out and to Check in
107
Who said what? Match the sentences with the persons. Gandalf (1)
Thorin (3)
a. I have weak knees, I must go down on the carpet. b. We have to discuss our plans, our ways and policy. c. Some of us, if not all, will not come back to this place.
Bilbo (2) d. I switch on my wand to see what is happening with him on the hearth rug. e. A flash of glaring light has hit me! f. We shall soon before the break of day start on our journey.
Say it in English. 1. Sie versammelten sich im Haus. 2. für eine lange und gefährliche Reise 3. … wie sie vorgehen sollten 4. Sie trugen ihn auf ein Sofa.
7 c lAnguAge lAB cAll A cowBoy • Maschine (Gerät) = machine • Maschine (Flugzeug) = plane • Maschine (Antriebsmotor) = engine (für den Motor einer größeren Maschine bzw. eines Gefährtes – Auto, Bus, Flugzeug, Boot, Schiff – das durch Benzin, Diesel, Kohle angetrieben wird.) • Elektromotor = motor (in der Regel) Aber: Außenbordmotor eines Bootes (auch mit Diesel, Benzin angetrieben) = outboard motor
exerCise Translate into English (use all the words in the pool). 1. Unsere Waschmaschine ist kaputt. 2. Die Maschine aus London ist verspätet. 3. Ich fahre das Modell mit der 1,8-Liter-Dieselmaschine. broken
Our
diesel
drive
108
London machine
from
The Trip – To Check it out and to Check in
the
the 1.8-litre
I
model
delayed
washing
The
with
engine
is
is
plane
A BAvAriAn in Boston American 2: American 1: Bavarian: American 1:
I hope I don’t get charged for my luggage being overweight. Well, if you pack right, your luggage won’t be overweight. What does one’s back have to do with it? Even if you can carry it, it still is heavy. No, pack not back.
pack [p{k] = packen back [b{k] = Rücken
exerCise The words in bold type are the misleading ones. The words to be filled in are given below in alphabetical order. 1. If you never take any notes, you can’t take part in our discussion. So you can’t, perhaps, get good _____________s. 2. It is possible to draw a perfect circle with a pair of __________ . 3. If it weren’t so horribly obscured (verdeckt) by the postmark, this ___________ would be very valuable (wertvoll). 4. Mr Smith and Mr Mooney teach math and physics at the same college; they are ______________s.
colleague
compasses
mark
77
stamp
sAy it AgAin sAm exerCise Complete this grid. Find the correct word in BE and write it in the blue column. AE airplane advance reservation baggage baggage check railroad car check grip railroad round trip
German ______________________ Vorverkauf, Vorbestellung ______________________ Gepäckschein Eisenbahnwagen Rechnung Reisetasche ______________________ Hin- und Rückflug (Schein)
BE
BE railway bill travel bag return ticket luggage check railway carriage aero plane advanced booking luggage
The Trip – To Check it out and to Check in
109
7 d into the english world new ZeAlAnd ii
5
10
15
20
25
New Zealand consists of two main islands and nine small groups of islands. The country covers an area of around 270 thousand square kilometres. New Zealand’s indigenous people are the Maori. Their ancestors were Polynesians who settled in the country between the 8th and 14th centuries. On the 6th of February 1840 the Maoris signed the so-called “Treaty of Waitangi” with the United Kingdom. It established relations between the Maori tribes and Great Britain. The Maoris relinquished their sovereignty. In return, they were assured of their civil rights. New Zealand became a British colony (flag). To this day, the British Crown is the sovereign of New Zealand. The Maoris constitute a minority of the population. Their culture is nurtured. Maori, with English, is the official language. The Maoris call New Zealand “Aotearoa”, which is commonly translated as “The land of the long white cloud”. The partly untrodden landscape is so enchanting and extraordinary that many films have been shot here. The impressive mountain scenery has served many a film director as the background for magical and spectacular films. New Zealand is among the leading agricultural countries in the world. The gentle climate with its warm summers and mild winters provides ideal conditions for farming which generates about half of the country’s export revenues. Due to its huge supply of sheep New Zealand is a major exporter of wool. Fruit and vegetable production is also important. Particularly famous is the New Zealand Kiwi. Kiwi doesn’t only refer to a fruit but also to the national bird and emblem of New Zealand. This night bird, which is unable to fly, is a protected species. It also lends its name to the New Zealanders themselves, who are widely known as Kiwis. indigenous ancestor relinquish assure minority
110
eingeboren Vorfahre preisgeben versichern Minderheit
The Trip – To Check it out and to Check in
nurture enchanting revenues emblem species
hegen, pflegen bezaubernd Einkommen Sinnbild, Symbol Gattung
exerCises I.
Find the English words and expressions in the text for:
1.
das Land erstreckt sich über ein Gebiet von etwa … die Eingeborenen Sie gaben ihre Unabhängigkeit auf. Man garantierte ihnen die (allgemeinen) Bürgerrechte. Die Maori bilden eine Minderheit innerhalb der Bevölkerung. Ihre Kultur wird gepflegt (am Leben erhalten). Viele Filme sind hier gedreht worden. Das milde (sanfte) Klima mit den warmen Sommern und den milden Wintern bietet ideale Voraussetzungen (Bedingungen) für die Landwirtschaft.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
77
II. Now read the text again. There are ten mistakes in it. Find them and underline them. As an alternative you can also watch the part “Into the English world – New Zealand II” once more.
5
10
15
20
New ZealaNd II New Zealand consists of two big mountain ranges and nine small groups of islands. The country covers an area of around 270 thousand square kilometres. New Zealand’s indigenous people are the Maori. Their offspring were Polynesians who settled in the country between the 8th and 14th centuries. On the 6th of February 1840 the Maoris signed the so-called “Bill of rights” with the United Kingdom. It established relations between the Maori tribes and Great Britain. The Maoris relinquished their culture. In return, they were assured of their civil rights. New Zealand became a British colony (flag). To this day, the British Crown is the sovereign of New Zealand. The Maoris constitute a majority of the population. Their culture is strangulated. Maori, with English, is the official language. The Maoris call New Zealand “Aotearoa”, which is commonly translated as “The land of the long white beach”. The partly untrodden landscape is so enchanting and extraordinary that many people have been shot here. The impressive mountain scenery has served many a film director as the background for magical and spectacular films. New Zealand is among the leading industrial countries in the world. The gentle climate with its warm springs and mild winters provides ideal conditions for farming which generates about half of the country’s export revenues. Due to its huge supply of sheep New Zealand is a major exporter of wool. Fruit and vegetable production is also important. Particularly famous is the New Zealand Kiwi. Kiwi doesn’t only refer to a fruit but also to the national bird and emblem of New Zealand. This night bird, which is unable to fly, is a protected species. It also lends its name to the New Zealanders themselves, who are widely known as Kiwis.
The Trip – To Check it out and to Check in
111
III. Crossword puzzle New Zealand 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
The native people signed the Treaty of ___. New Zealand is is a major ___ of wool. Fruit and ___ production is also important. New Zealand has a huge ___ of sheep. A protected species of a bird Ancestors of New Zealand’s indigenous people
7. One of the main export branches in New Zealand 8. Christchurch is another ___ in New Zealand. 9. Indigenous people of New Zealand 10. Territory under political control of another state Solution: Capital of NZ
7 e meeting literAture listening comPrehension
5
112
John Ronald Reuel Tolkien, (3 January 1892 – 2 September 1973), who pronounced his surname ['tolki:n], was an English writer, poet, and professor at Oxford University, best known as the author of the classic high fantasy works “The Hobbit”, “The Lord of the Rings”, and “The Silmarillion”. The great success of “The Hobbit” and “The Lord of the Rings” has caused Tolkien to be popularly identified as the “father” of modern fantasy literature. In 2008, “The Times” ranked him sixth on a list of “The 50 greatest British writers since 1945”.
The Trip – To Check it out and to Check in
exerCises I.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Listen to this part of the story once more and tick the correct answer. If you can’t watch the broadcast again, use the pool of phrases below to complete the text and do the exercise a second time. The numbers are identical with those of the gaps. true false They have come together in Mr Baggin’s house. Mr Baggins is a hobbit. Bilbo Baggins liked the way he was addressed by Thorin. They will start the journey in the middle of the night. Gandalf will come back from this dangerous journey at any rate. Bilbo was shocked by the lightning that struck his house. A locomotive was just passing by and whistling aloud. Bilbo was frightened so much that he could not get on his feet any more. The others carried on the discussion without Bilbo.
II. Now use the pool of phrases below and complete the text. Then check your answers. You need not know every single word as long as you understand the general meaning of the text.
77
John R.R. Tolkien, The Hobbit “Gandalf, dwarves and Mr Baggins! We are met together 1) ____________________________________ ______________________________________________________, this most excellent and audacious hobbit – may the hair on his toes never fall out! all praise to his wine and ale! – ” He paused for breath and 5
for a polite remark from the hobbit, but the compliments were quite lost on poor Bilbo Baggins, who was wagging his mouth 2) ___________________________________________________________________ _____________________________ , though no noise came out, he was so flummoxed. So Thorin went on: “We are met to discuss our plans, our ways, means, policy and devices. We shall 3) __________________ ___________________________________________________ long journey, a journey from which some
10
of us, or perhaps all of us 4) ____________________________________________________________ ________________________________ may never return. It is a solemn moment. Our object is, I take it, well known to us all. To the estimable Mr Baggins, and perhaps to one or two of the younger dwarves (I think I should be right in naming Kili and Fili, for instance), the exact situation at the moment may require a little brief explanation –”
15
This was Thorin’s style. He was an important dwarf. If he had been allowed, he would probably have gone on like this until he was out of breath, without telling any one there anything that was not known already. But he was rudely interrupted. 5) ________________________________________________________. The Trip – To Check it out and to Check in
113
At “may never return” he began to feel 6) __________________________________________________ ___________, and very soon it burst out 7) _________________________________________________ 20
________________________. All the dwarves sprang up, knocking over the table. Gandalf struck a blue light on the end of his magic staff, and in its firework glare the poor little hobbit could be seen kneeling in the hearth-rug shaking like a jelly that was melting. 8) _________________________________________ ___________, and kept on calling out 9) “___________________________________________________ _____________!” over and over again, and that was all they could get out of him for a long time. So they
25
took him 10) __________________________________________________________________________ with a drink at his elbow, 11) _____________________________________________________________. 1) in the house of our friend and fellow conspirator 2) in protest at being called “audacious” and worst of all “fellow conspirator” 3) soon before the break of day start on our 4) (except our friend and counsellor, the ingenious wizard Gandalf) 5) Poor Bilbo couldn’t bear it any longer
6) a shriek coming up inside 7) like the whistle of an engine coming out of a tunnel 8) Then he fell flat on the floor 9) struck by lightning, struck by lightning 10) and laid him out of the way on the drawingroom sofa 11) and they went back to their dark business
audacious ale wag conspirator flummoxed
devises counsellor ingenious shriek glare drawing-room
kühn, mutig eine Art Bier wackeln, wedeln Verschwörer verwirrt
Vorrichtungen Berater scharfsinnig, klug gellender Schrei greller Schein Wohnzimmer
7 F the lAnguAge Zone summAry oF the BroAdcAst And oF chAPter 7
5
114
Our American boy, Eric, decides to visit his family in Boston, Massachusetts, USA, and discusses possible flights with his girlfriend Julia. Throughout the conversation the future tense was used – the present future (to be going to) “I am going to book this flight” or the future continuous “I will be leaving Boston at 8:20 am”. Once Eric finds the flight he wants, we see the traveller at the airport checking in. Off he goes into the great blue yonder. Good luck Eric! We returned to New Zealand. It’s such a beautiful country and so much to talk about we couldn’t possibly cover it in one episode. The Trip – To Check it out and to Check in
10
15
20
The Cowboy came to the flight assistant’s rescue by explaining the differences between “Maschine” and “machine”. Cowboy, what would we do without you? Bogart and Holmes taught us something useful for the next trip: If you want to check in your bags in the US, you ask for the baggage check in, in the UK you say luggage. Again, our Bavarian chap in Boston. Without him we would never understand the phonetic differences between [p] as in pack and [b] as in back. And last but not least, J. R. R. Tolkien’s fantastic novel “The Hobbit” was first published in 1937. The charming story of tiny, furry-footed Bilbo Baggins and his adventures in Middle-Earth ultimately served as the prelude to Tolkien’s epic “The Lord of the Rings”. The main character, Bilbo Baggins, is a fifty-yearold hobbit living a quiet, comfortable life. Gandalf, a mysterious wizard, who is looking for someone to go on an adventure with him, asks Bilbo to come with him, but Bilbo doesn’t want to take part in any of the adventures. The next day, Gandalf and a band of thirteen dwarfs visit Bilbo. Thorin Oakenshield, the leader of the dwarfs, tries to recruit the unwilling hobbit.You will have to find out the rest of the story by reading it yourself. yonder furry-footed
Ferne pelzfüßig
ultimately prelude
(Adv.) schließlich Vorspiel
77
You may answer the questions if you wish. 1. The contrast to the spontaneous “will-future” is a form of “to be going to”. Fill in the gaps to show this difference: – Oh, how terrible. I have no money on me. – No problem. I ____________________ (lend) you some. – Look at those dark clouds. It ____________________ (rain) soon. 2. Do you still know the name of the indigenous tribe of the “land of the long white cloud”? 3. The first __________________ (Eisenbahn) between Stockton and Darlington in England was driven by the steam-_____________________ (Dampfmaschine) the “Eagle” (Adler). The train had only three _____________________ (Wagons) besides the tender (Kohlenwagen). 4. Choose the appropriate column and give the German meaning of the words. German
[b]
bush
pear
symbol
German
[p]
pole
bear
simple
bowl
push
5. Which words in the speach of the dwarf Thorin made Bilbo shriek?
The Trip – To Check it out and to Check in
115
The Car renTal – SomeThing To Rant abouT 8 A Renting A cAR
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
116
(In the car rental agency (RA)) Eric: I have just arrived and I would like to rent a car. I have already made a reservation. RA: Do you have a reservation number, Sir? Eric: I can’t seem to find it. RA: We’ll just have to start from the beginning. Have you ever rented a car from us, Sir? Eric: Yes, I have. I have been renting your cars for a long time now. RA: How often have you rented a car from us, Sir? Eric: Um, (is a bit irritated, thinks to himself) I have been living in Europe for fifteen years now, to answer your question. I have rented your cars at least once a year for the last 15 years. RA: In that case, Sir, you might be eligible for a special bonus offer. Have you got a valid US driver’s license and a major credit card? Eric: Yes, I have. Here you go. RA: How many days would you like to rent a car? Eric: I would like to rent a car for 10 days. RA: Do you have an idea where you want to go? We offer electronic tour guides. Eric: No, I have never been to Boston before. But, I have been thinking of visiting Cape Cod. I’ll give it a thought. RA: Oh, excuse me. My computer has crashed. I’ll need to reboot it. Eric: What has crashed? Your computer? Oh no! (Eric’s mobile phone rings.) Hello. Oh, hi Jasper. Yeah, I’m still at the airport. I’m picking up my car now. They have computer problems. Yeah, I have been waiting for half an hour now and still nothing has happened yet. Do you have any plans? No, I haven’t met her yet. Okay, we meet you then downtown at “Cheers”. 5 o’clock? Super, see you then. Ciao. RA: Okay, Sir, I have stored all of your information in the computer. Here is your key, your auto registration, and the delivery survey form. Fill it out and hand it to the person at the gate before you leave. You’ll see the car parked out in front of the building. Eric: Thanks. Oh wait. What about the special bonus offer? RA: I’m sorry, Sir. I forgot. Please, wait while I check the system. Eric: No no, don’t worry about it. Before you have finished checking if I receive a bonus or not, I’ll be heading back to Munich. No, thanks. (Outside the rental office) Eric walks up to the car with luggage. Loads the car. Takes out the form the agent gave him and starts inspecting the car. He checks the items on the form.
The Car Rental – Something to Rant about
(After some time) Eric: That’s it, finished! Now that I have completed the inspection, I am ready to visit Boston! rant eligible valid driver’s license major credit card
prahlen wählbar, hier: berechtigt gültig Führerschein hier: internationale Kreditkarte
reboot delivery suvey form luggage items
neu laden, neu starten Inspektionsliste Gepäck Posten
Understanding the text. Are these statements true or false according to the text? Write down the part of the text that gives you the answer. 1
Eric doesn’t have a reservation number. This is __________ because it says in the text ________________________ .
2. Eric has been a regular customer of this car rental office. This is ______________ because we can read in the text ______________________________ . 3. You can make use of the rental office’s bonus offer when you have a Master Credit Card. This is ______________ because the text tells us __________________________________ . 4. Eric takes an electronic tour guide. This is ______________ because the text says ___________________________________ .
88
5. The delivery survey form has to be filled in and handed back to the person at the counter. This is _________ because we can read in the text _____________________________. What about you? (Write about two or three sentences.) 6. Would you take an electronic guide when you go on a sightseeing tour in a city? 7. Is renting a car for your holidays abroad a possibility for you? The PreSenT PerfeCT SimPle Die einfaChe form Der PerfekTS Das „present perfect“ ist keine reine Vergangenheitsform, sondern eine „Brücke“ zwischen Vergangenheit und Gegenwart. Es interessiert weniger der Zeitpunkt des Geschehens als vielmehr seine Auswirkungen auf die Gegenwart. Das „present perfect simple“ wird verwendet: • wenn das Ergebnis einer Handlung/eines Geschehens bereits vorliegt It has rained. I have closed the door. • bei unbestimmten Zeitangaben She has just arrived. Merkwort: J ust E ver N ever N ot yet Y et
I have never been to England.
The Car Rental – Something to Rant about
117
• bei Zeiträumen, die noch nicht zu Ende sind He hasn’t received any money this week/month/year. Signalwörter: this morning, today, this week, this month, this year • bei since (Zeitpunkt) und for (Zeitraum) We have been here since 8 o’clock. We have been here for two hours. Für die deutsche Übersetzung wird als Zeitform meistens die Gegenwart gewählt. Bildung des „present perfect simple“: have/has + Partizip Perfekt have I have You has He, she, it done (z. B. the job). have We have You have They Bildung der Frageform durch Umstellung: Have you done (the job)? Has he, she, it Bildung der Verneinung mit „not“: have You not done (the job). has He, she, it Kurzformen: You haven’t done the job. He, she, it hasn’t done (the job). Bildung der verneinten Frage durch Umstellung und mit „not“: Have you not done (the job)? Has he, she, it Kurzformen: Haven’t you done the job? Hasn’t he, she, it done (the job)?
exerCiSeS I. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Answer the following questions using the present perfect simple of the verb in brackets. Add any other word not given. Would you like a cup of coffee? (just, have, one) Do you know Michael at all? (know, him, for a long time) Is your arm OK? (strain, a muscle) Why are you singing? (just, pass, my driving test) Are you new in this village? (be, here, for a year) Where’s your motorcycle? (lend, to a friend) Why are you going to Boston? (never, be, there, before) What do you think of Jonathan Swift’s “Gulliver’s Travels”? (not, read, it, yet)
II. Add “for” or “since” to complete these sentences. 1. 2. 3. 4.
118
We’ve been married _______ 2001. Have you lived here _______ long? He’s gone away_______ a month. Has she been here _______ the end of last year?
The Car Rental – Something to Rant about
5. We’ve known each other ______ we were at school. 6. She’s had some fever _______ a week now. 7. He hasn’t seen us _______ Easter. 8. Has she said anything _______ she came in?
III. Translate the following sentences into good German. 1. I have just arrived and I would like to rent a car. 2. I have already made a reservation. 3. Have you ever rented a car from us? 4. I have never been to Boston before. 5. What has crashed? 6. Nothing has happened yet. The PreSenT PerfeCT ConTinuouS Die VerlaufSform DeS PerfekTS Das „present perfect continuous“ drückt aus, dass eine Handlung noch nicht beendet ist oder eben erst beendet wurde. Who has been drinking my tea Somebody has been sleeping in my bed and Snow-white is still there! Im Zusammenhang mit since und for wird das Andauern einer Handlung betont, nicht ihr Ergebnis. We have been living here for over twenty years now. Für die deutsche Übersetzung wird als Zeitform meist die Gegenwart gewählt. Das „present perfect continuous“ drückt oft eine emotional gefärbte Aussage aus. I’ve been sitting here for an hour and nobody’s even said “hello”! Für die deutsche Übersetzung wird als Zeitform meist die Gegenwart gewählt.
88
Bildung des „present perfect continuous“: have/has + been + Verb + -ing have I have you has he, she, it been waiting have we have you have they Bildung der Frageform durch Umstellung: Have you been waiting long? Has he, she it Bildung der Verneinung mit „not“: I have not been waiting long. He, she, it has Kurzformen: I haven’t been waiting long. He, she, it hasn’t been waiting long. Bildung der verneinten Frageform durch Umstellung und mit „not“: Have they not been waiting long? Has he, she, it Kurzformen: Haven’t they been waiting long? Hasn’t he, she, it been waiting long?
The Car Rental – Something to Rant about
119
exerCiSeS I.
When the seven dwarfs come back from working in their gold mine they discover that Snow-white has been in their house. What questions do they ask? Use the words to complete them. 1. Who/eat/my soup? 2. Who/sit/my rocking chair? 3. Who/sleep/my bed? II. 1. 2. 3.
You need one continuous form and two simple forms of the present perfect! Somebody/drink/ all my milk! Somebody/break/my stool! (Schemel) Somebody/lie/my bed/and/she/sleep/still/there!
III. Match the sentences with the correct “meaning”. 1. Have you seen Thomas? a) this afternoon 2. Have you been seeing Thomas? b) over the last few months 3. He’s learnt English. 4. He’s been learning English.
a) He has not finished yet. b) He’s learning Italian now.
5. She’s had problems with her shoulder. 6. She’s been having problems with her shoulder.
a) Her shoulder is still a problem. b) Her shoulder is better now.
7. I haven’t bought any stamps. 8. I haven’t been buying any stamps.
a) I had no time today. b) I don’t need any stamps any more.
9. She hasn’t talked to me. 10. She hasn’t been talking to me.
a) some time ago but not lately b) never
8 B iAn Fleming, goldFingeR, pRécis
5
120
James Bond was driving on the A 2 through Kent in the South of England on his way to Sandwich. He had chosen this way as he wanted to get to know the area where Goldfinger had taken his residence. Ian Fleming is describing the car Bond had selected for his mission of bringing down Goldfinger. It is an Austin Martin DB III with many special gadgets mainly designed to disguise him and to strengthen his defence. There are changeable front and rear lights, extra strong bumpers, a pistol in a hidden compartment and some extra radio contraptions. To show to the reader what extraordinary hero James Bond is Fleming describes how Bond tricks an elderly driver of a saloon car by sliding cleverly into a parking space before that obviously bad driver.
The Car Rental – Something to Rant about
residence bring down gadget disguise strengthen
Wohnsitz zur Strecke bringen technische Vorrichtung verkleiden, tarnen verstärken
rear bumper compartment contraption saloon car obviously
rückwärtig Stoßstange hier: Fach (neumodischer) Apparat Limousine (Adv.) offensichtlich
Questions on the text. Answer them in complete sentences. 1. In which part of England is Sandwich situated? 2. Why does Bond try to find out Goldfinger? 3. What do the extra parts of Bond’s car reveal (enthüllen)? 4. Why does Ian Fleming describe the scene with the saloon car and an elderly driver? Comment. What is the German expression for: 5. He was driving on the A 2 on his way to Sandwich. 6. where Goldfinger had taken his residence 7. changeable front and rear lights 8. He tricks an elderly driver of a saloon car.
8 c lAnguAge lAB
88
cAll A cowBoy • Speisekarte = menu • Menü (Computermenü) = menu • Menü (feste Speisenfolge) = a daily special / set lunch / set meal
exerCiSe Translate into English (use all the words in the pool) 1. Kann ich bitte die Speisekarte haben? 2. Mach das Druckermenü auf und klicke auf OK. 3. Ich nehme das Menü und ein Glas Rotwein. printer menu
the
and
red wine.
click on have
a
Open
OK.
and
a glass of
the menu I’ll
I
, please?
have Can
daily special
The Car Rental – Something to Rant about
121
A BAvARiAn in Boston American 2: Bavarian: American 1:
I’ll tell you what! These cabs here really stink! It takes forever to get one. If I heard you right, you think my cap smells? I’ve had this hat since I graduated from college! No, cab not cap.
cab [k{æb] = Taxi cap [k{æp] = Mütze, Kappe stink
hier: „nicht gut sein“
exerCiSeS I.
Find the German words. Look them up in a dictionary.
[p] pill pin pig
[b] bill bin big
II. False Friends. The words in bold type are the misleading ones. The words to be filled in are given below in alphabetical order. 1. It is a shame that the floor of the main ________________ in our school is always littered (verschmutzt) with waste paper and orange peels. 2. The visiting Minister felt quite flattered when he saw his nation’s flag ____________ ing in the air. 3. Do you think a snake has a shell on its back? – It hasn’t, but a _________________ (Schnecke) has.
corridor
122
The Car Rental – Something to Rant about
flutter
snail
sAy it AgAin sAm exerCiSe Name the parts of the car.
1.
2. 3. 4.
8.
5.
7.
6. 13. 14. 12.
88
15.
11. 16.
10.
17.
9.
the parts of a car 1. Frontscheibe 2. Seitenspiegel 3. Scheibenwischer 4. Reifen 5. Blinker 6. Scheinwerfer 7. Automarke 8. Motorhaube 9. Fahrgestell
select the parts from this pool 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.
Rücklicht Fenster Dach Antenne Kofferraum Nummernschild Stoßstange Auspuff
aerial wing mirror
windscreen bonnet
car make
tyre
number plate indicator
exhaust pipe
boot
windscreen wiper
chassis headlight window
bumper tail light roof
The Car Rental – Something to Rant about
123
8 d into the english woRld cAnAdA
5
10
15
20
Canada is a country in North America, lying between the Atlantic in the east and the Pacific in the west. Wild coastline marks Canada’s boundaries. Measured by area, Canada is the second biggest land mass on Earth after Russia, and nearly 28 times bigger than Germany and has but scarcely 32 millions of inhabitants. Canada is a typical immigration country – in 2006 more than 6 million immigrants lived here. Canada as an important industrial state, offers work opportunities – and is one of the wealthiest nations in the world. Over 200 languages are spoken in Canada. The official languages are English and French. Most Canadians live in the south of the country. Why? Because high up in the north, temperatures climb above freezing point for only a few months in the year. The capital of Canada is Ottawa and lies on the river of the same name. Above the Ottawa River, the pompous parliament building, with its Big Ben like architecture, is reminiscent of the colonial days of the British Empire in Canada. The British Crown is still Head of State. The “Changing of the Guard” in front of the parliament – here the traditions of the Scots and the English are held high. The Busbies, the bear skin head pieces, hail from Canada, those the guards in London wear are also made in Canada. British impressions, too, on the “ByWard Market”. Since 1826, it has been the heart of the elegant and cultivated metropolis. Victorian facades and various market stalls await the visitor. You could be forgiven for thinking you were somewhere in England. boundaries measure immigration immigrants
124
(Landes-) Grenzen messen Einwanderung Einwanderer
The Car Rental – Something to Rant about
reminiscent hail from stalls
erinnernd an hier: stammen von Verkaufsstände, Verkaufsbuden
exerCiSeS I.
Understanding the text. Fill in the gaps using the information given in the text above.
An afternoon at the “ByWard Market Place”. (Interview, realised by a group of students from Germany, France, Italy and China. On a project of their language school they have to find out what normal Canadians know about their own country.) German student: Excuse 5 Lady 1:
Of course, if I can.
German student: How Lady 1:
me, Madam. Would you please answer a few questions about Canada and its people?
many inhabitants does your country have? ... and this city?
I’m not certain, I think more than 1) ____________________________________________ . Ottawa itself certainly has about 800.000. Up to 1826 it was called “City of Bytown” and only later city of Ottawa because of the river 2)___________________________________ . And where are you from?
10
German student: From Lady 1:
88
Germany. Do you know where this is?
Naturally, I have German ancestors. My great grandfather came from Vohenstrauß in the Northern part of Bavaria. You know, Canada is an 3)_________________________ country. More than 4) ____________________ of the population at present are 5)__________________________ . More than 6)___________________________________
15
are spoken in this country. French student:
But the official language is 7)__________________ , of course. French can be heard quite often here.
Lady 2:
8)______________________ is also an official language. Quebec, for example, was a French colony up to the middle of the 18th century.
20
Italian student:
ByWard Market Square seems to be a very busy place.
Market woman:
Oh yes, and old too. Since 9)__________________________________________________ ___________________ and cultivated metropolis. Nowadays over 20 merchants have their shops and stalls there. I notice your accent. Are you Italian? Preston Street just opposite is
25
widely considered Little Italy.
The Car Rental – Something to Rant about
125
Lady 1:
Look over there, just in walking distance, there is Parliament Hill with the 10)___________ ___________________________. You must see the 11)_____________________________ _____________________________ in front of the parliament. The guards wear “Busbees” – 12)______________________________________________ – like their counterparts in 13)____________ .
30
Market woman:
(to Chinese student) Somerset Street is a place to get some of the best Asian cuisine around. Very cool for a walk down. The number 2 bus also runs directly down there.
II. Find the English words and expressions in the text for: 1.
Kanada ist fast 28-mal größer als Deutschland.
2.
Kanada ist eine der reichsten Nationen in der Welt.
3.
Temperaturen klettern über den Gefrierpunkt
4.
Die britische Krone ist immer noch Staatsoberhaupt.
5.
Die Traditionen der Schotten und Engländer werden hoch gehalten.
8 e meeting liteRAtuRe listening compRehension exerCiSeS I.
In 8 B haben Sie sich schon mit der Inhaltsangabe zu „James Bond – Goldfinger“ von Ian Fleming beschäftigt. Nun wieder eine Übung, um das Hörverständnis zu trainieren. Wir geben Ihnen die Wörter des Textes vor, die in der Sendung eingeblendet werden. Sehen Sie sich diese zuerst an und hören Sie sich dann den in der Sendung vorgetragenen Text an (auch mehrmals). Beantworten Sie anschließend die Fragen zum Text. Die Zusammenfassung in 8 B können Sie als Hilfestellung verwenden – vor allem, wenn Sie keine Möglichkeit haben, die Sendung erneut anzusehen. Zuerst aber noch ein paar Informationen über den Autor:
Ian Lancaster Fleming (28 May 1908 – 12 August 1964) was a British author and journalist, best known for his novels about the British spy James Bond. Fleming wrote a series of events on Bond’s adventures in twelve novels and nine short stories. A literary output that has sold over 100 million copies worldwide, making it one of the most popular series of related novels of all time. Fleming also wrote the children’s 126
The Car Rental – Something to Rant about
5
story “Chitty Chitty Bang Bang” and two works of non-fiction. In 2008, The Times (of London) ranked Ian Fleming fourteenth on its list of the “50 greatest British writers since 1945”. spy
Spion
WorDliST English
German
settled back (into second) (let the) car idle gunmetal bucket fumbled dashboard the A 2 Sandwich (a) quick look Reculver forsaken parish then cross (the) Isle of Thanet channel packet lunch from the pool Jaguar 3.4 either of a well-to-do adventurous with a taste things of life triptyque inconspicuous certain extras handy type colour rear lights reinforced bumpers to ram long-barrelled compartment radio pick-up called concealed
schaltete in den 2. Gang zurück ließ das Auto gemächlich dahingleiten waffentaugliches Metall Eimer fummelte Armaturenbrett die Autobahn A 2 Ort in Kent einen raschen Blick kleiner Ort in Kent verlassen Bezirk, Gemeinde dann die Isle of Thanet (ist keine Insel mehr, in Kent) überqueren Aufbewahrungsstelle am (Ärmel-)Kanal Mittagessen aus dem (Auto-) Bestand Automarke der gehobenen Klasse jedes (Auto) ein wohlhabender unternehmungslustiger (junger Mann) mit Geschmack für Dinge des Lebens internationales Visum unauffällig gewisse Extras handlich, nützlich Typus Farbe Rücklichter verstärkt Stoßstangen rammen (Waffe) mit langem Lauf Fach, Abteil Radiosuchgerät genannt, bezeichnet versiegelt, geheim The Car Rental – Something to Rant about
88
127
WorDliST English
German
Customs men fifty yards gap infallible badge clamped his head hooted window enigmatically clenched
Zollbeamte (etwa 17 Meter) (Park-) Lücke unfehlbares Kenn-/Abzeichen festgedrückt, festgeklammert sein Kopf hupte Fenster (Adv.) rätselhaft zusammengeballt
II. Questions on the text. Choose the right answer. 1. James Bond was driving through the South of England on a) a motorway. b) a highway. c) a road. 2. Bond was driving to Sandwich. a) to picnic there. b) to enjoy the landscape. c) to get to know Goldfinger land. 3. He was driving a) a very old-fashioned car. b) a very modern car. c) a car with many additional parts. 4. Bond’s car should a) provide enough room for spending a night. b) protect and disguise him. c) show the wealth of its owner. 5. His car has changeable tail- and headlights so that a) he does not have to drive without lights when the bulbs are gone. b) he can’t be followed by another car when it’s dark. c) he can’t be chased by day and night. 6. Bond was driving into the parking lot very fast a) to show what an excellent driver he is. b) to make sure he would get one of the rare parking lots. c) to annoy the driver in that large car.
128
The Car Rental – Something to Rant about
8 F the lAnguAge Zone summARy oF the BRoAdcAst And oF chApteR 8
5
10
15
20
Vacationer Eric finally makes it back to his homeland. Eric needs to get around Massachusetts somehow and the best way would be by renting a car. Eric rents a car, not the kind of car James Bond would rent, to get him from point A to point B. In the conversation at the car rental agency between Eric and the rental agent, present perfect was used. For example: “I have just arrived” or “How often have you rented a car from us?” Have or has plus the past participle – forms the present perfect. Perfect! Go west young man. And we did: This time we introduced you to Canada. We learned some stuff about that wild country in the north of the American continent. Who was that man in the leather boots? Oh, it was our cowboy again. He actually helped us with the word “menu”. Now we know the difference between the German word “Menü” and the English word “menu”. Humphrey Bogart and Sherlock Holmes once again proved their point how AE and BE are unlike each other. At least now we know some automobile expressions in American and in British English. So the next time any one of you goes on a holiday or vacation we know which words to use. And once again, the annoying Bavarian in Boston helped us phonetically to understand the difference between !b? and !p? with the words cab and cap. Many people know him as Bond with [b], James Bond or double 0 7. As we listened to Ian Fleming’s “Goldfinger”, Mr Bond was zipping around in his Aston Martin DBIII to investigate the gold-obsessed Goldfinger’s parish. Goldfinger is one of the more memorable villains to cross paths and wits with James Bond. Does Mr Bond catch up with Goldfinger? Who really is Goldfinger? Find out by reading the rest of the book, and not by watching the movie. (durch die Gegend) schwirren zip gold-obsessed hier: goldverrückt hier: Einflussgebiet parish
villain wit
88
Schurke, Schuft Witz, Geist
You may answer the questions if you wish. 1. What is the form called you have got to fill in and hand back to the car rental? 2. The German “seit” has two meanings in English: ____________ (point in time); ____________ (length of time). 3. How many times is Canada larger than Germany? 4. Can you eat what’s on the menu? Yes, you can/No, you can’t. 5. A tire in AE is a ______________ in BE. 6. A “bun” is a kind of “cake”, a “pun” is ______________. 7. What else did Ian Fleming write besides his spy-thrillers?
The Car Rental – Something to Rant about
129
The Shopping – Fleeing From The Flea markeT 9 A At the FleA MArket
5
10
15
20
25
30
(Eric at a pastry stall) Eric: Hello. Howdy? Vendor: I’m doing alright. And you? Eric: Pretty good, thanks. Vendor: What can I do for you? Eric: I’d love to try pastry. Vendor: You want to try this one? Eric: That’s pretty tasty. Vendor: Right! Eric: May I try another one? Vendor: Yeah! Eric: Mm. That’s tastier. Vendor: Yeah! Eric: You know what? I am not interested in antiques. I’m more interested in baked goods. Vendor: Listen! Do you want to buy anything? Eric: The less money you have, the fewer things you can buy. Vendor: That’s true. Get out of here! (At the flower stall) Vendor: How is it going? Eric: Pretty good, man. And ... I’d like to buy some flowers for Uncle Mike. Can you give me some suggestions? Vendor: Oh yeah, we have some roses over here. Eric: Those are nice. Vendor: Or we serve other ones over here. Eric: Those are nicer – but he is a difficult guy. Those aren’t very good. Those are even worse. Wow, those are the prettiest lilies I have ever seen. I take three, please. Vendor: I’ll wrap them up for you. Eric: It is not very warm today, Boston’s weird weather. Do you think it’ll be warmer tomorrow? Vendor: Hopefully, it’ll be warmer tomorrow. Eric: Do you think today it is as cool as yesterday? Vendor: So it will be pretty nice, let’s hope so. Thanks. Eric: Thanks a lot. flea market pastry
130
Flohmarkt Backwaren
The Shopping – Fleeing from the Flea Market
antiques weird
Antiquitäten verrückt
true
Understanding the text. True or false? Tick the correct box. 1. Eric tries two pieces of pastry. 2. One piece of pastry tastes better than the other. 3. Eric bought some pieces of pastry. 4. The vendor became angry with Eric in a playful way. 5. Eric hopes that Uncle Mike likes lilies. 6. The weather in Boston seems to be strange.
false
Say it in English. 7. Was kann ich für Sie tun? 8. Je weniger Geld man hat, desto weniger Dinge kann man kaufen. 9. Können Sie mir Vorschläge machen? And what about you? 10. Do you like to go to flea markets? Why? Why not? 11. Have you ever bought/sold something at a flea market? adverbS adverbien Es gibt Ortsadverbien (at the station), Zeitadverbien (in an hour), Adverbien der Häufigkeit (seldom) und des Grades (fairly, rather). Und schließlich noch die Adverbien der Art und Weise, mit denen wir uns hier genauer beschäftigen werden.
99
adverbS oF manner adverbien der arT und WeiSe Wann wird im englischen Satz ein Adjektiv und wann ein Adverb verwendet? Das Adjektiv bezieht sich auf ein Substantiv (Hauptwort) (Fragen: Wie bin ich? Was für ein?). Das Adverb bezieht sich auf ein Verb, ein Adjektiv oder ein anderes Adverb (Frage: Wie wird etwas getan?). I’m writing extremely
slowly.
I am extremely
slow.
I am writing very
quickly.
I am very
quick.
He is a
correct
He reads
correctly. Adjektive + -ly Adverbien
reader.
Adjektive
Weitere Beispiele: I really had been following the directions correctly when all of a sudden I saw the same building three times. I automatically thought to myself, “Eric, you are going the wrong way.” Then I quickly thought to myself, “I have to turn around.”
The Shopping – Fleeing from the Flea Market
131
• Bildung des Adverbs: quick complete careful simple happy electric scientific realistic
– quickly – completely – carefully – simply – happily – electrically – scientifically – realistically
Adjektiv + ly
Adjektiv auf -ic + ally
• Besonderheiten: friendly – in a friendly way lovely – in a lovely way good – well
fast – fast hard – hard Aber: hardly = kaum (!)
• Schreibregeln: -y wird zu -i: easy – easily -le entfällt: simple – simply
Aber: full – fully whole – wholly
true – truly shy – shyly
• Keine Adverbien bei folgenden Verben: to look to sound to smell to taste
Diese Verben entsprechen dem Verb „to be“.
Sowie bei: to feel, to remain, to seem, to stay, to become, to get, to grow, to turn.
exerciSeS I. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
132
Fill the gaps with the words in brackets (in the order given) and put them in their correct forms – adjectives or adverbs. The flat was _____________________ . It was _____________________ furnished with everything you needed. (comfortable/beautiful) He was _____________________ tall. (unbelievable) The story he told us is _____________________ _____________________ . (simple/unbelievable) They came in _____________________ . (noisy) _____________________ nobody listened to him. (unfortunate) He did every thing he had to do _____________________ and _____________________ . (quick/ good) From an _____________________ point of view, this problem is ____________________ difficult to solve. (economic/extreme) Some people think he is _____________________ , others think he is only ____________ . (intelligent/ clever) He searched the room _____________________ . (systematic)
The Shopping – Fleeing from the Flea Market
II. 1. 2. 3.
Adverbs with the form of adjectives. He’s got a ________________ car and he drives ________________ too! (fast) She has a ________________ smile, but she laughs ________________. (lovely/silly) They took the ________________ train, so they arrived ________________. (early)
The compariSon die STeigerung • Steigerung von einsilbigen Adjektiven (Germanische Steigerung): positive
comparative -er higher
high
superlative -est highest
These flowers aren’t very nice. The blue ones are nicer. It isn’t very warm today. Yesterday it was warmer. • Steigerung von drei- und mehrsilbigen Adjektiven und von Adverbien auf -ly (Romanische Steigerung): positive
comparative more
expensive
expensive
superlative most expensive
This chair is more comfortable. I’m more interested in clothes.
99
• Steigerung von zweisilbigen Adjektiven (Germanische + Romanische Steigerung):
Bei Adjektiven, die auf -er, -le, -y, -ow enden, wird die germanische Steigerung angewandt. clever simple easy narrow
cleverer simpler easier narrower
Merksatz für diese Adjektive: -er -le -y -ow
Auf der erle sitzt ein y, oh weh!
This pastry isn’t very tasty. I want a tastier pastry. My case isn’t very heavy. Your case is heavier. Bei allen anderen zweisilbigen Adjektiven wird die romanische Steigerung angewandt. famous polite rigid
more famous more polite more rigid
I like more modern flea markets – like this one. People today aren’t very polite. In the past they were more polite. The Shopping – Fleeing from the Flea Market
133
The compariSon – excepTionS die STeigerung – auSnahmen • wenig
bei unzählbaren Substantiven bei zählbaren Substantiven little, less, least few, fewer, fewest The less the money I have the fewer things I can buy.
• gut: good, better, best
These tomatoes aren’t very good. The other ones taste better. According to my friend, my idea wasn’t very good. His idea was better.
• schlecht/schlimm: bad, worse, worst • viel/viele:
much many
more, most
• weit
far, farther, farther far, further, furthest (in übertragener Bedeutung: a further relative) To Harvard University it is farther than to the port. Mary is a further relative of mine.
exerciSeS I.
Use a comparative form of the words below to fill up the gaps. busy
134
easy
expensive
good
happy
important
quiet
serious
thin
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
You have lost a lot of weight, haven’t you? You look much _________________. What is __________________ for you? An interesting job or a well-paid job? His accident was ________________ than she thought. Don’t you think everybody seems to be ________________ now that winter is over? Are the ________________ shops in the centre of the city or in the suburbs? He used to be rather critical all the time but recently he’s become ________________ . The market place seems _____________ this morning. Is anything special going on? The driving test was _____________ than I expected and I did _____________ in the end than I’d expected.
II. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Complete the sentences using a superlative form of the adjective. Which is the ________________ (good) book you’ve ever read? He is one of the _________________ (intelligent) people I’ve ever met. It was the ________________ (shameful) situation you could think of. I think you could imagine it was the _______________ (happy) day of my life. It’s one of the _______________ (demanding) tasks that one can possibly do.
The Shopping – Fleeing from the Flea Market
comparaTive clauSeS vergleichSSäTze Vergleichswörter
deutsche Bedeutung
Beispiele
as … as not so … as
so … wie nicht so … wie
I think tomorrow it will be as hot as today. John is as tall as his father, but not so tall as his brother Jim.
Adjektiv + -er than more + Adjektiv
(Komparativ) ... als
This market is more beautiful than the flea market. Jim is taller than John. This year’s exam is more difficult than last year’s.
the ... the
je … desto
The less the money I have the fewer the items I can buy. The less the money, the fewer the friends.
Die englische Konstruktion „get/become“ + Komparativ + Komparativ entspricht dem deutschen werden + immer + Komparativ. Your English is getting better and better.
exerciSeS I. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Form sensible sentences by linking them. The more expensive the hotel The hotter the weather The earlier you start The harder you work The more I got to know her
II. 1. 2. 3. 4.
Translate these sentences into English. Use the verb “get”. Die Warteschlange (queue) wird immer länger. Essen gehen (eating out) wird immer teurer. Das Leben wird immer komplizierter. Die Welt wird immer kleiner.
a) b) c) d) e)
the more I liked her. the sooner you’ll finish. the larger the rooms. the more money you can earn. the more tired I feel.
99
9 B DouglAs ADAMs/MArk CArwArDine, lAst ChAnCe to see, préCis
5
10
Douglas Adams and zoologist Mark Carwardine went to the Yangtze River in China to find out to what extent the river dolphins there were endangered. To detect them they wanted to place several microphones into the river. The only solution they found to make these microphones waterproof was to cover them with condoms. In a very large shop that was divided into several parts all over the place they couldn’t make themselves understood till they came across a young saleswoman who understood their language. As her command of the language was rather low they made a kind of exact drawing in their calendar. She had a close look at it but did not understand its meaning and showed them a variety of articles but with no result. Adams gathered all his courage and formed a sort of pantomime. She then understood but said they didn’t sell this article. The Shopping – Fleeing from the Flea Market
135
15
The young saleswoman, a bit irritated, told them where to get those “rubberovers”. When they got to this place, they again had difficulty in making themselves understood, so that Adams had to do the pantomime once again. The shopwoman there with a rather stern appearance finally seemed to understand and brought a small cardboard box and they thought they had been successful at last. Opening it they saw they had got anti-baby pills. endanger rubber
gefährden Gummi, Kautschuk
Match the words 1. endanger 2. detect 3. solution 4. cover 5. saleswoman 6. drawing 7. meaning 8. gather 9. perform 10. limited 11. rubberover 12. once again 13. stern 14. appearance 15. cardboard 16. successful 17. at last
stern cardboard
a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q
streng, ernst Pappkarton
Verkäuferin Bedeutung Zeichnung streng, ernst aufführen, darstellen Kondom, Präservativ noch einmal versammeln, zusammennehmen erfolgreich Pappkarton Erscheinung gefährden begrenzt letzten Endes, letztlich bedecken, einhüllen Lösung entdecken, aufspüren
Questions on the text. Answer in whole sentences, please. 18. Why did Adams and Carwardine go to the Yangtze River in China? 19. What did they have to do to find out where those dolphins were? 20. Which difficulties did they have to explain that they wanted condoms? 21. Were they successful in the end? Translate the sentences into German. 22. To detect them they wanted to place several microphones into the river. 23. They came across a young saleswoman who understood their language. 24. Adams gathered all his courage and formed a sort of pantomime. 25. She brought a small cardboard box and they thought they had been successful at last.
136
The Shopping – Fleeing from the Flea Market
9 C lAnguAge lAB CAll A CowBoy • bitte (Bitten, Aufforderungen, Fragen) = please • bitte („bitte schön“ als Reaktion auf Dank oder Entschuldigung) = you’re welcome / not at all / that’s OK / it’s a pleasure / that’s all right/ don’t mention it • bitte (Zustimmung zu Bitte oder Frage) = certainly / yes, of course / yes, please do • bitte (wie bitte?) = I beg your pardon / Pardon? / Sorry? / Excuse me? • bitte („bitte schön“ beim Überreichen) = here you are
exerciSe I. Use the correct phrases. (German sitting in a restaurant. The person sitting at the table next to him asks for salt.) American: German: American: German: American: German:
II. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Excuse me. Um, are you using the salt? I haven’t got any on my table. _________________. (Hands salt to the American) Thanks so much. ________________________________________. (stands up to go get something and bumps into the German) Oh, I’m sorry. ________________________________________.
99
Translate into English (use all the words in the pool). Könnten Sie mir bitte das Salz geben? Das war sehr freundlich von Ihnen. Vielen Dank. – Bitte. Darf ich das Fenster aufmachen? – Bitte. Wie bitte? Das habe ich leider nicht verstanden. Eine heiße Schokolade. Bitte schön.
- I’m / Pardon? / afraid, / I / understand. /didn’t - kind / That / of / very / was / you. / Thank you. – Not at all. - chocolate, / hot / One / here you are. - open / the / May / window? / I / – Certainly. - , please? / pass / Could / the / you / salt
A BAvAriAn in Boston American 1: Bavarian: American 2:
The Quincy Market in Boston is also a great place to go both for shopping and dining. If I understood you right, although one can shop and dine at the Quincy Market, there are other great places you would rather see? No, also not although.
also ['O:ls@u] = auch although [O:l'D@u] = obwohl The Shopping – Fleeing from the Flea Market
137
exerciSeS I.
The words in bold type are the misleading ones. The words to be filled in are given below in alphabetical order. 1. Every big _____________ is fed by a lot of streams. Among the world’s longest ___________ s there are the Mississippi, the Amazon and the Danube. 2. The bottle of wine which was a gift from his envious (neidisch) friend was found to contain ________________ . 3. You want to be an undertaker? – Well, well, of course. I would prefer to be a ________________ of a big firm.
manager II. 1. 2. 3.
poison
river
False Friends. Give the German translation of the underlined word. He is anxious to help you. Eventually, he couldn’t stand the silence any longer. Under ordinary circumstances, he is quite a nice fellow.
And now translate the German words into English (use the words in the pool). vulgar ängstlich = fearful eventuell = perhaps ordinär =
sAy it AgAin sAM exerciSe Complete this grid. Find the correct word in BE and write it in the blue column. AE suspenders sweater pants underpants bathrobe panty hose jockey shorts vest
138
German Hosenträger ____________________ ____________________ ____________________ Bademantel/Morgenrock Strumpfhose kurze Herrenunterhosen ____________________
The Shopping – Fleeing from the Flea Market
BE
BE dressing gown trousers tights briefs braces jumper waistcoat long johns
9 D into the english worlD CAnADA ii: nAture
5
10
15
20
Canada – lies on the North American continent, between the Atlantic in the east and the Pacific in the west. The country captivates most of all with its huge and beautiful nature parks. The landscape feels wild and grand – 20 per cent of what’s left of the world’s wilderness areas is to be found in Canada. Many places can only be reached by special means – that’s why water planes are a common means of transport in Canada. They are an excellent way to conquer the wilderness. For Europeans an unusual sight: moose adapt well to any environment. They are most at home, though, in difficult, uneven terrain. Even temperatures as low as minus 50°C don’t worry them at all. This is important for survival – for Canada’s inhabitants too – (because the climate is harsh) especially with the arctic temperatures in the North. In the West, the picture is quite different: around Georgian Bay at Midland it can be really warm. Long stretches of beach invite holiday makers from the cities for a relaxing break. Here they can chill or get some action. On the picturesque Niagara peninsula it is mostly mild and sunny too – excellent conditions for fruit and wine growing. And here you will also find one of the most spectacular nature extravaganzas in Canada: the Niagara Falls. They are the biggest and most water abundant falls in North America. The Niagara river plunges around 50 metres deep down and divides into two separate falls. The border between Canada and the USA runs between them. Despite their grandeur, the falls have never been granted the status of a UNESCO world heritage site. captivate moose (AE) adapt environment
fesseln, faszinieren Elch sich anpassen Umwelt
uneven harsh chill peninsula
uneben, zerklüftet rau sich erfrischen Halbinsel
99
abundant überreich plunge hier: stürzen world heritage site Weltkulturerbe
The Shopping – Fleeing from the Flea Market
139
exerciSeS I.
Crossword puzzle Canada 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
A country between Alaska and the USA Name of the Sea west of Canada Fascinating reaches of landscape Another river in Canada Another word of “weather” for a country One fifth of those of the world’s areas can be found in Canada 7. Georgian Bay has long _____. II. Translate into German.
140
1.
The country captivates most of all with its huge and beautiful nature parks.
2.
Even temperatures as low as minus 50°C don’t worry them at all.
3.
They are the biggest and most water abundant falls in North America.
4.
The falls have never been granted the status of a UNESCO world heritage site.
The Shopping – Fleeing from the Flea Market
8. On the peninsula of this river they also grow ______. 9. Another word for “vacationists”: _____ makers 10. Resistance against low temperatures is important for _____ . 11. A vehicle commonly used in Canada 12. Typical Canadian animal Solution: The most spectacular sight in North America
9 e Meeting literAture listening CoMprehension
5
Douglas Noel Adams (11 March 1952 – 11 May 2001) was an English writer and dramatist. He is best known as the author of “The Hitchhiker’s Guide to the Galaxy”, which was broadcast in 1978 as a BBC radio comedy before developing into a “trilogy” of five books that sold over 15 million copies in his lifetime. He also wrote – together with Mark Carwardine – “Last Chance to See” (1990). Adams became known as an advocate for animals and the environment, and a lover of fast cars, cameras, and the Apple Mac. He was a staunch atheist. hitchhiker
Anhalter
staunch
stark, fest, entschieden
exerciSeS I.
Listen to this part of the story once more and attribute the sentences to the person that said or might have said them. If you can’t watch the broadcast again, use the pool of phrases below to complete the text and do the exercise a second time. The numbers are identical with those of the gaps.
I = Adams (4)
a) b) c) d)
his friend (3)
shop assistant in other shop assistants shop assistant at Friendship Store (3) there (1) Nanjing Road (1)
I don’t know what you want. Do you want a candle? Do you have any? These are nice guys. They are looking for girls to ... e) Do you have rubberovers? f) Douglas, your performance was not precise enough.
g) h) i) j) k) l)
99
I’m looking for condoms. This is to make the microphone waterproof. You perform a good mime, aha, I’ve got you. Do you understand my friend? Oh yes, I know. One each day. It looks like an air-balloon as my friend says.
II. Now use the pool of phrases below and complete the text. Then check your answers. You need not know every single word as long as you understand the general meaning of the text. Douglas Adams/Mark Carwardine, Last Chance to See The Friendship Store seemed like a 1) ______________________________________________________, but we had a certain amount of difficulty in getting the idea across. We passed from one counter to another The Shopping – Fleeing from the Flea Market
141
in the large open-plan department store, 2) ___________________________________________________ 5
_____________________________, stalls, and counters, but no one was able to help us. We started at the stalls that looked as if they sold medical supplies, 3) ____________________________ . By the time we had got to the stalls that sold bookends and chopsticks, we knew we were on to a loser, but at least 4) ______________________________________________________ __________________________ .
10
We tried to explain to her what it was we wanted, 5) __________________________________________ ________________________________________________ . I got out my notebook and drew a condom very carefully, 6) ____________________________________________________________________ . She frowned at it, but still didn’t get the idea. She brought us a wooden spoon, a candle, a sort of paper knife, and, surprisingly enough, a small porcelain model of the Eiffel Tower 7) _____________________
15
_____________________________________ . Some other girls from the stall gathered round to help, but they were also defeated by our picture. At last I plucked up the bravado 8) ________________________________________________________________ ___________________________ . “Ah!” the first girl said, suddenly wreathed in smiles. “Ah, yes!”
20
They all beamed delightedly at us as they got the idea. “You do understand?” I asked. “Yes! Yes, I understand.” “Do you have any?” “No,” she said. “Not have.”
25
“Oh.” “But, but, but ...” “Yes?” “I say you where you go, okay?” “Thank you very much. Thank you.”
30
“You go 616 Nanjing Road. Okay. Have there. 9) ______________________________________ ?” “Rubberover?”
142
The Shopping – Fleeing from the Flea Market
“Rubberover. You ask. They have. Okay. Have nice day.” She giggled happily about this with her hand over her mouth. We thanked them again, profusely, and left with much waving and smiling. The news seemed to have spread very quickly around the store, and every 35
body waved at us. 10) __________________________________________________________________ . When we reached 616 Nanjing Road, which turned out to be another, smaller department store, and not a knocking shop as we had been half-suspecting, our pronunciation of “rubberover” seemed to let us down and produce another wave of baffled incomprehension. 11) ________________________________________________________________________________
40
______________________ , and it seemed to do the trick at once. The shop assistant, a middle-aged lady with severe hair, marched straight to a cabinet of drawers, brought us back a packet and 12) ___________ ____________________________________________________________________ . Success, we thought. But then we opened the packet 13) ________________________________________ ______________________________________ . 1) promising place to buy condoms 2) which consists of many different individual booths 3) but had no luck 4) we found a young shop assistant who spoke English 5) but seemed to reach the limit of her vocabulary pretty quickly 6) including the little extra balloon on the end 7) and then at last lapsed into a posture of defeat booth bookends chopsticks candle lapse
Marktbude, Bude Bücherstützen Essstäbchen Kerze verfallen
pluck wreath in beam at giggle
8) to perform a delicate little mime and at last the penny dropped 9) You ask ‘rubberover’. Okay 10) They seemed terribly pleased to have been asked 11) This time I went straight for the mime that had served us so well before 12) placed it triumphantly on the counter in front of us 13) and found it to contain a bubble sheet of pills
hier: zusammennehmen hier: umspielen mit anstrahlen kichern
profusely suspect baffled bubble
99
(Adv.) überschwenglich verdächtigen verlegen Blase
The Shopping – Fleeing from the Flea Market
143
9 F the lAnguAge Zone suMMAry oF the BroADCAst AnD oF ChApter 9
5
10
15
Our exploratory American friend Eric decided to visit a flea market in down town Boston. He saw many things he wanted to buy, but he held himself back since it was the beginning of his Boston trip. Yet, he did buy a beautiful bouquet of lilies for his Uncle Mike and he managed to trick a baker by acting as if he was interested in buying some baked goods. There were so many things for Eric to compare at the market which fit very well in our program. Good – better – the best! Canada is such a vast country, we could not cover it in one episode. Therefore, in “Into the English World” we presented once again Canada to you. The Cowboy in this Episode explains “bitte” und “please”. Humphrey and Sherlock gave us an idea of what to say when we go shopping either in the US or the UK. If you want to buy a pair of trousers, you better make sure you’re in England. And our Bavarian friend in Boston is wearing leather trousers. Because of him, we can now distinguish between “although” [ð] and “also” [s] . In the book “Last Chance to See” by Douglas Adams and Mark Carwardine, Adams and his friend Carwardine travel to various locations. They hope to meet species on the brink of extinction. In the part we listened to, the two men needed a condom to wrap around a microphone so that they could put the microphone in the river and record the sound the endangered river dolphins have to live in. Sometimes it takes more than using one’s feet and hands in order to communicate in a foreign country. brink
Rand
extinction
Ausrottung
You may answer the questions if you wish. 1. Can you explain this apparently senseless phrase: Auf der erle sitzt ein y, oh weh? 2. What is the English equivalent to “bitte”(Frage) – “danke”? 3. Remember those false friends? (German) (English) a) He has become a doctor. bekommen = ________ b) Take down notes, please. Note = ________ 4. Which book made Douglas Adams well-known for the first time? 5. Crossword puzzle irregular verbs (Folgen 1–8). Look at the next page.
144
The Shopping – Fleeing from the Flea Market
1
2
1 3
4 7
5 9
8
4
6
10
11 12
13
11
14
15
16
Across 1. past tense of do 4. infinitive of went 5. past participle of chose 6. past tense of be 10. past tense of rise 11. past participle of forget 13. past tense of begun 14. past tense of lie 15. infinitive of were 16. past tense of known
Down 1. infinitive of drunk 2. past participle of draw 3. past tense of worn 4. past participle of grew 7. past participle of rang 8. past participle of write 9. past tense of driven 11. past tense of fallen 12. infinitive of took
The Shopping – Fleeing from the Flea Market
99
145
The Walk – On The ROad TO SucceSS 10 A Finding my wAy to HArvArd (i)
5
10
15
20
Eric is eating breakfast at Uncle Mike’s. He is trying to make a plan for the day. He comes up with the brilliant idea to visit Harvard. Eric: Morning Uncle Mike. Uncle: Good morning. Eric: I’m going to Harvard. Uncle: To study? Eric: No, to visit. I have never been there before. I really want to see it. Uncle: Harvard is a beautiful university. (Eric looks for the map in his backpack.) Eric: Have you seen my map? Uncle: No, by the time you find your map I’ll have finished the washing up. (Eric finds the map and plans his journey.) Eric: Well, hopefully, by noon I’ll have reached Harvard. Let me show you the way how to get there. (Eric explains his directions to Boston.) Uncle: (looks at clock and realizes it is not possible with the directions Eric has) By the time you get there you’ll have lost your patience. Eric: Oh, Uncle Mike, I’m not a little kid any more. Oh, when are you planning doing your shopping? Uncle: Tonight. Eric: See you later. Uncle: By the time he gets there I’ll have done all the shopping. Poor guy. backpack
Rucksack
Understanding the text. True, false or not mentioned at all? Tick the correct box. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
146
Eric is having breakfast at his friend’s. Eric is going to Harvard to study. He finds the map in his rucksack. Uncle Mike is going to do the washing up. Eric believes he can find the way to Boston. But Uncle Mike has his doubts. He pities Eric. Uncle Mike is going to buy a GPS for Eric.
The Walk – On the Road to Success
true
false not in the text
Give the German equivalent of these phrases. 9. I have never been there before. 10. I’ll have finished the washing up. 11. By the time you get there you’ll have lost your patience. 12. I’ll have done all the shopping. Poor guy. The FuTuRe TenSeS II dIe ZukunFTSFORmen II • Future continuous: will + be + Verb + -ing (siehe Kapitel 7) • Future perfect: Beim „future perfect“ unterscheidet man in das „future perfect simple“ und das „future perfect continuous“. Future perfect simple: will have + Partizip Perfekt Das „future perfect simple“ bezieht sich auf eine zu einem bestimmten Zeitpunkt in der Zukunft abgeschlossene Handlung. If we don’t hurry up, the show will have started. By the time he gets to Harvard, I will have done all my shopping. Future perfect continuous: will have been + Verb + -ing Das „future perfect continuous“ verdeutlicht, dass eine Handlung zu einem bestimmten Zeitpunkt in der Zukunft noch andauern wird. Man verwendet dazu Zeitpartikel für Zeitraum bzw. Zeitpunkt. In two years’ time we will have been living here for over 20 years. Uncle Mike, next Sunday I will have been staying with you for almost a fortnight.
exeRcISeS I. 1. 2. 3. 4.
10 10
Use the future perfect continuous form to complete these sentences. In three months from now I ______________________________ (learn) how to drive for one year. By six o’clock tomorrow you _____________________________ (drive) for more than eight hours. In a week they ___________________________ (live) in their house for more than ten years. By the end of the week he _________________________ (work) on his book for a whole year.
II. Transform the sentences as required. Example: The plane will have landed by 6.25 p.m. (question) Will the plane have landed by 6.25 p.m.? 1. He will have met his uncle tomorrow at this time. (negation) 2. Will his uncle have been in Boston for 15 years next July? (statement) 3. Eric will have completed his sightseeing tour by next Saturday. (question) 4. He will have been sightseeing for six hours by the time he gets home. (negated question) 5. In the following summer Eric will have been trying to find a job for several months. (negation)
The Walk – On the Road to Success
147
III. Form questions to the given answers. Use the question words below. what
what
where
when
The plane will have landed in Boston by 6.25 p.m. after a flight of more than 24 hours. questions 1. 2. 3. 4.
answers the plane will have landed in Boston by 6.25 p.m.
The PaST PeRFecT SImPle dIe eInFache FORm deR VORVeRgangenheIT Das „past perfect simple“ wird oft zusammen mit dem „past simple“ (einfache Form der Vergangenheit) verwendet, um auszudrücken, dass eine erste Handlung vor einer zweiten, jeweils in der Vergangenheit, stattfand und abgeschlossen worden ist. past perfect → past → present Bildung des „past perfect simple“: had + Partizip Perfekt I you he, she, it had driven we you they Kurzformen: I’d driven, you’d driven, … Bildung der Frageform durch Umstellung: Had she left before you arrived?
Bildung der Verneinung mit „not“: We had not gone far. (Gesprochen: We’d not gone far.)
Bildung der verneinten Frageform durch Umstellung und mit „not“: Had she not left the office when her husband rang? (Gesprochen: Hadn’t she left ...)
• Signalwörter für den Zeitunterschied zwischen den Handlungen: after, already, because, before, so ... as, when We took a picture of the sea after the sun had come up. The training course was not so hard as the participants had expected. We missed the first act of the play because the bus had been late.
148
The Walk – On the Road to Success
exeRcISeS I. 1. 2. 3. 4.
Complete these sentences using the verbs in brackets. You went back to a class reunion at your home town after many years. My best friend, Jason, was no longer there. He __________________ (go) away. The local fencing (Fecht-) club did no longer exist. It ___________________ (be given) up. Mr Salomon was no longer alive. He _________________ (die). I didn’t recognise Mrs Salomon. She ___________________ (change) a lot.
II. Now make sentences using the words in brackets. Example: I wasn’t hungry. (I/just/have/breakfast) I had just had breakfast. 1. Ben wasn’t at home when I arrived. (he/just/go/out) 2. We arrived at the theatre late. (the play/already/begin) 3. They weren’t eating any more when I went to see them. (they/just/finish/their lunch) 4. I was very pleased to see Emily again after such a long time. (I/not/see/her/for several/years) III. Put the verb into the correct form, past perfect (he had done) or past simple (he did). Examples: Was Michael there when you came? – No, he had gone (go) out. Was Michael there when you came? – Yes, but he went (go) out soon afterwards. 1. The house was very quiet when I got home. Everybody ______________ (go) to bed. 2. I felt very tired when I got home, so I ______________ (go) to bed immediately. 3. Sorry, I’m late. My bicycle ______________ (have) a puncture on my way here. 4. There was a cyclist by the side of the road. His bike _______________ (have) a puncture and he was trying to mend it. So I _______________ (stop) to see if I could help. IV. Join the sentences by using the past perfect simple form. a) she ______________ (never, meet) him before. 1. The shop was no longer open b) it ______________________ (closed, already) at 2. It was difficult for her to talk to noon. because him c) the bus __________________ (be) late. 3. He wasn’t able to talk to them d) she _______________________ (never, fly) before. 4. We missed the beginning of e) they _______________________ (already, go) the film home. 5. She felt a bit nervous
10 10
V. Which words link the sentences best? after
so
because
before
when
1. 2. 3. 4.
We took a photo of the summit (Gipfel) just __________ the moon had come up. He had already left the house __________ his wife rang. He could speak perfect Spanish __________ he had lived in Spain for four years. They had learnt about the dangers of hang-gliding ___________ they were allowed to start on their own. 5. The driving test was not __________ difficult as the participants had expected.
The Walk – On the Road to Success
149
Finding my wAy to HArvArd (ii)
5
10
15
20
25
Eric comes home, Uncle Mike welcomes him, they talk about his trip to Boston. Eric: Hi, Uncle Mike. Uncle: Hi, finally. Eric: Certainly. Uncle: It took you a while. Eric: I’ll tell you what. It took a lot longer than I thought. It is not easy to get around in Boston. I thought I had it alright. I walked down Somerset Street for one block when I took a left on Cambridge Street. I had been walking down Cambridge Street for exactly ten minutes just like the guy had told me, when I took another left at Embankment Road. Uncle: Why didn’t you have a GPS with you? Eric: GPS? I like maps. I like paper. Call me old-fashioned but I like maps. I really thought I was following directions correctly, when all of a sudden I saw the same building for the third time. I had been walking around in circles for two hours and then I quickly thought to myself: “Eric, you are going the wrong way. Turn around.” Uncle: And you thought you had to turn around quickly. Eric: No, I thought quickly. Uncle: You just had a bad day. Eric: No, I always know where to go. But not in Boston. They say the European roads are confusing. Boston Roads are confusing. (Uncle hands him a bottle of beer.) Eric: That’s for me? Uncle: Sure. GPS
Global Positioning System (elektronisches Navigationssystem)
Understanding the text. True or false? Tick the correct box. 1. Eric found his way to the university at last. 2. A person he had asked had told him the wrong way. 3. Eric doesn’t know what a GPS navigator is. 4. Uncle Mike comforts Eric that he just had bad luck. 5. Eric believes he always knows where to go. 6. Eric and Uncle Mike drink a glass of wine together.
true
And what about you? 7. Do you think a GPS navigator is a good thing? When would you use it?
150
The Walk – On the Road to Success
false
The PaST PeRFecT cOnTInuOuS dIe VeRlauFSFORm deR VORVeRgangenheIT Das „past perfect continuous“ betont den Verlauf einer Handlung, die vor der Vergangenheit stattfand. I really I had been following the directions correctly when all of a sudden I saw the same building for the third time. Then I had been walking down Cambridge Street for exactly ten minutes as the guide had told me, before I took another left at Embankment Road. Bildung des „past perfect continuous“: had + been + Verb + -ing I you he, she, it had been running we you they Bildung der Frageform durch Umstellung: How long had you been studying before you had a child?
Bildung der Verneinung mit „not“: She had not been working for very long when the computer crashed.
Bildung der verneinten Frageform durch Umstellung und mit „not“: (Why was Tony so red in the face?) Had he not been running?
exeRcISeS I.
Explain the situation by forming sentences in the past perfect continuous. Example: The two boys came into the classroom. One had a black eye and the other had a cut lip. (they/fight) They had been fighting. 1. Alan was watching television. He was feeling very tired. (he/study/hard all day) 2. When I walked into the room, it was empty. But there was a smell of cigarettes. (a lot of people/smoke) 3. When Moira came back from the beach, she looked very red from the sun. (she/lie/in the sun too long)
10 10
II. Put the verb into the correct form, past perfect continuous (I had been doing) or past continuous (I was doing). 1. Len was on his hands and knees on the floor. He ______________________ (look) for his glasses. 2. We ______________________ (walk) along the road for about half an hour when a lorry stopped and the driver offered us a lift. 3. When I arrived, Caroline ______________________ (wait) for me. She was rather annoyed with me because I was late and she ______________________ (wait) for a very long time.
The Walk – On the Road to Success
151
III. Read the situation and then write a sentence. Example: We began playing tennis. After ten minutes there was a terrible storm. We had been playing tennis for ten minutes when there was a terrible storm. 1. The orchestra began playing at the concert. After about a quarter of an hour a man in the audience suddenly began shouting. The orchestra ________________________________ for about a quarter of an hour when _________ _______________________________________. 2. I had arranged to meet Brian in a pub. I arrived and waited for him. After 20 minutes I realised that I had come to the wrong pub. I ______________________________________________________ when I ____________________ ____________________________________. 3. Mr and Mrs Mayle went to live in Provence, in the south of France. Two years later Mrs Mayle died. They __________________________________________ when ______________________.
10 B FrAnk mccourt, teAcHer mAn, précis
5
Frank McCourt gave his first teaching lesson in front of a class of 16 year olds. One of the pupils had dropped his sandwich. Frank McCourt took it up, unwrapped and ate it before the class with a demonstrative appetite. Finally he crumpled up the wrapping paper and threw it unerringly into the waste paper basket. The pupils had never seen a teacher behave like this and admired his conduct. The teacher realised that he had gained the respect of the class, but he didn’t know how to begin teaching them English Grammar. Unfortunately the head of the school had watched the scene through the door pane and wanted to talk to him. The pupils, however, showed that they were supporting him. crumple unerringly
zerknüllen (Adv.) hier: zielgenau
conduct pane
hier: Verhaltensweise Fensterscheibe, Scheibe
Match the words. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
152
crumple unerringly waste paper basket conduct admire pane support
The Walk – On the Road to Success
a b c d e f g
Fensterscheibe, Scheibe unterstützen bewundern Verhaltensweise zielsicher Papierkorb, Abfalleimer zusammenballen, zerknittern
Understanding the text. Answer the questions in complete sentences. 8. Did Frank McCourt eat his own sandwich? 9. Did he eat the sandwich before the class because he was hungry? 10. Why do you think the pupils admired the teacher’s behaviour? 11. Why did the principal want to talk to him? Say it in English. 12. Einer der Schüler hatte seine “Stulle” fallen lassen. 13. Er zerknüllte das Einwickelpapier. 14. … aber wie beginnen, sie englische Grammatik zu unterrichten? 15. Die Schüler zeigten, dass sie hinter ihm standen. And what about you? 16. Would you also back Mr McCourt? Why? Why not? 17. Did/do you like going to school? Why? Why not?
10 c LAnguAge LAB cALL A cowBoy • Soße (allgemein ) = sauce • Soße (Bratensoße) = gravy • Soße (Salatsoße) = dressing
exeRcISe
10 10
Translate into English (use the words in the pool). 1. Haben wir noch Sojasoße im Vorratskeller? 2. Soll ich die (Braten-) Soße über die Kartoffeln tun? 3. Ich mache die (Salat-) Soße wie immer mit Öl und Essig. I / the gravy / the potatoes? / Shall / over/ put / make / with / oil / the dressing / as usual / I’ll / and vinegar. / we / left / Soya sauce / Have / in the basement? / any / got / still
The Walk – On the Road to Success
153
A BAvAriAn in Boston American: Bavarian: American:
Did you send a text message to Tilda? She’s supposed to be here by now. Why should I send her a message about her taxes? I am not an accountant! No, a text message with your phone, not about being taxed.
taxed [t{kst] = besteuert text [tekst] = Text accountant
Buchhalter
exeRcISe I.
How are the words pronounced? Place the words from the pool into the proper column. [e] text
[{] taxed
bag
malady
melody
lad
mass men
man head
Now write the underlined words into the correct column. He said he was sad that the bed was so bad. Jack’s left hand gets wet when he’s patting his pet. [e]
II. 1. 2. 3. 4. 154
[{]
False Friends. Give the German translation of the underlined word. The other day I saw him with a blonde. He spends a lot of time in the library. He spends a lot of money on chocolate. They are building a new stadium for the Olympic Winter Games. He held the door open with his strong arm. The tea is very strong today.
The Walk – On the Road to Success
had set
gas
dad led
sat
And now translate the German words into English (use the words in the pool). to give am anderen Tag = strict the next day spenden = Stadium = stage severe streng =
sAy it AgAin sAm exeRcISe Complete this grid. Find the correct word in BE and write it in the blue column. AE
German
faculty
Lehrerkollegium
grade grade eraser high school principal semester
___________________ Note (Schule) Radiergummi ___________________ Direktor(-in) der Schule Schulhalbjahr
BE
BE principal, headmaster/headmistress (in primary school) term class/form mark secondary school rubber (teaching) staff
10 d into tHe engLisH worLd
10 10
tHe united stAtes oF AmericA
5
10
15
The United States of America extend over an area of almost 10 million square kilometres. More than 300 million people live here. New York’s Statue of Liberty – a landmark standing for freedom and unlimited opportunity. Together with Ellis Island, it is a UNESCO World Heritage Site. It was here on Ellis Island, where the former Immigration Authority Office was, that many immigrants first stepped on American soil. With more that 8 million inhabitants, New York is the biggest city in the USA. Whether shopping or sightseeing in Manhattan, countless numbers of tourists pour into the city that never sleeps. The centre of power lies in Washington D.C. This is where the Seat of Government resides – in the White House. In January 2009 Barack Obama was inaugurated as the first Afro-American president in the history of the USA. The Democrats’ historic victory brought the United States hope of profound political change. The system of government in the USA is a presidential democracy with a federal constitution. The system of checks and balances stipulates a strict separation of powers but with interconnection. The Walk – On the Road to Success
155
20
Here in the Capitol is where the Congress holds session. It is composed of the Senate and the House of Representatives. On the American flag, the “Stars and Stripes”, the stars symbolize the 50 States. Every year on the 4th of July, patriotic parades mark the American National Holiday. This day commemorates the signing of the Declaration of Independence in 1776. It is celebrated as the “birthday” of the United States as a free and independent nation. landmark authority pour inaugurate
Merkmal, Kennzeichen, Wahrzeichen Behörde hier: strömen i. d. Amt einführen
exeRcISeS I.
156
Translate into German.
1.
a landmark standing for freedom and unlimited opportunity
2.
where many immigrants first stepped on American soil
3.
Countless numbers of tourists pour into the city that never sleeps.
4.
He was inaugurated as the first Afro-American president in the history of the USA.
5.
This day commemorates the signing of the Declaration of Independence in 1776.
The Walk – On the Road to Success
profound checks and balances stipulate hold session commemorate
tiefgreifend gegenseitige Kontrolle vorsehen, vereinbaren tagen begehen, gedenken
II. Crossword puzzle US 1 2
3
4 6
5
7
8
9
10
Across 5. First Afro-American US President 7. Another name for July 4th: ___ day 8. Biggest US city 9. Symbols of the 50 states on the US American flag 10. Name of the „great pond“ between the old and the new world
10 10
Down 1. First stop for immigrants to the US in former times 2. Centre of US power 3. Seat of the Congress 4. Landmark in New York: Statue of ___ 6. Shopping and sightseeing centre in New York
The Walk – On the Road to Success
157
10 e meeting LiterAture Listening compreHension
5
10
Francis “Frank” McCourt (August 19, 1930 – July 19, 2009) was an Irish-American teacher and Pulitzer Prize-winning author, best known as the author of “Angela’s Ashes”, “Tis”, “Teacher Man” and “Angela and the Baby Jesus”. Frank McCourt was born in Brooklyn, New York, to Irish Catholic parents. In 1935 his family moved back to Ireland. In October 1949 at the age of nineteen he left Ireland for New York City. In 1951 he was drafted during the Korean War and was sent to Bavaria, Germany, for two years initially training dogs, then as a clerk. Upon his discharge from the US Army, he returned to New York City, where he held a series of jobs on docks, in warehouses, and in banks. He taught at a range of six New York schools, including McKee Vocational and Technical High School in Staten Island etc. all in Manhattan. In 1967, he earned his Master’s degree at Brooklyn College. In October 2009, the New York City Department of Education founded The Frank McCourt High School of Writing, Journalism, and Literature, a public high school. The school is located on the Upper West Side of Manhattan on West 84th Street. The Frank McCourt High School began classes September 2010. drafted initially discharge
hier: Wehrdienst leisten anfangs Entlassung
vocational public high school
beruflich staatl. Oberschule
exeRcISeS I.
Listen to this part of the story once more and attribute the sentences to the person that said or might have said them. If you can’t watch the broadcast again, use the pool of phrases below to complete the text and do the exercise a second time. The numbers are identical with those of the gaps.
pupils in the class (5)
a) b) c) d) e) f) g) h)
158
Frank McCourt (4) Petey, pupil (3)
Shut up. Don’t disturb him, he is eating. Now, I can do anything with the class. What to teach them next? Yeah, Yeah ... Hey, you eat my bread-and-butter. Good boy, here is part of my apple for you. I threw it away as I didn’t want it anyway. How dare you behave like this before the class?
The Walk – On the Road to Success
i) j) k) l) m) n) o)
principal (2)
Irish school-master (1)
Don’t be afraid of having eaten my snack. Wow. He hits the basket. Do you want to talk to me? Watch out, the principal is watching you! Can I have a talk with you? Look at him, his expensive tie is ruined. Yum, yum, this is a delicious sandwich.
II. Now use the pool of phrases below and complete the text. Then check your answers. You need not know every single word as long as you understand the general meaning of the text. Frank McCourt, Teacher Man I ate the sandwich. It was my first act of classroom management. My mouth, clogged with sandwich, 1) _________________ _____________________________. They gawked up at me, thirty-four boys and girls, 2) _____________ 5
____________________ . I could see the admiration in their eyes, first teacher in their lives 3) ___________________________________________________________________________________ ____________. Sandwich man. In my boyhood in Ireland we admired one school-master 4) ___________ _______________________________________________and rewarded good boys with the long peel. 5) ___________________________________________________________________________________
10
_______________________________ from Klein-on-the Square. Petey said, Yo, teacher, 6) _______________________________________________________________ . Class told him, Shaddap. 7) ___________________________________________________? I licked my fingers. I said, Yum, made a ball of paper bag and wax paper and 8) _____________________
10 10
__________________________________ . The class cheered. Wow, they said, and Yo, baby, and 15
M-a-a-a-n. Look at dat. He eats the sandwich. 9) _____________________________________________ . So this is teaching? Yeah, wow. I felt like a champion. I ate the sandwich. I hit the basket. 10)__________ ______________________________________________________________ . I thought I had them in the palm of my hand. Fine, except I didn’t know what to do next. I was there to teach, and wondered 11) _________________________________________________________________________________
20
_____________________ or grammar or the structure of a paragraph or anything related to the subject I was supposed to teach, English. My students smiled till 12) _______________________________________________________________ ___________ . Bushy black eyebrows 13) ___________________________________________________
The Walk – On the Road to Success
159
__________________ . He opened the door 14) __________________________________________ . 25
A word, Mr. McCourt? Petey whispered, hey, mister. 15) _______________________________________________ . I didn’t want it anyway. The class said, Yeah, yeah, in a way that showed they were on my side if I had trouble with the principal, 16) _____________________________________________________________________ . 1) attracted the attention of the class 2) average age sixteen 3) to pick up a sandwich from the floor and eat it in full view 4) who peeled and ate an apple every day 5) These kids watched the oil dribble down my chin to my two-dollar tie 6) that’s my sandwich you et (umgangsprachl. für “ate”) 7) Can’t you see the teacher is eating 8) flipped it into the trash basket
9) He hits the basket. Wow 10) I felt I could do anything with this class 11) how I should move from a sandwich situation to spelling 12) they saw the principal’s face framed in the door window 13) halfway up his forehead shaped a question 14) and beckoned me out 15) Don’t worry about the sandwich 16) my first experience of teacher-student solidarity
clogged gawk peel
flip trash (AE) beckon
verstopft gaffen, angaffen schälen
schnippen Müll heranwinken, winken
10 F tHe LAnguAge Zone summAry oF tHe BroAdcAst And oF cHApter 10
5
10
160
Uncle Mike shows courageous Eric the way to Boston. Unfortunately, our American friend had problems communicating with his folk and ended up most of the day trying to get to the city centre. Throughout his daring stint, past perfect, past perfect continuous and future perfect, were used. For example: future perfect – “By noon, I will have reached Harvard”; past perfect – “I had walked down Somerset Street”. Eric’s journey was unsuccessful, but the grammar points were prize-winning. We should thank our leather-wearing friend The Cowboy having to explain the difference between gravy and sauce, which is not an easy feat. Would our Bavarian in Boston be able to pronounce the sentence “I am so sad that my bed is so bad” correctly, so that he would get a better one? But you could now, and your bed would always be right.
The Walk – On the Road to Success
15
20
The survey of the USA is impressive, isn’t it? Even more impressive is the information about Barrack Obama’s presidency. Had somebody told Kunta Pinte in 1776, whom you will meet in chapter 15, this amazing story about Obama, whose forefathers had come from the same region in West Africa, he would not have believed it. In the segment “Say It Again Sam”, we learned various words one uses in the educational system. Just remember one thing. In America, never ask for a rubber when you want an eraser. You’d be surprised what you get. On his first teaching day Frank McCourt also experienced some surprises. He wrote his memoirs “Teacher Man” in 2005, which describes his teaching experiences in New York high schools and colleges and reflects on them. The portion you listened to was Frank’s first day as a teacher and he nearly gets fired for eating a sandwich, and on the second day he nearly gets fired for joking that in Ireland, people go out with sheep (girls) after a student asks them if Irish people date. I won’t tell you anymore about the book. You’ll have to finish it yourself. stint feat
frustrierende Erfahrung Kunststück, Leistung
portion date
Stück, Portion hier: sich zu einem Rendevous verabreden
You may answer the questions if you wish. 1. Was Eric really on the way to success in Boston? 2. What have the two forms, the past perfect and the future perfect, in common? 3. Do you need a new dressing for your wound (Wunde)? What does “dressing” mean here? 4. A high school in AE is a ______________ in BE. 5. What event shows that after his death Frank McCourt’s superiors (Vorgesetzte) recognised (erkannten an) his teaching and writing in the end?
10 10
The Walk – On the Road to Success
161
The Tour – Follow The red line 11 A SightSeeing tour
5
10
15
20
25
30
(Eric meets his tour guide Josh in Boston.) Eric: Hi, Josh. How do you do? Josh: Pretty good. I am your guide. That’s why I am dressed in this way. What brings you to Boston? Eric: My Uncle Michael is here and I figured I come and visit. Josh: Excellent. Well, shall we take a walk? Eric: Sure. Josh: Off we go. This is Boston Common. It was once used as a cemetery and now it is a public park, which is, in fact, the oldest public park in America. Eric: Boston is a city that is very old. Josh: Indeed. Samuel Adams1, who was a patriot in the American Revolution, was buried here. Eric: What’s the name of the cemetery? Josh: The Granary Burial Ground. Eric: What about these bells? Josh: Well, the church bells, in the 18th century, it meant fire to everybody to come out to fight the fire. Now, of course, it just marks time. But as I like to say the bell tolls for the British in Boston. Look over there. This school was opened in 1635. The first public school in the United States was called the Boston Latin School. It is the oldest existing school in the United States. Next to it there is the Old Corner Bookstore. It was built in 1712. Many famous authors met at the Old Corner Bookstore. (At the harbour) Josh: From here you can see the USS Constitution, which is the world’s oldest floating commissioned naval ship. She was named by President George Washington. (Some minutes later) Josh: This is where the Boston Tea Party2 started. Many of our famous patriots met here at the Old South Meeting House to dump the tea in the Boston Harbour. So, the King says that colonies are to pay costs ... because he feels that the British Army is here in America to defend America against the Indians, whereas Americans feel that that isn’t fair. We took up arms voluntarily to protect ourselves, our interests and therefore maybe we could share it. So we come to our last stop, the Paul Revere3 House. This was built in 1680, which makes it one of the oldest standing buildings on the eastern seaboard front. Eric: The house he lived in was very big. Josh: It was actually bigger than this. There used to be a third floor up on top and somehow between then 1 2
3
162
Samuel Adams (1722–1803), founding father and signer of the Declaration of Independence. Boston Tea Party (1773): The Bostonians refused to pay taxes levied by the British Parliament: “No taxation without representation”. The three tea ships should leave the harbour without payment of any duty. But the Collector of Customs refused to allow the ships to leave without payment of the duty. 200 men, some disguised as Indians, marched two-by-two to the wharf, descended upon the three ships and dumped their offending cargos of tea into the harbour waters. Paul Revere (1734–1818), patriot of the American Revolution. With “the regulars are coming out” he warned the colonialists against the British army – the famous “Paul-Revere-Ride”. The Tour – Follow the Red Line
35
Eric: Josh: Eric: 40 Josh:
and now this building was a bank, a hotel, a cigar factory, and yet here it is. You know, the book that I am reading at the moment is very interesting. It says that Paul Revere never said the English are coming (which would have warned British army patrols). It’s true. He said, “the regulars (the king’s army) are coming out.” I tell you what. I really enjoyed the tour. I love every bit of it. Thank you.
cemetery toll float
Friedhof hier: läuten schwimmen
commissioned dump be to
(noch) im Dienst entsorgen, wegwerfen sollen
Understanding the text. True, false or not mentioned at all? Tick the correct box. 1. The tour guide wears a special costume. 2. Eric came to Boston because of the guide. 3. The Boston Common once was a holiday camp. 4. This public park was called “Granary burial Ground”. 5. 200 years ago the church bells were also used as a kind of alarm sign. 6. The first public school in the U.S. was only for boys. 7. George Washington gave the oldest floating ship her name. 8. The Paul Revere House is a museum now.
voluntarily
true
(Adv.) freiwillig
false not in the text
Give the German equivalent of these phrases. 9. What brings you to Boston? 10. Samuel Adams was buried here. 11. This school was opened in 1635. 12. We took up arms voluntarily to protect ourselves. 13. He said, “the regulars are coming out.”
11 11
The Passive das Passiv (leideForm) active voice
subject The student The public
predicate wipes uses
object the blackboard the Boston Common
every day. as a park.
passive voice
The Boston Common The blackboard
is used as a park is wiped
by the public. by the student
every day.
to be + past participle
The Tour – Follow the Red Line
163
• Bildung der passiven Verbform: Form von „to be“ + Partizip Perfekt present tenses
present tense (cont.) present perfect
past tenses
past (cont.) past perfect
future tenses
future simple future perfect
conditional
conditional simple conditional perfect
The blackboard
is (being) has been was (being) had been will be will have been would be would have been
wiped by the student
every day (now). this morning. yesterday (at 8 h). before he came. tomorrow. by 10 h tomorrow. if he came. if he had come.
• Passivformen werden gewählt, wenn der Handelnde unbekannt, für das Verständnis unwichtig ist oder nicht genannt werden soll. The blackboard was wiped (by the student). • Sollen die handelnden Personen doch erwähnt werden, werden sie mit der Präposition „by“ angefügt: The USS Constitution was named by President George Washington. • Bei einigen Verben, wie „ask“, „give“, „offer“, „send“, „show“, „teach“ oder „tell“, kommt das sogenannte persönliche Passiv häufig vor. Das indirekte Objekt (Dativobjekt) des Aktivsatzes übernimmt im Passivsatz die Funktion des Subjekts: The President gave the ship a name. (aktiv) The ship was given a name. (passiv) • Viele man-Sätze im Deutschen werden im Englischen als Passivsatz formuliert: It was used as a cemetery. (Man verwendete ihn als Friedhof.) • Verben mit Präpositionen behalten die Präposition im Passivsatz bei: Everybody looked at her. (aktiv) She was looked at by everybody. (passiv) • Passive Verlaufsformen gibt es nur in der Gegenwart und der Vergangenheit: She is being laughed at. (present continuous) She was being laughed at. (past continuous)
exercises I. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
164
These sentences sound more natural when changed into passive forms. The by-phrase is not always necessary. A car knocked over a man in Baker Street. A terrorist killed ten people on a double-decker bus in London. A man is repairing the dripping tap this morning. A little girl made this toy puppet in India. You may not take flash photographs in this museum. Has someone invited you to our farewell party? People speak English nearly everywhere in the world. The police interviewed some bystanders.
The Tour – Follow the Red Line
II. Translate the sentences using the passive form. Begin with the personal pronoun. 1. Man dankte ihm. He
.
2. Man gab ihnen ein Buch. They
.
3. Ihnen wurde ein Film gezeigt. They
.
4. Man hatte uns gebeten, einen Kommentar zu schreiben. .
We 5. Man brachte sie zum Bahnhof. She
.
6. Es war uns mitgeteilt worden, wir sollten später kommen. .
We relaTive clauses and relaTive Pronouns relaTivsäTze und relaTivPronomen Relativsätze beschreiben Substantive näher. • Relativpronomen für Personen Beispiel
Shakespeare, who is the world’s greatest poet, died in 1616.
Relativpronomen
Fall
who
Nominativ (1. Fall) Frage: Wer oder was?
The gentleman whose name I always forget is coming to tea.
whose
Mr Smith (,) to whom that ship belongs (,) is an Englishman.
to whom
The gentleman whom you met yesterday is coming to tea.
whom
Genitiv (2. Fall) Frage: Wessen? Dativ (3. Fall) Frage: Wem? Akkusativ (4. Fall) Frage: Wen oder was?
persons • Relativpronomen für Sachen
Beispiel
The book which is lying on the table is mine. The book the title of which is interesting is mine. or: The book whose title is interesting is mine.
Relativpronomen which
of which/whose
Our school, to which this gym is attached, has an old tradition.
to which
This book, which I bought in London, was expensive.
which
11 11
Fall Nominativ (1. Fall) Frage: Was? Genitiv (2. Fall) Frage: Wessen? Dativ (3. Fall) Frage: Wem? Akkusativ (4. Fall) Frage: Wen oder was?
things
The Tour – Follow the Red Line
165
• Relativpronomen „that“: Das Relativpronomen „that“ kann sich auf Personen und Sachen beziehen. Es kann nur in notwendigen Relativsätzen (Erklärung siehe unten, keine Kommas um den Relativsatz) verwendet werden und es kann nur ein Subjekt oder Objekt näher erläutern. The dog that just walked past us sometimes bites. It’s the teacher that decides what to read. The accident that we saw yesterday was shown on TV. „That“ als Erläuterung eines Subjekts bei • Superlativen: She is the finest woman that ever lived. • Emphase (Hervorhebung): He is the only American that has swum the Channel. Any man that listens to you is a fool. • it is: It’s the teacher that decides what to read. Wenn sich „that“ auf ein Objekt bezieht, kann es auch weggelassen werden (contact clause): The accident which/that we saw yesterday was shown on TV.
deFining and non-deFining relaTive clauses noTwendige und enTbehrliche relaTivsäTze Es gibt zwei Arten von Relativsätzen: 1. Relativsätze, die für das Verständnis des ganzen Satzes notwendig sind, nennt man notwendige Relativsätze, weil sie den Begriff (Bezugswort) genau bestimmen (defining). Sie werden ohne Kommas geschrieben. Nur bei notwendigen (defining) Relativsätzen können die Relativpronomen „that“, „who“, und „which“ als Objekt des Relativsatzes entfallen (contact clauses): The gentleman whom/that you met yesterday is coming to tea. 2. Entbehrliche (non-defining) Relativsätze können ausgeklammert werden, sie stehen daher zwischen Kommas. Sie entstellen den Sinn nicht, wenn man sie weglässt: Her father, who was a famous football player, was never at home at weekends.
exercises I. 1. 2. 3. 4.
Are these relative clauses defining or non-defining? This is Boston Common, which is the oldest public park in America. Boston is a city that is very old. Samuel Adams, who was a patriot in the American Revolution, was buried here. From here you can see the USS Constitution, which is the world’s oldest floating commissioned naval ship. 5. The house he lived in was very big. 6. The book that I am reading at the moment is very interesting. 7. Paul Revere never said, “the English are coming” (which would have warned British army patrols).
166
The Tour – Follow the Red Line
def. non-def.
II. Combine the two sentences by using a relative clause. Where do you need commas? 1. Vince is wearing a new pullover. Alicia likes it. Alicia likes the new pullover 2. Burney’s parents stayed in a hotel in Spain. It wasn’t too expensive. The hotel in Spain 3. The tea was bitter. We were served it for breakfast. The tea 4. Carlisle went to a disco. It was very loud and overcrowded. The disco 5. Cindy understands me. She’s the only person who does. Cindy 6. Daniela has applied for a job as au-pair. It’s in Massachusetts. The job as au-pair 7. The theatre was sold out. We wanted tickets for it. The theatre 8. The little boy opened the door. He told me his mother was out. The little boy
11 B gwen BriStow, Deep Summer, préciS
5
10
15
The slave smuggler Philip Larne from Boston, who wanted to settle in a part of Louisiana that was trackless jungle, came into the house of Walter Purcell to break to him and the people there (Judith, Gervaise, Walter Purcell) the news from the colonies around Boston. They were rioting against King George III4 of England. In the discussion, which followed, they learned from Philip Larne that the colonists disagreed about trade and taxes. They didn’t have to pay taxes on goods from England except on tea. With this policy the English Parliament hoped to reaffirm the right of Parliament to tax the colonies as Americans. The colonists, however, reacted with the slogan: “No taxation without representation” (in the English Parliament) and threw, disguised as Mohawk Indians, 350 chests of tea into the harbour, which is known as the Boston Tea Party. Mr Mark Sheramy, Judith’s father, approved of this act of rioting and all the others shared his opinion.They even favoured clashes between colonial contingents and troops of the King. But, up to now, nobody wanted to become independent from England. Especially for Judith this idea was unthinkable, whereas Gervaise, the eighteen year old wife of the elderly Walter Purcell, who had changed her nationality from French to Spanish and now English, was not so sure about this question. Philip Larne didn’t enter into any discussion with the ladies about this question as this seemed to be a matter for philosophers, as he said. smuggler riot
4
Schmuggler randalieren, aufbegehren
reaffirm clashes
11 11
erneut bestätigen Aufeinandertreffen, Zusammenstöße
George III (1738–1820), King of England during the American Revolution, was the longest reigning of male British monarchs. The Tour – Follow the Red Line
167
Match the words. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
riot approve of matter whereas elderly French taxes representation settle in trackless trade
a b c d e f g h i j k
Sache, Angelegenheit sich ansiedeln weglos, undurchdringlich rebellieren Handel Steuern Vertretung bestätigen, zustimmen wohingegen ältlich französisch
Understanding the text. Answer the questions in complete sentences. 12. Where did Philip Larne want to settle in Louisiana? 13. Why did he come to Walter Purcell’s house? 14. What was happening in Boston at that time? 15. What was the reason for the colonists’ disagreement? 16. Did the colonists around Boston want to break away from England at that time? 17. In what way do Judith’s and Gervaise’s attitudes towards their country differ? 18. What does Philip Larne think about the matter of nationalities? What is the German equivalent? 19. to break to him and the people there the news from the colonies around Boston 20. and threw 350 chests of tea into the harbour 21. But, up to now, nobody wanted to become independent from England.
11 c LAnguAge LAB cALL A cowBoy • • • •
168
scharf (Foto) unscharf (Foto) scharf (Messer) scharf bzw. sehr würzig (Essen )
The Tour – Follow the Red Line
= in focus = blurred, fuzzy, out of focus = sharp = spicy, hot
exercises I. Fill in the two gaps with the correct words. German on a sightseeing tour asks tour guide if he can take a picture of him standing in front of USS Constitution (ship). The tour guide takes the picture. German looks at picture in display. “Excuse me, but this picture is ________________. Can you take another one please? And please make sure this time that it is ________________! II. 1. 2. 3.
Translate into English (use the words in the pool). Schade, dass der Hintergrund nicht scharf ist. Schnell, ich brauche ein scharfes Messer. Das Essen war so scharf, ich kam mir vor wie ein Feuerschlucker.
knife. / Quick, / a sharp / need / I focus. / It’s / is / the background /out of / a pity so spicy, / like / The food / was / felt / a fire-eater. / I
A BAvAriAn in BoSton American 2: Bavarian: American 1:
The docks in the harbour are full today. There is simply no more space left. Why is your dog Harper so full? Did you give him too much food? No, the docks in the harbour are full, not Harper his dog.
dock [dQk] = Mole, Pier dog [dQg] = Hund
exercise False Friends. Give the German translation of the underlined words. 1. What is the actual state of affairs? 2. He has become a doctor. 3. John is his own severest critic.
11 11
And now translate the German words into English (use the words in the pool). criticism aktuell current, topical bekommen Kritik get, receive, o btain
The Tour – Follow the Red Line
169
SAy it AgAin SAm exercises I.
Complete this grid. Find the correct word in BE and write it in the blue column.
AE color favor program dialog organize pajamas check skillful theater license medieval aging tire
German
BE
Scheck erfahren, geschickt Führerschein mittelalterlich
II. Find rules. BE - our - mme -l - re - ise -y
170
AE - or becomes
The Tour – Follow the Red Line
-ll -ize
find examples colour - color,
BE colour favour licence mediaeval organise skilful theatre pyjamas cheque programme dialogue ageing tyre
11 D into the engLiSh worLD uSA ii: BoSton
5
10
15
20
Boston, the third biggest city on the American East Coast is known as the cradle of independence. This is where the rebellion against the English mother country began – with the Boston Tea Party. Boston is a city of superlatives. Along the Charles River, it has the longest and highest skyline in the country after New York, since 1897 the oldest subway in the States, and, for good measure, it’s also known as an Eldorado for recreation. Proof is Boston Common, the oldest public city park in the USA. It used to be a cemetery once. But now back to our colourful history. A huge obelisk, the Bunker Hill Monument commemorates a British victory over the colonists, where, however, the British Redcoats suffered their heaviest losses. The courage demonstrated by the inferior New England Army caused enduring damage to the image of the British forces. Samuel Adams’ grave is not far away either. He is known as the instigator of the Boston Tea Party. Protesting against high taxes, disgruntled American colonists stormed English ships from the Old Smith Meeting House, and hurled the stocks of laden tea overboard. So the fight for independence began. The history wasn’t without its peaceful side, however, and this took place away from Boston harbour, in Cambridge. The latter isn’t, as it is often surmised to be, an outskirt of Boston, but a separate borough. This is where one of the oldest, best and most famous universities in the United States is located: Harvard. And yet another superlative: the USS Constitution. Built in 1797, she had 54 canons and was known as the most modern war ship of her time – and even now, once a year, she sets out to sea. recreation enduring instigator
Erholung andauernd Anstifter
disgruntled surmise outskirts
verärgert annehmen, vermuten Außenbezirke
borough
Bezirk, Kreis
11 11
exercises I. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Find the equivalent English phrases in the text. bekannt als die Wiege der Unabhängikeit Früher war er ein Friedhof. Eine riesige Steinsäule erinnert an einen britischen Sieg über die Siedler. Aufgebrachte amerikanische Siedler stürmten englische Schiffe. Und sogar heutzutage, einmal im Jahr, sticht sie in See.
The Tour – Follow the Red Line
171
II. Crossword puzzle Boston 1
2 4 3 5
6
Across 3. The rebellion against England began with the Boston ___ Party 6. Name of the British soldiers in the 18th century 7. Name of the borough where the most famous US university is situated Down 1. River in Boston 2. Instigator of the Boston Tea Party 4. Name of a well-known and old US war ship 5. Name of the most famous university in the USA
7
11 e meeting LiterAture LiStening comprehenSion
5
172
Gwen Bristow (*1903 in South Carolina, + 1980 in New Orleans, Louisiana) was an American author and journalist. Bristow became interested in writing while reporting junior high school functions for her local newspaper. After studying at Columbia University, she wrote for a number of literary magazines and journals. Eventually, she moved to New Orleans. She became interested in longer forms of writing through her husband, screenwriter Bruce Manning. “Deep Summer”, “Handsome Road”, and “This Side of Glory”, all three novels, published in the 1930s, became bestsellers. Other successes followed –“Tomorrow Is Forever”, “Celia Garth”, and “Jubilee Trail”. The Tour – Follow the Red Line
10
Many of her stories were made into movies, and her novels were translated into a dozen different languages. Several of her books are in print today. eventually
schließlich
screenwriter
Drehbuchautor
exersices I.
Listen to this part of the story once more and attribute the sentences to the person that said or might have said them. If you can’t watch the broadcast again, use the pool of phrases below to complete the text and do the exercise a second time. The numbers are identical with those of the gaps.
Philip (4)
Judith (3)
a) The seaboard colonies are rebelling against the King. b) What are they quarrelling about? c) They want to send representatives to parliament. d) There was a lot of talk about the taxes. e) A rebellion against the King is mighty drastic. f) It almost makes me wish I was back home.
Gervaise (3)
colonials (1)
g) What about the oath you swore when you got your grant in Louisiana? h) We are but subjects of the King – even now. i) I was born English and I hope I’ll die English. j) And what I shall be before I die I don’t know. k) And now I will send you coffee.
II. Now use the pool of phrases below and complete the text. Then check your answers. You need not know every single word as long as you understand the general meaning of the text. Gwen Bristow, Deep Summer
11 11
Philip Larne from Boston came into the house of Walter Purcell to break him and the people there the news from the colonies around Boston. „I’ll have great news for him. 1)___________________________________________________________ 5
______________________________. They say the seaboard colonies are rebelling against the king.” Judith caught her breath. “But how dreadful!” “What are they quarrelling about?” asked Gervaise, 2) ________________________________________ than because she wanted to know, for the seaboard colonies were as remote from her reckoning as England itself.
10
“Oh, trade and taxes, and they want to send representatives to parliament.”
The Tour – Follow the Red Line
173
“There was a lot of talk about the taxes before I left Connecticut,” said Judith, 3) ___________________ _____________________________________________________________. “In Boston they threw a whole cargo of tea overboard. Father said that was a good gesture –” “And so it was,” agreed Philip. “But a rebellion against the King’s majesty – that’s mighty drastic.” 15
4) “________________________________________?” Judith asked. “Yes, there’ve been several clashes 5) ______________________________________________________ ______________________.” He chuckles. “It almost makes me wish I was back home.” “Why Philip! 6) ______________________________________________________! What about the oath you swore when you got your grant in Louisiana?”
20
“I wouldn’t keep my promises if he didn’t keep his, honey. A good hearty rebellion 7) ________________ _________________________________________________. The colonials aren’t claiming to be anything but subjects of the king even now – nobody has asked for independence.” “Independence? 8) __________________________________________________. I was born English and I hope I’ll die English.” Judith stopped and glanced at Gervaise, afraid she had been tactless since Ger-
25
vaise had not had 9) ____________________________________________________________________. But Gervaise was laughing. “Chère,” she said, “I have changed my country three times already and I am but eighteen years old. 10) ____________________________________________________________________, then King Louis gave us to Spain and they put up new flags in the Place d’Armes and after that I married and came up here
30
to live, so now I am English, and what I shall be before I die I don’t know, but I know this –” “What, Gervaise?” Philip asked when she paused. He was laughing too. “That in Louisiana, Mr. Philip Larne, you are asking a great deal 11) ______________________________ ____________________________________________________________. Is that treason?” 12) “________________________________________________________.” “And now I will send you
35
174
coffee.” She went into the house.
The Tour – Follow the Red Line
1) A boat came down this morning with some English despatches 2) more for politeness’ sake 3) who like Philip saw the Atlantic coastline as a vivid reality 4) Are they fighting 5) between colonial troops and the royal garrisons 6) You wouldn’t bear arms against the King despatches remote reckoning
Depeschen entfernt hier: Bewusstsein
vivid chuckle oath
7) might teach them a lesson in London 8) I think that’s ridiculous 9) the good fortune to be a subject of George the Third 10) New Orleans was French when I was born 11) when you ask to die in the same country you were born in 12) It’s food for philosophy, ma’am
lebendig kichern Eid
grant ridiculous glance treason
Belohnung lächerlich erblicken Verrat
11 F the LAnguAge Zone SummAry oF the BroADcASt AnD oF chApter 11
5
10
15
20
Eric, our wandering American in Boston, decided to go on a sightseeing tour to discover some of the key points in the American Revolution. He started at the city park Boston Common, saw Samuel Adams’ grave site, and ended up learning a bit about Paul Revere and where he lived and worked. We learned much about grammar in Eric’s amazing tour: The passive – “The Boston Common is used as a park by the public”. Relative clauses – “Paul Revere, who is a national hero, died in Boston”. And contact clauses – “The book I’m reading at the moment is very interesting”. Once again, the US was the topic in “Into the English World”. We learned more about the history of the United States. Our Cowboy went to the rescue and saved a little German girl in Boston who was having problems with the German word “scharf” and the English word “sharp”. Once again, our two private detectives, Humphrey Bogart and Sherlock Holmes, differentiated the American and the British language. They showed us the differences in spelling. For example: center and centre. And there is our Bavarian in Boston. Thanks Mister for making the [k] sound and the [g] a bit more understandable for us. Last but not least, you listened to and read our literary excerpt from Gwen Bristow’s “Deep Summer”. Her historical fiction is the first of three books of a Plantation Trilogy. “Deep Summer” begins with a family of four heading down from New England in the mid 1700’s to start a new life in the Deep South, Louisiana. The reader follows the family and many other families all the way to the early 1900’s. It is amazing to read and imagine how these people felt during all the ups and downs the plantation life had to offer them, good and bad! The segment you listened to had much to do with Boston, the colonists, and the importance of one’s identity. Or should I say nationality?
The Tour – Follow the Red Line
11 11
175
You may answer the questions if you wish. 1. Do you remember who they were that dumped the tea into the harbour in Boston? 2. “It was decided two hundred years ago that English should be the language spoken in the United States. It is not known, however, why this decision has not been carried out.” (George Mikes, “How to Scrape Skies”) Now underline the four passive constructions, please. 3. What is German for: sharp-sighted sharp-shooter pencil sharpener 4. Replace the words in bold type by their British equivalents: a) Where is the nearest railroad station? b) When do your vacations begin? c) Don’t wait for the elevator! 5. Did the people you met in that literary section from “Deep Summer” feel themselves as Americans? Give reasons.
176
The Tour – Follow the Red Line
The Dream – The FooD anD The Sea 12 A SightSeeing trip
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
(Eric speaking most of the time to the viewer) Eric: I decided to drive to Rockport one sunny day and I ended up getting lost. I had no clue where to go so I asked a woman on the way for directions. She asked me why I didn’t have a GPS system and I told her I was an old fashioned person and believed in maps so I drove on. The next person I asked told me to go straight to the big intersection and take a left but I didn’t believe him so I got out of my car with my map and asked the way to Rockport: “I have a question”. I asked her if she knew the way and she asked a passer-by if he knew the way because she wasn’t from the area. Woman: So I’m asking you if you know the way to Rockport. Passerby: Yes, I do. We are here. You just go up here and you follow this road straight up the way, probably a mile and a half and you come right into Rockport. It’s not very far. Eric: O.K. Perfect. Thank you. Passerby: You’re welcome. Have a good time. Eric: The kind man told me all I had to do was to follow the road straight into Rockport. Many people said Gloucester was a nice harbour town and that I should see what the town has to offer. The guy at the tourist information told me Gloucester had been America’s first fishing community and still was an important centre of the fishing industry. The North Shore of Massachusetts is often considered the “Gold Coast” of the Bay State1. The area is known for the many large houses on its rocky shore. A Rockport realtor told me it had begun as a summer destination for many of Boston’s wealthiest citizens and now was home for many who work in the city of Boston. Finally, I made it to my destination: Rockport. Uncle Mike told me many interesting facts about the small harbour town. He said it was a small town in Essex County, Massachusetts, and that it was the oldest harbour in the United States. Julia asked me to ask the locals as many questions about the history of Rockport as possible. She loves history. Anyway, the postcard has tended to become overlooked by most of us as a way of keeping in touch. Not me! Eric: (at a kiosk) Excuse me. I was told that Rockport was the oldest harbour in the United States. Is that true? Shop Assistant: No, it isn’t. I believe Gloucester is the oldest port in the Unites States. Eric: Ah, O.K. I’ll buy this postcard. (To viewers again) The nice lady told me Rockport wasn’t the oldest harbour. She said it was Gloucester. Uncle Mike was wrong. Anyway, time to write my postcard: I told Julia I missed her and wished she was here. I wrote I would really like her to see this beautiful little town too. 1
12 12
Bay State refers to Massachusetts, nickname “Bay State”, a U.S. state with shores on Massachusetts Bay, Cape Cod Bay, Buzzards Bay and Narragansett Bay. The Dream – The Food and the Sea
177
40
45
50
55
My stomach told me it was time for something to eat. Everybody said I had to try the lobster in Rockport. The postmaster told me I would find the freshest lobster at “Roy Moore Lobster”. The postmaster also told me that I would feel welcome the second I stepped through the door and he was right. (At “Roy Moore Lobster” restaurant) Waiter: Hi, how are you doing? Eric: Fine, thanks. The postmaster says that I can buy the freshest lobster here in the States. Cook: It is. You like one? Eric: I’d love to have one. Cook: O.K. One second. I’ll crack it out for you. Eric: Ouch! This is the first time for me to watch someone prepare lobster! Alright! Looks good. Cook: And some melted butter for you. Here you go. You can go out there back on the veranda, some paper towels are over there. Eric: Thanks a lot. (To viewers again) The staff is so friendly. What an amazing thing to watch. Can you believe that lobster was once food for poor people? Now, lobster profits more than $1 billion annually. Uncle Mike said that “Roy Moore Lobster” was fun and he was right – you’re sitting on lobster traps and you’re not worried about making a mess because – let’s face it – eating lobster is messy. Hmmm, they said it was the best lobster on the east coast and they were right. That’s the end of today’s trip. Even without GPS I found my way around. And as everyone said, Gloucester, Rockport and eating lobster were all worth the ride!
60
intersection (AE) realtor (AE) overlook
Kreuzung Immobilienhändler übersehen, nicht sehen
lobster trap
Hummer Falle
Understanding the text. True, false or not mentioned at all? Tick the correct box. 1. Eric asked four persons before he got the right answer for the way to Rockport. 2. Gloucester was the first fishing village of the U.S. 3. Bay State is called the “Gold Coast” as gold was found on its shores. 4. Many people living in the Bay State commute (pendeln) to Boston. 5. Rockport is the oldest harbour in the U.S. 6. The postmaster is an elderly gentleman. 7. Lobster is now food for rich people. 8. When eating lobster you need a large serviette.
178
The Dream – The Food and the Sea
true
false not in the text
Give the German equivalent of theses phrases. 9. I told her I was an old fashioned person. 10. Julia asked me to ask the locals as many questions as possible. 11. Everybody said I had to try the lobster in Rockport. InDIrecT Speech (reporTeT Speech) I InDIrekTe reDe I In der indirekten Rede wird berichtet, wovon jemand gesprochen hat, ohne den genauen Wortlaut wiederzugeben. Im Deutschen werden in der indirekten Rede schwache und starke Verben in die Konjunktivform (= Möglichkeitsform) gesetzt: er arbeite, würde arbeiten, habe/hätte gearbeitet etc. (schwaches Verb); sie gehe, ginge, sei/wäre gegangen etc. (starkes Verb). Im Englischen erfolgt eine einfache Zeitverschiebung (tense-shift). Allerdings nur, wenn der hinführende Satz in einer der Vergangenheitszeiten steht (z. B. past, past perfect). direkte Rede (z. B. present) indirekte Rede (z. B. past) Das Subjekt des Satzes in der direkten Rede muss in der indirekten Rede an die Sicht des Sprechers angepasst werden. hinführen- direkte Rede der Satz He said: “I want to go home now.”
hinführen- indirekte Rede der Satz He said he wanted to go home (that) then.
He added: “I have wanted to go home this morning.”
He added (that)
He said:
“She wanted to go home yesterday.”
He replied: “You had wanted to go home before she came last night.” He had said:
“They will go home tomorrow.”
We “We will have gone explained: home by 12 o’clock tomorrow.”
he had wanted to go home on that morning.
He had she had wanted to go said (that) home the day before.
Zeitverschiebung (tense shift) present past present perfect past
past perfect
He explained (that)
he had wanted to go home before she had come the previous night.
past perfect
He said (that)
they would go home the following day.
future simple
He replied we would have gone (that) home by 12 o’clock the following day.
past perfect
past perfect
12 12
conditional I
(conditional siehe Kapitel 15) future perfect conditional II (conditional siehe Kapitel 15)
The Dream – The Food and the Sea
179
• Die Orts- und Zeitangaben verändern sich in der indirekten Rede: Veränderung von Zeit und Ort now then this that these those here there yesterday the previous day last, ago before tomorrow the following day Achtung: Übersetzt man die englische indirekte Rede ins Deutsche, verwendet man für die Verben die Konjunktivformen.
exercISeS I.
1. 2. 3. 4.
Transform these sentences from the text into direct speech. Example: I told her I was an old-fashioned person and believed in maps. I told her: “I’m an old-fashioned person and believe in maps.” The kind man told me all I had to do was to follow the road straight into Rockport. Many people said Gloucester was a nice harbour town. The guy at the tourist information told me Gloucester had been America’s first fishing community. A Rockport realtor told me it had begun as a summer destination for many of Boston’s wealthiest citizens.
II. Now translate these sentences 1. to 4. (Exercise I.) into German. Remember, in German you need the conjunctive forms of the verbs (Konjunktivformen der Verben). 1. Der freundliche Mann sagte mir, 2. Viele Leute sagten, 3. Der Mann bei der Information sagte mir, 4. Ein Immobilienhändler in Rockport sagte mir, III. Decide whether the underlined expressions are finite verbs because of a tense shift or of a real time of an action. tense shift real time 1. I decided to drive to Rockport. 2. I asked a woman on the way. 3. She asked me why I didn’t have a GPS. 4. I didn’t believe him, so I got out of my car. 5. I asked her if she knew the way. 6. I told her I was an old-fashioned person
180
The Dream – The Food and the Sea
. . . .
IV. Say what these people said in indirect speech: 1. Passer-by: “It’s not very far.” He said that 2. Shop assistant: “I believe Gloucester is the oldest port in the U.S.” She answered that 3. Eric: “I’ll buy this postcard.” Eric replied that 4. Cook: (to Eric) “You can go out there back on the veranda.” He added that 5. Eric: “That’s the end of today’s trip. Even without GPS I found my way around.” Eric explained to the viewers that
. . . . .
InDIrecT Speech II InDIrekTe reDe II Direkte Fragesätze werden in der indirekten Rede zu normalen Aussagesätzen mit der Wortstellung Subjekt, Prädikat, Objekt; das Fragezeichen entfällt. Auch bei der Bildung von indirekten Fragesätzen findet eine Zeitverschiebung statt. Fragen ohne Fragewörter werden in der indirekten Rede mit „if“/„whether“ (ob) eingeleitet. direkte Frage
indirekte Frage
“Did you get home?” he asked.
He asked her whether she had got home.
“Are you coming tomorrow, Paul?” she asked.
She asked Paul if he was coming the following day.
Bei Fragen mit einem Fragewort (how, who, whose, whom usw.) wird dieses in der indirekten Rede beibehalten. direkte Frage
indirekte Frage
“When did you get home?” he asked.
He asked her when she had got home.
“What’s your number, Sarah?” the man wanted to know.
The man wanted to know what Sarah’s number was.
exercISeS I. Transform these questions into direct questions. 1. She asked me why I didn’t have a GPS system. She asked me: 2. She asked a passer-by if he knew the way because she wasn’t from the area. She asked a passer-by:
The Dream – The Food and the Sea
12 12
. .
181
II. Which sentences below (a–d) report the questions above? There is more than one answer in each group. 1. “Do you like one?” the cook asked. a. He asked him what he liked. c. He wanted to know what he liked. b. He wanted to know if he liked one. d. He asked whether he liked one. 2. Eric asked himself: “Can you believe that lobster was once food for poor people?” a. He asked himself that you could believe that lobsters had been food for poor people. b. He asked himself why you could believe that lobsters had been food for poor people. c. He wondered if you could believe that lobsters had been food for poor people. d. He asked himself whether one could believe that lobster had been food for poor people. 3. Eric wanted to know from the realtor: “When did Rockport become a summer destination for wealthy Bostonians?” a. He wanted to know when Rockport had become a summer destination for wealthy Bostonians. b. He wanted to know why Rockport had become a summer destination for wealthy Bostonians. c. He asked the realtor when Rockport had become a summer destination for wealthy Bostonians. d. He wanted to know whether Rockport became a summer destination for wealthy Bostonians. III. Change these sentences into indirect speech. Don’t forget to make all the small changes that are necessary. 1. “Did you write the postcard last week, Eric?” Julia asked. 2. “I was here last year,” he said. 3. The cook wanted to know: “Are you coming again tomorrow?” 4. “I love you, Julia,” he said. 5. Waiter: “How are you doing?” 6. The postmaster says: “One can buy the freshest lobster here in the States.” InDIrecT Speech III InDIrekTe reDe III Aufforderungen (imperatives) und Bitten (requests) werden in der indirekten Rede so gebildet: Verb + Objekt + Infinitiv mit „to“. direkte Rede
indirekte Rede
“Sit down please, Mrs Banks,” he said.
He
“Give me the documents, David,” his boss said.
“Don’t take the job, Clive!” Sally said.
“Kevin should really study,” the teacher said.
Verb
asked
Objekt
Infinitiv mit „to“
to give him the documents.
Mrs Banks to sit down.
The boss
ordered
David
Sally
advised
Clive
The teacher wanted
Kevin
“Visit us whenever you can,” Sue’s father said. Sue’s father expected Sue
not to take the job.
to study.
to visit him. whenever she could.
Der Charakter der Aufforderung als Bitte, Befehl oder Erwartung wird mitformuliert, z. B. he asked, the boss ordered, Sally advised etc.
182
The Dream – The Food and the Sea
exercISeS I. 1. 2. 3. 4.
Rewrite these orders and requests in indirect speech. Julia asked me: “Ask the locals as many questions as possible.” My stomach told me: “It is time that you eat something now.” The waiter bowed me out to the veranda: “Would you go out there back on the veranda, please?” “Take this road to Rockport,” he shouted.
II. Rewrite these sentences in different ways. Change the meaning as little as possible. 1. “Write me a postcard, Eric!” Julia said. 2. “Eric should really study at Harvard,” Uncle Mike said. 3. “Give me the map, Eric,” Uncle Mike said.
a. b. a. b. a. b.
Julia suggested that Julia asked Uncle Mike recommended that Uncle Mike wanted Uncle Mike asked Uncle Mike ordered
. . . . . .
III. What does your English teacher like you to do? Say if he/she tells or asks you to do these things. 1. work hard 2. bring a dictionary to the English lesson 3. write new words down in a vocabulary book 4. watch the English broadcasts on TV 5. revise the lessons regularly 6. spend your holidays in an English-speaking country
12 B LewiS CArroLL, ALiCe’S AdventureS in wonderLAnd – the LoBSter QuAdriLLe, préCiS
5
10
Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland (commonly shortened to Alice in Wonderland) tells the story of a girl named Alice who falls down a rabbit hole into a fantasy world populated by peculiar and human-like creatures. In this chapter the sighing and sobbing Mock Turtle learns that Alice has never made the acquaintance with neither a lobster nor a Lobster Quadrille. Therefore the Mock Turtle and the Gryphon describe the Lobster Quadrille, a dance where all of the sea animals (save the jellyfish) have lobsters as partners. They advance from the seashore and throw the lobsters out to sea. The Mock Turtle and Gryphon decide to show the first figure of the Lobster Quadrille for Alice, although there isn’t any lobster at hand. Later the Gryphon offers either to show her another figure of the Lobster Quadrille or to listen to a song by the Mock Turtle. Alice asks for the song and the Mock Turtle sings “Turtle Soup.” rabbit peculiar sobbing Mock Turtle
Kaninchen seltsam, eigenartig schluchzend unechte Seeschildkröte
Gryphon quadrille jellyfish
12 12
Greif (Fabeltier) Tanz zu viert oder mit vier Paaren Qualle
The Dream – The Food and the Sea
183
Match the words. Feel free to use a dictionary! 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
gryphon seashore advance figure quadrille
a b c d e
Tanz zu viert oder mit vier Paaren Tanzfigur Greif (sagenhaftes Tier mit Löwenkörper, Adlerkopf und -flügeln) Küste vorangehen
Understanding the text of “The Lobster Quadrille”. True or false? Tick the correct box. 6. The Mock Turtle is sighing and sobbing because it meets Alice. 7. All sea animals dance with a lobster in a Quadrille. 8. The jellyfish is not accepted in such a Quadrille. 9. One figure of the dance is throwing the lobster into the sea. 10. The Quadrille is being performed in front of Alice. 11. The Mock Turtle sings a song of its own death.
true
false
What is the German equivalent? 12. Alice falls down a rabbit hole into a fantasy world. 13. Alice has never made the acquaintance with neither a lobster nor a Lobster Quadrille. 14. Later the Gryphon offers either to show her another figure of the Lobster Quadrille or to listen to a song.
12 C LAnguAge LAB CALL A CowBoy • policy = Politik (Theorie, Einstellung, Philosophie; Vorhaben, Handlungsweise in bestimmten Bereichen; Parteiprogramme etc. ) • politics = Politik (Praxis, politisches Leben; Geschehen allgemein; Staatskunst; konkrete Umsetzung )
exercISe Translate into German. You’ll find the words in the frame below. 1. Ich interessiere mich sehr für Politik. 2. Großbritanniens Einstellung gegenüber den amerikanischen Kolonisten war sehr undiplomatisch. in politics. / interested / very / I’m undiplomatic. / Great Britain’s / towards / the American / was / very / policy / colonists
184
The Dream – The Food and the Sea
A BAvAriAn in BoSton American 1: American 2: Bavarian: American 1:
A sailor has much to do when he is on board a ship. Yeah, think about all the responsibility. Sink the responsibility? No that is the worst thing you can do on a ship. Very dangerous. No, think about the responsibility, not sink it.
think [Tink] = denken sink [sink] = sinken, untergehen
exerSIceS I.
Write the following words into the right column. You’ll find the German words in the pool below.
mouse
mouth
path
[Ө] (voiceless – stimmlos) think
pass
danken Maus
II. 1. 2. 3.
sank
denken
sieden
close
krank
Meere
thank
thick
thing
seethe
sank
German sinken
seas
[z] (voiced – stimmhaft)
German
dick
sing
[s] (voiceless – stimmlos) sink
German
clothe [ð] (voiced – stimmhaft)
sick
Ding singen
kleiden, ankleiden
Pfad
German
reichen
Mund
12 12
schließen , auc
h: eng
False Friends. Give the German translation of the underlined word. Not only cancer, but also heart disease is influenced by smoking. Art consists of paintings, sculptures etc. for people to look at. It wasn’t John’s fault, why was he blamed?
And now translate the German words into English (use the words in the pool). therefore also to make a fool of oneself Art sich blamieren
kind
so
way
The Dream – The Food and the Sea
185
SAy it AgAin SAm exercISe Complete this grid. Find the correct word in BE and write it in the blue column. AE mailbox saloon/bar dinner napkin diaper schedule two weeks wharf, pier zip code
German
Serviette Windel
Kai
BE
BE tea, dinner napkin letterbox a fortnight jetty, quay serviette postal code time-table pub
12 d into the engLiSh worLd uSA iii: mASSAChuSettS
5
10
15
The Massachusetts coast north and south of the capital Boston forms a vast, beautiful bay. New England at its best! That is why from Cape Ann in the north to Cape Cod in the south, political and industrial dynasties have built their extravagant villas. The Kennedys are here and Eastcoast city folks spend the summer here. And, despite the cool Atlantic, the region is known as a bathing resort. But New England and especially Massachusetts are rich in history. The region around the small coastal town of Gloucester is known as the cradle of the North American nation. Gloucester, the oldest port in North America, was founded only three years after the landing of the Mayflower1 in 1620. And as lovely as the coast may be, it is also dangerous. In October 1991 the “storm of the century” swept over the Atlantic, destroying half the coastline. Film director Wolfgang Peterson’s Hollywood success, “The Storm”, was based on it. Today there’s no longer any sign of it, on the contrary. The picturesque villages dotted around Boston seem almost to have been rebuilt. Especially Rockport attracts day trippers from Boston and tourists from all over the world.
1 The Mayflower was the ship that transported the English Separatists, better known as the Pilgrims, from a site near the Mayflower Steps in Plymouth, England, to Plymouth, Massachusetts in 1620. There were 102 passengers and a crew of 25–30.
186
The Dream – The Food and the Sea
20
Galleries brush shoulders with restaurants and bars. At weekends all hell is let loose, and you can’t escape the … lobster! It’s sold from little stalls and handed out to you in small cardboard platters. Some melted butter, perfect! Lobster from the East Coast has quite a reputation. Almost as omnipresent as the lobster is the American flag. Hardly a house, let alone a lighthouse, is without the Stars and Stripes. No wonder here, at the cradle of the American nation. vast bathing resort picturesque dotted
ausgedehnt, weit Seebad malerisch verstreut liegend
brush shoulders omnipresent let alone lighthouse
hier: eng aufeinanderfolgen allgegenwärtig geschweige denn Leuchtturm
exercISeS I. Understanding the text. Tick the correct answer. 1. Boston a. is place of extravagant villas. b. is the town where the Kennedys are. c. is the capital of Massachusetts. d. is a bathing resort. 2. Massachusetts a. is part of New England. c. has a coastline with sandy beaches only. 3. Gloucester a. is the town where the Pilgrims landed. c. had been founded before 1620. 4. The coastline north and south of Boston a. was heavily destroyed by the Hollywood success “The Storm”. c. is a tourist attraction because of Rockport. 5. Rockport a. has electricity only when the lighthouse operates. c. has many art shops, restaurants and bars.
II. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
b. is home of people from England. d. offers an ever pleasant and calm coast. b. is the region where the history of the USA began. d. is as old as Rockport. b. has completely rebuilt new villages. d. shows no longer any sign of destruction. b. restaurants serve lobsters only with melted butter. d. inhabitants say the “stars and stripes” are a strange experience to them.
12 12
Give the German equivalent for: New England at its best The region is known as a bathing resort. Gloucester was founded only three years after the landing of the Mayflower in 1620. on the contrary Galleries brush shoulders with restaurants and bars. Almost as omnipresent as the lobster is the American flag.
The Dream – The Food and the Sea
187
12 e meeting LiterAture LiStening ComprehenSion
5
Charles Lutwidge Dodgson (1832 – 1898), better known by the pseudonym Lewis Carroll was an English author, mathematician, logician, Anglican deacon and photographer. His most famous writings are “Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland” and its sequel “Through the Looking-Glass”, examples of the genre of literary nonsense. The tale “Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland” plays with logic in ways that have given the story lasting popularity with adults as well as children. It is considered to be one of the best examples of the literary nonsense genre. deacon
Diakon
sequel
Fortsetzung, Folge
exerSIceS I.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.
188
Listen to this part of the story once more and give the correct answers. Who said what? Listen carefully. If you can’t watch the broadcast again, use the pool of phrases below to complete the text and do the exercise a Mock Gryphon Alice second time. The numbers are identical with those of the gaps. Turtle Same as if he had a bone in his throat. You may not have lived much under the sea. ... and perhaps you were never even introduced to a lobster. I haven’t (lived much under the sea). I once tasted ... No, never (been introduced to a lobster). ... so you can have no idea what a delightful thing a Lobster Quadrille is. No, indeed. What sort of a dance is it? Why, you first form into a line along the sea-shore. Two lines! Seals, turtles, salmon, and so on; then, when you have cleared all the jelly-fish out of the way – you advance twice – That generally takes some time. Each with a lobster as a partner! Then, you know, you throw the (lobsters) – as far out to sea as you can – Back to land again, and that’s all the first figure. Oh, a song, please, if the Mock Turtle would be so kind. Hm! No accounting for tastes! Sing her “Turtle Soup”, will you, old fellow?
The Dream – The Food and the Sea
II. Now use the pool of phrases below and complete the text. Then check your answers. You need not know every single word as long as you understand the general meaning of the text. Lewis Carroll, Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland – The Lobster Quadrille The Mock Turtle sighed deeply, and drew the back of one flapper across his eyes. He looked at Alice, and tried to speak, but for a minute or two sobs choked his voice. 1) “________________________________ ________________________________,” said the Gryphon: and it set to work shaking him and punching 5
him in the back. At last the Mock Turtle recovered his voice, and, with tears running down his cheeks, he went on again: – 2) “________________________________________________ –” (“I haven’t”, said Alice) – 3) “______________________________________________________________________________ –” (Alice began to say 4) “__________________________ –” but checked herself hastily, and said, “No,
10
never”) 5) “–___________________________________________________________________________ _______________________!” “No, indeed,” said Alice. “What sort of a dance is it?” “Why,” said the Gryphon, “you first form into a line along the sea-shore –” “Two lines!” cried the Mock Turtle. 6) “__________________________________________________;
15
then, when you’ve cleared all the jelly-fish out of the way –” “THAT generally takes some time,” interrupted the Gryphon. “– you advance twice –” 7) “_____________________________________________!” cried the Gryphon. “Of course,” the Mock Turtle said: “advance twice, set to partners –”
12 12
“– change lobsters, and retire in same order,” continued the Gryphon. 20
“Then, you know,” the Mock Turtle went on, “you throw the –” “The lobsters!” shouted the Gryphon, with a bound into the air. 8) “–______________________________ __________ –” “Swim after them!” screamed the Gryphon. “Turn a somersault in the sea!” cried the Mock Turtle, capering wildly about.
25
“Change lobsters again!” yelled the Gryphon at the top of its voice.
The Dream – The Food and the Sea
189
9) “_____________________________________________________________________________,” said the Mock Turtle, suddenly dropping its voice. ...
...
...
...
“Shall we try another figure of the Lobster Quadrille?” the Gryphon went on. 10) “________________ 30
____________________________________________________________?” “Oh, a song, please, if the Mock Turtle would be so kind,” Alice replied, so eagerly that the Gryphon said, 11) _________________ ________________. “Hm! No accounting for tastes! Sing her ‘Turtle Soup’, will you, old fellow?” The Mock Turtle sighed deeply, and began, 12) _______________________________________________ _____________________, to sing ... 1) Same as if he had a bone in his throat 2) You may not have lived much under the sea 3) and perhaps you were never even introduced to a lobster 4) I once tasted 5) so you can have no idea what a delightful thing a Lobster Quadrille is 6) Seals, turtles, salmon, and so on flapper choke punch seal
Flosse ersticken schlagen Seehund
salmon bound somersault
Lachs hier: Überschlag Überschlag, Purzelbaum
III. Find the English phrases in the text for: 1. Zwei Schluchzer erstickten seine Stimme. 2. Schließlich gewann er seine Stimme zurück. 3. aber (sie) hielt hastig inne 4. kreischte der Greif mit seiner lautesten Stimme 5. in beinahe beleidigtem Ton
190
The Dream – The Food and the Sea
7) Each with a lobster as a partner 8) as far out to sea as you can 9) Back to land again, and that’s all the first figure 10) Or would you like the Mock Turtle to sing you a song 11) in a rather offended tone 12) in a voice sometimes choked with sobs caper yell account
Luftsprünge machen schreien, kreischen hier: wertschätzen
12 F the LAnguAge Zone SummAry oF the BroAdCASt And oF ChApter 12
5
10
15
20
This time we collected some closer information about Massachusetts as our American friend Eric manages to go on a road trip to discover its wonderful sights. Eric didn’t dance the Lobster Quadrille, he instead ate the lobster like Alice in Wonderland as we shall hear later. Eric explains throughout his day trip the interesting grammar structure of the indirect speech, for example: “I asked her if she knew the way.” Once again, our cowboy managed to save the day by explaining the similarities between the German word “Politik” and the English word “politics”. Thanks, Cowboy, for travelling half way around the world where all our German brothers and sisters need your extra help in order to avoid chaos. The United States is a big country and we need to take time to understand it and the people who live there. For that reason, that was the country of choice again in “Into the English World”. Our fine private detectives Humphrey Bogart and Sherlock Holmes could tell the Cowboy a thing or two about finding a place to order a whisky. If the Cowboy is in England, he would go to the pub. If he is in the US, he would go to a bar. And we brought this wonderful episode to a close with the bothersome Bavarian who showed us we shouldn’t make mistakes with the !T? and the !s?. As we have mentioned above “Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland” (commonly shortened to Alice in Wonderland) is a novel written in 1865 by the English author Lewis Carroll. We listened with Alice how the Mock Turtle and the Gryphon recite part of the Lobster Quadrille where Alice just managed to check herself not to admit that she had indeed eaten a lobster. similarities
Ähnlichkeiten
bothersome
lästig
recite
rezitieren
You may answer the questions if you wish. 1. Why is Boston and Massachusetts in general so important in American history? 2. What is one of the main differences between indirect speech in English and in German? 3. Cross out the wrong word: “Honesty is the best politics/policy.” 4. This part of the East coast belongs to several American States also called _________ ___________ (two words). 5. When eating a lobster in Rockport you also get a paper __________ (AE) (diaper, serviette, napkin) so that you don’t make your clothes dirty. 6. What is the difference between [T] and [D]? Give examples. 7. Can you imagine that Lewis Carroll wrote “Alice in Wonderland” for his children? Why do you think it nevertheless is a piece of literature even for adults?
The Dream – The Food and the Sea
12 12
191
The Player – SPorTS and More 13 A BAseBAll
5
10
(Cousin Ian and Eric walk through park. They end up watching a game of baseball.) Kid: How has your stay in Boston been so far? Ian: So far so good. Boston is so old I only wondered what to visit first. Ian: What did you end up doing then? Eric: On my second day, I did not know whether to go on a sightseeing tour or go to the flea market. I ended up going to the flea market. Ian: Were you considering buying something? Eric: No, I went for fun. I have to travel light being international and all. Are you keen on playing baseball? Ian: Oh yes, I am really crazy about playing baseball. Eric: Well, how about if we stop here to watch those kids play baseball? Ian: Okay. Let’s sit down here then. (Eric and Ian engage in a conversation.) You play a lot of baseball, don’t you? Do you dream of being a baseball star one day? Kid: No, not really. I am just interested in making friends. Eric: (watching the game) Ouch, did you see that? Those guys are pretty rough. Kids: Baseball and Boston go hand in hand. Whoever plays the game has to be tough. So everybody knows he is in danger of getting hurt. Eric: Ouch. That had to hurt. I can’t stand watching this. Ian: Instead of covering your eyes, would you like to play with them? Eric: Well, I am not too crazy about playing, but I’ll give it a try. Ian: (sarcastic) Shouldn’t you ask your mom first? Eric: (laughs) Keep on talking, young man! Shouldn’t you finish your homework first?
15 Eric:
20
25
30
(Viewer sees Eric playing baseball with others. When finished, Eric and Ian return to original place.) Ian: Playing baseball is really cool and a lot of fun, isn’t it? Eric: Well, it’s not my favourite sport, but it’s a sport everybody in the US grows up playing. Ian: What is your favourite sport then? Eric: I like running, but I hurt my knee a few years back. So now my favourite sport is biking. That’s why I’d like to go home now having a rest. Ian: You’re getting old Eric. be keen on
192
von etw. begeistert sein
The Player – Sports and More
crazy
verrückt, wahnsinnig
Understanding the text. True or false? Not mentioned at all? Tick the correct box. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
not in the text
true
false
On his first day in Boston, Eric didn’t know what to do. On the following day he went to the flea market. There he bought lilies for his uncle. His cousin Ian likes playing basket ball very much. Ian is interested in making friends with girls. Baseball is a rough kind of sport. Ian wants Eric to play baseball with some boys. He makes fun of Eric telling him he should ask his mother first. Basketball is a sport in the US everybody grows up playing. As Eric had a car accident he can’t practise running any more.
And what about you? Answer in full sentences. 11. Practising a sport is much better than just watching it. Explain. 12. Do fitness centres more and more replace membership in sports clubs? Give arguments. The InfInITIve wITh To der InfInITIv MIT „To“ • Der Infinitiv mit „to“ folgt auf die meisten Verben, Adjektive und Substantive. She’s happy to earn her own money. They promised to tell the truth. It’s difficult to understand. You go and tell Julia to finish up the salads.
Was it her decision to marry him? He ignored her wish to be alone. Where would you like to go? This remains to be done.
• Der Infinitiv mit „to“ wird verwendet, um Nebensätze zu verkürzen: bei direktem Objekt (Akkusativ) mit folgendem Infinitiv Remind me to buy some milk. And the nation expects each player to do his duty. Weitere Verben ohne „that“-Satz: to advise to allow sb.+ to to ask + into encourage finitive to invite to tell
Im Deutschen meist übersetzt mit „…, dass …“.
statt eines Relativ satzes (als Antwort auf die Frage: Wozu?) I bought a map to show me the way. Where can I get a bus to take me to the City? Is there a guide to show us round? My little brother found soon someone to play with.
nach Fragewörtern
nach Numeralien und Superlativen
Show the guests where to put their coats. Boston is so old I only wondered what to visit first. He told them when to hand in their papers. I did not know whether to go on a sight-seeing tour or go to the flea market. The Germans know how to brew beer.
We were the first to enter and the last to leave. You are the only person to have been there. The few people to interview had gone. This is the biggest exhibition to go to for years.
The Player – Sports and More
13 13
193
• Mithilfe des Infinitivs mit „to“ werden Absichten und Zwecke ausgedrückt (um … zu). to, order to How about if we stop here to watch those kids play baseball. We kept quiet in order not to wake the guests. I had to walk past lobster tanks to get to the desk to give my order. He stopped to smoke a cigarette.
so as (not) as I had everything ready so as to save time. We wore our coats so as not to catch a cold. They gave me a lobster bib so as not to get lobster juice all over my shirt.
• Der Infinitiv mit „to“ folgt auf Adjektive und „of“ bzw. „for“. of (dt. Dativ, Frage: Von wem?) nice kind It is helpful of you to come. silly clever
for (dt. Akkusativ, Frage: Für wen?) important possible It is useful for us to win. good valuable It’s just a funny accent that is difficult for me to follow.
The InfInITIve wIThouT To der InfInITIv ohne „To“ • Der Infinitiv ohne „to“ folgt auf die modalen Hilfsverben. Can’t I ring you later? He may not come later. I’ll see you soon. Shall we go for a walk later? Shouldn’t you finish your homework first?
You could tell me that. We might go to Scotland. Would you like to play with them? Shouldn’t you ask your mom first? He must be over 60, don’t you think?
• Ebenso auf die Verben der sinnlichen Wahrnehmung: to see, to hear, to watch, to notice, to observe, to feel. How about if we stop here to watch those kids play baseball? = Handlung als Ganzes (Wir sahen das ganze Spiel.) Aber: How about if we stop here to see those kids playing baseball? = Handlung gerade im Gang (Wir sehen nur, wie sie gerade spielen.)
• Er wird nach den Verben „to let“ (zulassen) und „to make“ (veranlassen, (zwingen)) verwendet. She let him suffer. He made her pay.
• Und nach den Verben „would rather“ (würde lieber)und „would better“ (würde besser). I’d (had) rather work here. You’d (had) better go now.
194
The Player – Sports and More
exercISeS I. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. II. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Complete the sentences. Use the correct form of the words in brackets and an infinitive construction with or without “to”. He (would, like, have) ________________________ his own apartment, but he can’t really afford one. She (not, dare, laugh) ________________________ when her boy-friend fell off his bike just in front of her. It wasn’t my (decision, go) ________________________ on foot. It was hers! You (not, must, leave) ________________________ your car here. Parking is forbidden. I (not, could, get) ________________________ tickets because the play was cancelled. We’re (too old, go) ________________________ to rock concerts, discos and things like that. They (decide, wait) ________________________ until late afternoon before cutting the lawn. It’s (dangerous, walk) ________________________ here because of all the lorries. She (make, him, pay) ________________________ for his infidelity (Untreue). Translate the following sentences using an infinitive construction. Ich fragte mich nur, was ich zuerst besichtigen/besuchen sollte. Ich wusste nicht, ob ich eine Stadtrundfahrt machen oder zum Flohmarkt gehen sollte. Was hältst du davon, wenn wir hier stehen bleiben, um diesen Kindern beim Baseballspielen zuzuschauen? Wer auch immer spielt, er muss zäh sein/hart im Nehmen sein. Würdest du gerne mit ihnen spielen? Der Tee ist zu stark, als dass ich ihn trinken könnte. Das Beste (best thing) wäre, wenn ich eine Stelle fände. Es ist warm genug, um draußen essen zu können. Wir wissen wirklich nicht, welchen Anzug wir (nun) nehmen sollen.
III. Use the correct form of the words in brackets to form complete sentences. 1. Would you like (she, help) _____________________________ you? 2. The boss asked (I, think) __________________________________ about my career in the company. 3. They managed to persuade (überreden) (she, not, leave) __________________________________ . 4. Could you tell (he, hurry up) __________________________________ , please! 5. We would like to invite (they, have) __________________________________ lunch with us next Sunday. 6. The family urged (she, finish) __________________________________ her studies before going to China. 7. Who taught (they, drive) __________________________________ ? 8. They encouraged (he, take) __________________________________ a sabbatical year off. 9. The manager allowed (they, finish) __________________________________ their work earlier.
The Player – Sports and More
13 13
195
IV. Now check your answers in the “Key” and translate the following sentences into German: 2. 4. 6. 8.
The Gerund (verBal noun) daS Gerund Das Gerund wird gebildet, indem man an das Verb „-ing“ anhängt. Es gelten die gleichen Schreibregeln wie bei der Bildung des „present continuous“ (Verdoppelung nach kurzem, betontem Selbslaut: run – running; stummes „-e“ entfällt: hope – hoping; „die“ wird zu „dying“; „lie“ zu „lying“). Das Gerund wird wie folgt verwendet: • als Subjekt
Walking is healthy. Teaching students at telekolleg is great fun. Playing baseball is really cool and a lot of fun, isn’t it?
• als prädikative Ergänzung
Their chief occupation is farming. The main activity of the people is manufacturing goods. So now my favorite sport is biking.
• nach bestimmten Verben
appreciate enjoy remember (*) avoid finish risk be busy forget (*) stop (*) consider postpone suggest dislike practise understand Were you considering bying something?
• nach bestimmten Ausdrücken und Präpositionen Ausdrücke: there is no to be worth can’t help/resist/stand mind had better stop it is no use/good/useless worthwhile
196
The Player – Sports and More
There is no denying the fact that … This is a film worth seeing. I can’t stand watching this. I can’t help laughing. Would you mind opening the door. You had better stop smoking. It is no use crying over spilt milk. It is worthwhile studying hard.
Präpostionen: fond of keen on interested in danger of need for opportunity for go on keep on succeed in instead of
Adjektiv + Präposition
Subjekt + Präposition
Are you crazy about playing baseball? Do you dream of being a baseball star one day? No, not really. I am just interested (in) making friends.
Verb + Präposition Präposition
Wie oben erwähnt, folgt das Gerund auch auf bestimmte Verben mit Präposotion: She succeeds in getting it. In diesem Fall haben das Hauptverb und das Gerund das gleiche Subjekt. Es kann aber auch vorkommen, dass das Hauptverb und das Gerund unterschiedliche Subjekte haben: She relies on his coming – Sie verlässt sich darauf, dass er kommt. Infinitiv/Gerund: (*) Die Verben „to stop“, „to remember“ und „to forget“ haben unterschiedliche Bedeutung, je nach Gebrauch von Gerund oder Infinitiv. He stopped smoking. (Er hörte auf zu rauchen.) He stopped to smoke. (Er blieb stehen, um zu rauchen)
(aufhören, etw. zu tun) (aufhören mit …, um etw. zu tun)
I remember posting the letter. (Ich erinnere mich, den Brief aufgegeben zu haben.) Please remember to post the letter. (Denk bitte daran, den Brief aufzugeben.)
(sich erinnern, etw. getan zu haben) (daran denken, etw. zu tun)
He won’t forget winning the prize. (Er wird sich (immer) daran erin- ((nicht) vergessen, etw. getan zu haben) nern, den Preis gewonnen zu haben.) ((nicht) vergessen, etw. zu tun) He didn’t forget to post the letter. (Er vergaß nicht, den Brief aufzugeben.) Auch das Verb „to like“ kann entweder mit Gerund oder mit to-Infinitiv verwendet werden, aber mit Bedeutungsverschiebung: (rückschauend) I like running, but I hurt my knee a few years back. (vorausschauend) That’s why I’d like to go home now having a rest.
13 13
Auf das Vollverb „to be used to“ folgt Gerund (Substantiv). (Ich bin es gewöhnt, bis spät zu arbeiten.) I am used to working late. Auf „used to“ folgt stets Infinitiv. I used to work overtime. (Früher machte ich Überstunden.)
The Player – Sports and More
197
exercISeS I. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
Gerund or infinitive? Translate the following sentences into English. Schließlich schauen sie sich ein Baseballspiel an. Ich fragte mich nur, was ich zuerst tun/anschauen könnte/sollte. Hast du daran gedacht, etwas zu kaufen? Wir bleiben/halten hier, um den Kindern beim Baseballspielen zuzuschauen. Ich kann das nicht mehr länger (mit) anschauen. Ich laufe gerne. Ich würde jetzt gerne nach Hause gehen und mich ausruhen.
II. In four of the following sentences you can either use a preposition + gerund or an infinitive + to. Only in one sentence, however, you have to use a preposition + gerund. Which is it? 1. She is (keen, have) ______________________ the latest fashion. 2. They are (afraid, make) ______________________ mistakes. Are you? 3. What’s the best (way, pass) ______________________ an exam? 4. Thank you (be) ______________________ so helpful. 5. Is there a (chance, win) ______________________ on the pools (im Lotto)? III. Past or present actions? Tick the appropriate column. 1. He used to spend his holidays in Italy. 2. She was used to commuting 18 miles a day. 3. They are used to getting up early. 4. She didn’t use to like her. 5. We used to live in the country. 6. She isn’t used to being talked to in such a rude way. IV. Find the appropriate end of the sentences. 1. She stopped smoking ... 2. She stopped to smoke ... 3. Remember to go to the travel agent’s ... 4. Do you remember going to the travel agent’s ... 5. I’ll always forget to write to him ... 6. I’ll never forget writing to him in N.Y. ...
a. b. a. b. a. b.
V. Odd sentence out. Which one is strange? 1. I saw something fall. 2. I smelt something burn.
198
The Player – Sports and More
past
present
looking into the shop window. and her health began to improve. to collect some brochures about Jersey. when Julian’s girl-friend worked there? shortly after the Twin Towers had collapsed. as he never answers letters.
3. I noticed something move.
13 B erich segAl, love story, précis
5
10
Oliver Barrett, who plays on the Harvard ice hockey team, invites his new acquaintance, Jenny Radcliffe, to come to watch the hockey game against the Dartmouth team. He uses rather rude slang words like snotty bitch, evidently to conceal the high social position of his well-to-do family and that he may have fallen in love with her. Jenny Radcliff comes to the stadium to watch the game. To impress her he made sure that the manager had handed her a program with his biographical dates. He had insisted so much on the manager making certain that she gets this program that the manager gets quite out of temper. He asks him if this is his first date. The description of the game that follows is full of fierce expressions like perforating their nets, breaking bones, the fans wanting to see blood or goals instead. At certain violent confrontations with the opposing players it has always been his tactics to strike mercilessly against players of the rivalling team. This time he did so especially fervently but pretending not to heed Jenny’s presence. In the course of such an action the referee blew the whistle and sent Oliver in the box for two minutes as a penalty. snotty bitch fierce goal mercilessly
rotznasige Schlampe scharf, verletzend hier: Tor (Adv.) gnadenlos, unbarmherzig
fervently heed referee penalty
(Adv.) hitzig, heftig beachten Schiedsrichter Strafe
Match the words with their German meaning. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.
acquaintance rather slang evident(ly) conceal well-to-do impress description perforate instead (of) opposing strike especially pretend presence blow whistle
a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q
ziemlich beeindrucken Bekanntschaft offensichtlich Umgangssprache blasen wohlhabend verbergen Pfeife besonders vorgeben, so tun als ob Gegenwart statt, stattdessen gegnerisch schlagen, hauen Beschreibung durchlöchern
13 13
The Player – Sports and More
199
Understanding the text. Which of the suggestions a)–d) comes closest to the meaning in the text? 18. Oliver Barrett a. plays on the Dartmouth team. b. conceals his respect for the high social position of Jenny Radcliff. c. uses bad language so as not to show that he likes Jenny Radcliff. d. tells Jenny that he is only playing for her. 19. Jenny Radcliff a. comes to the match late. b. gets a program with the biographical dates of Oliver Barret. c. talks to the manager about Oliver. d. is asked by the manager if she has a date with Oliver. 20. The program states a. the profession of Oliver’s father. b. when he has finished his courses at the university. c. Oliver’s biographical dates. d. the place where he lives and his email address. 21. Erich Segal, the author, a. writes that Oliver does not know whether Jenny is in the stadium. b. shows the reader that the referee is incompetent. c. makes it clear that Jenny is waiting for Oliver in the box. d. describes the match using rude language.
13 c lAnguAge lAB cAll A cowBoy • a pause
= Unterbrechung (kurze Pause von wenigen Sekunden; to pause = zögern) • a break, rest = Pause (Erholungspause, Unterbrechung von einigen Minuten)
exercISeS I. Fill in the gaps. (German and friend at the flea market) German: My feet are aching. We’ve been shopping non-stop now for hours. Can we stop and have a _________________ ? Friend: Okay, let’s make a __________________ and have a drink. There is a bar just round the corner. (After finishing their drink) Friend: Was that _________________ long enough for you? Okay. Let’s shop further! ache
200
schmerzen (Verb), Schmerz (Nomen)
The Player – Sports and More
II. Translate into German. You’ll find the words in the frame below. 1. Es gab eine kurze Pause, als er umblätterte. 2. Wann machen wir eine Pause? Wir arbeiten jetzt nonstop seit drei Stunden. – the page. / There / a short / when / he / pause / turned / was / – a break? / we / going / to have / We’ve / been / for / working / three hours now. / When / are / non-stop /
A BAvAriAn in Boston American 1: Bavarian: American 2:
American 2, you haven’t a clue what you are talking about. The nation is broke! I have some glue here in my bag. If you broke something, I can repair it. No, clue not glue.
clue [klu:] = Idee glue [glu:] = Klebstoff
exercISe False Friends. Give the German translation of the underlined word. 1. He was not brave enough to report the loss of the documents. 2. Someone who is dumb is completely unable to speak. And now translate the German words into English (use the words in the pool). brav silly foolish dumm
good
stupid
well-behaved
13 13
The Player – Sports and More
201
sAy it AgAin sAm exercISe Complete the grid. Find the correct word in BE and write it in the blue column. AE baseball American football (NFL) NASCAR ping pong soccer zero, nothing field line sneakers
German Baseball/Kricket (there are differences) American Football/Rugby Formel 1
Schlange (anstehen) Turnschuhe
BE
BE cricket football trainers table tennis pitch nil queue rugby Formula 1
13 D into the english worlD USA IV: HOLLYWOOD AND LAS VEGAS
5
10
15
202
Hollywood – the dream factory in California, often ridiculed with nicknames like “Sin City”, “Capital of Second Chances” or “The Marriage Capital of the World”. – Many fancy stars from around the world dream of coming here and becoming famous. But the American dream of going “from rags to riches” remains for many just that: a dream. More than 2000 celebrities, who did make it to becoming a star, are honoured with a star on the famous “Walk of Fame”. Hollywood is a district of Los Angeles. L.A. is, after New York, the second largest city in the US. Nearly 4 million people live in the metropolis. America’s rise to great power status in the 19th century was marked by a never ending stream of immigrants. Then they were mostly Europeans. But now most of them come from Asia or Hispanic countries, and they are changing the face of the USA. The USA covers some 40 per cent of North America. More than 300 million people live here. The United States is among the world’s wealthiest nations. Nevertheless, the number of poor people has sharply increased over several decades. The US economy with its huge home market is the biggest single economy in the world. It was badly shaken by the global financial crisis in 2009, which was triggered off by the American property and mortgage crisis.
The Player – Sports and More
20
The dream of making big money attracts millions of people to Las Vegas. The city in the State of Nevada is world famous for its casinos and shows. One after the other mega hotels line Las Vegas Boulevard, the so-called “Strip”. Since gambling was permitted here in 1931, the city has become a magnet for the public. 40 million visitors a year come here to seek their fortune or at least to make a quick buck. celebrities nevertheless trigger off
Berühmtheiten nichtsdestotrotz auslösen
mortgage gambling buck
Hypothek (mortgage crisis hier: Finanzkrise) Spielen um Geld, Glücksspiel (umgangssprachl.) Dollar
exercISeS I.
Crossword puzzle US – Hollywood/Las Vegas
2
4 3 6
7
1
Across 3. Very large city 5. US city, famous for its casinos and shows 10. Largest city in the US 11. Second largest city in the US
5
8
9
10
11
Down 1. Where do most immigrants come from? 2. Who is honoured with a star? (plural) 4. The American dream is from ___ to riches. 6. The US economy is the biggest ___ economy in the world. 7. Las Vegas Boulevard is also called ___. 8. Slang word for dollar 9. Dream factory in California
The Player – Sports and More
13 13
203
II. Find the words or phrases in the text that come closest to the meaning of the following words and expressions. 1. from poverty to wealth 2. an illusion 3. stars 4. capital 5. expatriates 6. transforming the appearance of 7. the amount of needy persons 8. was caused to begin by 9. games of hazard were no longer prohibited 10. to get some money very fast
13 e meeting literAture listening comprehension
5
Erich Wolf Segal (1937–2010) was an American author, screenwriter, and educator. He was bestknown for writing the novel “Love Story” (1970), a best-seller. It was translated into 33 languages worldwide. The motion picture of the same name was the number one box office attraction of 1970. In 1967 he wrote the screenplay for The Beatles’ 1968 motion picture, “Yellow Submarine”. His novel “The Class” (1985), a saga based on the Harvard class of 1958, was also a best-seller, and won literary honour in France and Italy. “Doctors” was another New York Times best-seller from Segal. Segal was a professor of Greek and Latin literature at Harvard University, Yale University and Princeton University. He also acted as a visiting professor for the University of Munich, Princeton University, and Dartmouth College. He wrote widely on Greek and Latin literature. motion picture (AE) box office attraction Greek
204
Film Kassenschlager griechisch
The Player – Sports and More
Latin visiting professor
lateinisch Gastprofessor
exercISeS I.
Understanding the text of “Love Story”. Listen to the story once more and tick the correct answer. True, false or not mentioned at all? If you can’t watch the broadcast again, use the pool of phrases below to complete the text and do the exercise a second time. The numbers are identical with those of the gaps.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
true
false not in the text
Very politely Oliver invited Jenny to the ice hockey game. Jenny doesn’t like ice hockey very much. It was snowing when Oliver invited her to the game. Oliver himself handed the program to Jenny. Oliver avoided looking at Jenny in the stadium. Jennifer took her glasses off to have a better look at Oliver. Oliver scored two goals. The fans want to see blood or a goal. Two defence men of the opposing team were attacking Oliver. Jenny thought it worth the while attending the match.
II. Now use the pool of phrases below and complete the text. Then check your answers. You need not know every single word as long as you understand the general meaning of the text. Erich Segal, Love Story „Listen, you snotty Radcliffe bitch, Friday night is the Dartmouth hockey game.” “So?” “So I’d 1) _______________________________________________________________.” 5
She replied with the usual Radcliffe reverence for sport: “Why the hell should I come to 2) ____________________________________________?” I answered casually: “Because I am playing.” There was a brief silence. 3) ________________________________________________.
10
“For which side?” she asked.
13 13
By now Jenny had read my bio in the program. I made triple sure that Vic Claman, 4) ________________ _____________________________________________. “For Christ’s sake, Barrett, is this your first date?” “Shut up, Vic, or you’ll be chewing your teeth.”
The Player – Sports and More
205
15
As we warmed up on the ice, I didn’t wave to her (how uncool!) 5) _______________________________ _______. And yet I think she thought I was glancing at her. I mean, 6) ____________________________ ______________ during the National Anthem out of respect for the flag?
By the middle of the second period, we were beating Dartmouth 0–0. That is, Davey Johnston and I were about to perforate their nets. The Green bastards sensed this, and 20
began to play rougher. Maybe they could break a bone or two before we broke them open. The fans were already screaming for blood. And in hockey 7) _____________________________________________ _______________________________________. As a kind of noblesse oblige, I have never denied them either. Al Redding, Dartmouth center, charged across our blue line and I slammed into him, stole the puck and started down-ice. The fans were roaring. I could see Davey Johnston on my left, but I thought I would
25
take it all the way, their goalie being a slightly chicken type I had terrorised since he played for Deerfield. Before I could get off a shot, 8) _________________________________________________________, and I had to skate around their nets to keep hold of the puck. There were three of us, flailing away against the boards and each other. It had always been my policy, in pile-ups like this to lash mightily at anything wearing enemy colors. Somewhere beneath our skates was the puck, but for the moment we were concen-
30
trating on 9) _______________________________________________. 1) 2) 3) 4) 5)
reverence lousy casually brief triple For Christ’s sake date chew
206
6) 7) 8) 9)
like you to come a lousy hockey game I think I heard snow falling the manager, saw that she got one or even look her way (eigentl.) Verehrung lausig (Adv.) beiläufig kurz dreifach Um Himmelswillen hier: Rendezvous kauen
The Player – Sports and More
National Anthem scream literally deny slam puck roar
did she remove her glasses this literally means blood or, failing that, a goal both their defence men were on me beating the shit out of each other
Nationalhymne aufschreien (Adv.) buchstäblich leugnen, abstreiten hier: prallen Puck, Eishockeyscheibe brüllen
goalie skate flail lash skates shit
Torhüter Schlittschuh laufen schleudern dreschen Schlittschuhe (umgangssprachl.) Scheiße
13 F the lAnguAge Zone summAry oF the BroADcAst AnD oF chApter 13
5
10
15
20
We found out that baseball and Boston go hand in hand and our American companion can play some serious ball. Eric visits his cousin Ian at his boarding school and ends up hitting the ball far enough that one of the players almost injured himself trying to catch it. In the course of Eric’s and Ian’s conversation we were taught everything about the gerund and the infinitive with and without “to”. This time in “Into the English World” we got to learn about the American West Coast, Hollywood and Las Vegas. The Cowboy was called to the rescue because of the confusion between the German word “Pause” and the English word “pause”. Humphrey and Sherlock made us recognize the differences between English and American sports. The lonely Bavarian in Boston is still pestering his neighbours and because of this consistency, we now can distinguish the [g] glue and [k] clue. You listened to an excerpt of “Love Story” and did an exercise at the end of this chapter. You can understand now how much it is a romantic drama, which was written by Erich Segal. The film based on it is considered one of the most romantic films of all time. The story tells of Oliver Barrett IV, who comes from a family of wealthy and well-respected Harvard University graduates. He meets and falls in love with Jennifer Cavelleri, a working-class, quick-witted Radcliffe College student. Partly to break the traditional Ivy League1 mould, the Harvard student marries the Radcliffe College student. This time I can tell you to watch the movie and read the book to find out the ending. pester consistency excerpt
belästigen, plagen hier: Hartnäckigkeit Auszug
graduate quick-witted mould
Absolvent schlagfertig Gußform
You may answer the questions if you wish. 1. As you were watching Eric playing baseball – can you now give some hints as to how it is played? 2. Mini-dialogue: Fill a gerund and two infinitives into the gaps: Wife: “Don’t forget _______________ (post) the letter when you go to the station, please.” (Husband comes home in the evening.) Wife: “Did you ______________ (post) the letter?” Husband: “Oh, the letter ... Yes, now I remember _______________ (post) it just when the train was coming to a standstill.”
13 13
3. Do remember one of the several nicknames for Las Vegas? 4. The ball in American football is ______________ - shaped. 5. Why does Oliver call Jenny “snotty bitch” when he invites her to come to the hockey game? 1 The Ivy League is a group of eight universities in the north-eastern part of the USA, which have high academic and social status (Eliteuniversitäten). The Player – Sports and More
207
The Welcome – home, SWeeT home 14 A JuliA picks Eric up from thE Airport
5
15
20
25
30
35
208
(Eric is standing in front of the “Hauptbahnhof”. Julia jumps out of the car and helps Eric put the luggage into the car trunk.) Eric: Where have you been? Having waited for an hour at the airport I decided to take the “S-Bahn” to the main station. Why didn’t you pick up the phone? I tried calling you! Julia: Oh, Eric. I didn’t hear my alarm and overslept. I went to bed especially early, so that I would be able to get up at an ungodly hour today. It’s the weekend! Working people have the weekends to sleep in and recover from the hard workweek. I had a horrible week. I am sorry, Eric. I really am. I invite you for a “Weißwurst” breakfast. OK? Do you forgive me? Eric: Well, at least you’re honest. I missed you. Although my figure has changed since the last time I saw you because of all those delicious steaks and hamburgers I ate in the US, I am always up for a “Weißwurst” or two. (Eric and Julia are now in their car driving to the restaurant.) Julia: You look fine Eric. I missed you too. How was your flight? Eric: The service provided to me was awesome. Food was great. Many movies to see. The flight attendants were very helpful. I really enjoyed my flight. Julia: Which movies did you watch? Eric: Believe it or not, “Batman Returns”. The other one I watched had something to do with pigs in space. Nothing really to talk about, though. I fell asleep in the first ten minutes of the film. Julia: Fred told me about your house keys. Eric: I was in such a hurry to get to the airport. Having left my apartment I realized I had forgotten my keys. I was locked out! Julia: Although you had left without your house keys, you went to the airport? Eric: Yes, I called my roommate and told him to put a key under the doormat on the day I arrive. Julia: You’re lucky you have a roommate you can rely on. Eric: Yes, I know. So what about that “Weißwurst” breakfast? Julia: We have almost reached our destination. (Eric and Julia eating breakfast.) Julia: I’m still sad I couldn’t take off work so I could experience Boston with you. Tell me a little bit about your journey Eric. How was it? Eric: Boston was beautiful. Very European and much to see and do. Julia: A colleague of mine visiting Boston last year was disappointed. Eric: Well, I don’t know what his problem was because I found Boston extraordinary. I met so many interesting people and saw so many different things. Uncle Mike really made my stay extra special. I felt right at home. The Welcome – Home, Sweet Home
Uncle Mike means a lot to you, doesn’t he? Eric: He’s my role model. What he has accomplished is amazing. Great job, wonderful family, nice house. As his family was poor, he couldn’t attend university when he was young. Even without a degree he started his own business and has built it up to be one of the most successful businesses in the community. Julia: How do you feel babe? Eric: When leaving Boston I felt great. Now I feel miserable. I think I need another “Weißwurst”. (Waitress lays bill down on the table.) Julia: Though there are many disadvantages because of your jetlag, you still have today and tomorrow to recover before you have to go back to work on Monday. (Julia pays bill.) Eric: Yes, I know. I’m not complaining. There is just so much to do before going back to work. What do you think about inviting Claudia, Jason, and James over for dinner tomorrow evening? Julia: Well, if you are up for it, sure, why not. (They both get up leaving the restaurant.)
40 Julia:
45
50
alarm (clock) at an ungodly hour awesome
Weckruf (Wecker) zu so früher Stunde prächtig
flight attendant role model accomplish degree
Flugbegleiter Vorbild zustande bringen, erreichen hier: akademischer Grad
Are these statements true or false according to the dialogue? Write down the part of the text that gave you the answer. 1. Eric didn’t have to wait long at the airport for Julia. This is ____________ because it says in the text _________________________________. 2. Julia went to bed very early as she was very tired after a hard workweek. This is ____________ as we can read in the text _________________________________. 3. Eric has put on weight because he ate a lot of nourishing (nahrhafte) steaks and hamburgers. This is ____________ because the text tells us __________________________________. 4. The service on the plane was awful. This is ____________ as the text says _________________________________________. 5. Eric has forgotten his keys at his Uncle’s in Boston. This is ____________ because we can read in the text ____________________________. 6. The expectation of Julia’s colleague didn’t come true when he visited Boston last year. This is ____________ as it says in the text _____________________________________. 7. Although Uncle Mike’s family had been poor, he went to University. This is ____________ because we can read in the text ____________________________.
14 14
Answer the questions. Use complete sentences, please. 8. What did Fred tell Julia and what had happened? 9. Why does Eric admire his Uncle Mike?
The Welcome – Home, Sweet Home
209
And what about you? Write at least three sentences for each answer. 10. Have you got a role model, or are there heroes you admire? 11. Where would you like to travel for several months? Find the word in the text and write it down. 12. the place where you put your luggage in the car 13. when you don’t hear the alarm clock 14. (eating more than necessary changes your) appearance 15. place you reach at the end of a journey 16. to achieve something 17. to regain one’s strength after an illness ParTiciPial clauSeS WiTh The PreSenT ParTiciPle ParTiziPialSäTze miT dem ParTiziP PräSenS (miTTelWorT der GeGenWarT) Das „present participle“ endet auf „-ing“. Es wird wie folgt verwendet: • als Adjektiv
Working people have the weekends to sleep in. I met so many interesting people. Let sleeping dogs lie.
• zur Verkürzung von Relativsätzen
People who live in high-rise blocks often complain of loneliness. → People living in high-rise blocks often complain of loneliness. A colleague of mine who visited Boston last year was disappointed. → A colleague of mine visiting Boston last year was disappointed. Verkürzte Relativsätze sind typisch für das gesprochene wie für das geschriebene Englisch.
• zur Verknüpfung von zwei oder mehreren Sätzen, die mit „and“ verbunden sind The student was lying under a tree and was whistling a song. → The student was lying under a tree whistling a song.
210
The Welcome – Home, Sweet Home
• zur Verkürzung aller Arten von Adverbialsätzen Kausalsätze (as, because, since) As he was poor, he couldn’t attend university. → Being poor, he couldn’t attend university.
Temporalsätze While the plane started, it made a terrible noise. (While) (After) (Before) (When)
Starting, the plane made a terrible noise.
Konzessivsätze Although he was working very hard, he didn’t succeed in life. → Although working very hard, he didn’t succeed in life.
Although you left without your house keys, you went to the airport? When I left Boston, I felt great. → When leaving Boston, I felt great. → Although leaving without your house keys, you went to the airport? After I had waited for an hour I decided to take to the “S-Bahn” to the main station. → Having waited for an hour at the airport I decided to take the “SBahn” to the main station. Die Konjunktionen müssen Die Konjunktionen dürfen nicht Die Konjunktionen können ententfallen. entfallen. fallen. Verkürzte Kausal-, Temporal- und Konzessivsätze gehören eher der formalen Schriftsprache an. As he had been poor, he couldn’t attend university. → Having been poor, he couldn’t attend university.
exerciSeS I. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Join the two sentences using a participial construction. I called my roommate. I told him to put a key under the doormat. The woman was walking through the park. She was talking to herself. She cut herself. She was peeling potatoes. They were in Edinburgh. They were visiting their son. He came into the room. He looked around and smiled.
II. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Shorten the sentences using a participial construction. Although he was ill, he went to work. Although you had left without your keys, you went to the airport? As his family was poor, he couldn’t attend university. I went to bed especially early, so that I would be able to get up at an ungodly hour. The path which leads up to the top is very narrow.
III. Replace the participle by the relative clause. 1. A man operating a lathe (Drehbank) is a turner (Dreher). 2. This is the street leading to the station. 3. People travelling to work on the A 20 should expect delays. 4. A woman talking all day long about other people’s affairs is a gossip. 5. They were given a room overlooking the Tower.
14 14 The Welcome – Home, Sweet Home
211
IV. Are these time or reason clauses (Temporal- oder Kausalsätze)? Mark the appropriate column. 1. Wanting to catch the last bus, we had to leave on time. 2. Walking in the park, I met my friend John. 3. You must be very careful, crossing the street. 4. Having lost his job, he was very unhappy. 5. Hearing the bad news, she fainted.
time
reason
V. Translate these sentences into German bringing out the differences in meaning. 1. Being late for his interview, Thomas didn’t have time for breakfast. 2. Being late for an interview is very annoying.
ParTiciPial clauSeS WiTh The PaST ParTiciPle ParTiziPialSäTze miT dem ParTiziP PerfekT (miTTelWorT der VerGanGenheiT) Das „past participle“ endet auf „–ed“, bildet aber viele unregelmäßige Formen. Das „past participle“ wird wie folgt verwendet, um passive Aussagen auszudrücken: • als Adjektiv The stolen bike was found at the station.
• zur Verkürzung von Relativsätzen
The service which was provided to me was awesome. → The service provided to me was awesome. Verkürzte Relativsätze sind typisch für das gesprochene wie für das geschriebene Englisch.
• zur Verkürzung aller Arten von Adverbialsätzen Kausalsätze (as, because, since) As the author was surprised by the critic’s comment he fell silent. → Surprised by the critic’s comment the author fell silent. As he had been warned by a barking dog he waited outside. → Warned by a barking dog he waited outside.
Temporalsätze Konzessivsätze After the hooligans were/had been Although he was/had been hit told to leave the stadium they by a stroke of bad luck, he didn’t made a terrible noise. give in. → Although hit by a stroke of (While) being told to leave bad luck, he didn’t give in. (After) the stadium the (Before) (When)
hooligans made a terrible noise.
If she is spoken to unexpectedly, she blushes. → If spoken to unexpectedly, she blushes.
Die Konjunktionen dürfen nicht Die Konjunktionen müssen Die Konjunktionen können entfallen. entfallen. entfallen. Verkürzte Kausal-, Temporal- und Konzessivsätze gehören eher der formalen Schriftsprache an.
212
The Welcome – Home, Sweet Home
exerciSeS I. 1. 2. 3. 4.
Shorten the passive relative clauses by using a participial construction. Some animals which are hunted for their skins will soon become extinct. The jobs which were offered to me were all badly paid. The gift which was given me at my birthday was a book on psychology. All the questions which were asked by the Members of Parliament were answered by the Prime Minister. 5. Salman Rushdie’s book which was published in 1988 was “The Moor’s Last Sigh”. II. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Lengthen the sentences by using a full relative clause. Most of the T-shirts sold here are made in India. The service provided to me was awesome. The man knocked over by a car yesterday has not been identified yet. The windows broken in last week’s storm have not been repaired yet. The oldest car offered to you yesterday has already been sold.
III. Join the half-sentences. 1. 2. 3. 4.
Before being dismissed Brought up in Glasgow After being warned of the thunderstorm Offended by her boyfriend’s remark
a. b. c. d.
5.
Before being asked to board the plane
e.
he spoke English with a Scottish accent. the passengers’ handbags were searched. she was asked to reveal her motives. she returned the engagement ring (Verlobungsring). the sailing boats didn’t leave the harbour.
ParTiciPial conSTrucTionS ParTiziPialkonSTrukTionen Hauptsatz und Partizipialsatz haben ein gemeinsames Subjekt. As John was poor, he couldn’t attend university.
Haupsatz und Partizipialsatz haben ein unterschiedliches Subjekt. As his family was poor, my uncle couldn’t attend university when he was young.
Being poor, John couldn’t attend university.
His family being poor, he couldn’t attend university when he was young.
14 B
5
mArk twAin, A trAmp ABroAd, précis
14 14
“A Tramp Abroad” starts with many arguments why walking across Europe in spring weather is the best way of getting to know the countries. In Hamburg, however, Mark Twain and his friend changed their minds and took the express train south. In this chapter they complete their tour through Europe northwards heading back for America. The Welcome – Home, Sweet Home
213
10
They passed over the Channel and took their voyage home in a very delicate vessel. Mark Twain was infinitely delighted to return to his country. He writes that the Old World offers many benefits but America has even more of such a kind which can be found nowhere else, e.g. homes are much more comfortable in the States than in Europe. Generally, Mark Twain believes that short visits to Europe are better for Americans than longer ones, because you don’t run the danger of losing your love for, and pride of, America. On the other hand, longer ones mostly do have these effects. tramp head for Channel
Landstreicher, Tramp zusteuern auf Ärmelkanal
vessel benefit
hier: Schiff Vorteil, Nutzen
Match the words. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
pass over delighted infinite(ly) offer believe run the danger of lose, lost, lost pride of
a b c d e f g h
hocherfreut bieten, anbieten Stolz auf überqueren Gefahr laufen unendlich glauben, halten für verlieren, verlor, verloren
Understanding the text. Answer the questions in complete sentences. 9. When did they start their trip trough Europe? 10. Did they cross the Channel in a “very delicate” ship? 11. Why would life in European homes be almost unbearable for a normal American family? 12. Why does Mark Twain suggest to his compatriots (Landsleute) not to stay too long in Europe? Find the German expressions. 13. Walking across Europe is the best way of getting to know the countries. 14. They complete their tour heading back for America. 15. The Old World offers many benefits. 16. You don’t run the danger of losing your love for, and pride of, America.
214
The Welcome – Home, Sweet Home
14 c lAnguAgE lAB cAll A cowBoy • WC (Klo (umgangssprachl.), Toilette) = toilet (BE) = restroom (AE)
exerciSe Translate into German. You’ll find the words in the frame below. 1. Entschuldigen Sie bitte, können Sie mir sagen, wo die Toilette ist? 2. Ich geh noch mal kurz aufs Klo. – you please / is? / where /can / tell me / the toilet / Excuse me, – again. / have to / go to / I / the toilet (the restroom)
A BAvAriAn in Boston American 1: Bavarian: American 2:
Why is it that your celery sticks are cut into small pieces? If I heard you right, your salary has been cut? Times are pretty tough, aren’t they! No, celery not salary.
celery ['sel@ri] = Sellerie salary ['s{l@ri] = Lohn, Gehalt
exerciSe False Friends. Give the German translation of the underlined word. 1. Tina was pregnant with her first daughter. 2. They now face the prospect of wearing a cycling helmet by law. 3. Her charm allows her to get away with murder. And now translate the German words into English (use the words in the pool). prägnant brochure Prospekt Mörder
murderer
prospectus
precise
The Welcome – Home, Sweet Home
14 14 215
sAy it AgAin sAm exerciSe Complete the grid. Find the correct word in BE and write it in the blue column. OZ bloke brekkie barbie Chrissie cuppa lippy mozzie Oz sickie sunnies veggies
German Mann Grillen
Mücke Krankheitstag, Krankenurlaub Gemüse
BE
BE vegetables Australia sick-leave/taking a day off being sick sun glasses lipstick mosquito barbecue Christmas cup of tea man breakfast
14 d into thE English world AustrAliA
5
10
15
216
It’s the smallest of all the continents in the world – but the sixth largest nation on earth: Australia. The “Commonwealth of Australia” is situated in the southern hemisphere. The Australians themselves call it simply “Oz”. The Commonwealth of Australia was formed in 1901 when six independent British colonies agreed to join together and become states of a new nation. Considering its size, relatively few people live here. With about 22 million inhabitants, Australia is the most sparsely populated continent on earth. That’s basically just two inhabitants per square kilometre. Fifty thousand years before British colonialists arrived, the native inhabitants lived here. There were around 600 different aboriginal clans spread over the whole island – living in harmony with nature. Right up to the present day, many social conflicts remain for the descendants of Australia’s original inhabitants. Modern day Australia is an ethnic melting pot. More than six million people from all around the world have settled here since 1945. Around 220 different languages are spoken in Australia. The capital is Canberra where there is the seat of government. This is surprising, as it’s only the eighth biggest city!
The Welcome – Home, Sweet Home
20
Outside in the outback, there’s a melting pot boiling over, too – the animal life. Particularly well-known and loved is this springing mascot – the kangaroo. Not so loved by farmers, though, because the marsupial likes to satisfy its hunger in their fields. sparsely aboriginal
(Adv.) spärlich (Nomen, Adj.) Ureinwohner, eingeboren
descendant melting pot
Nachkomme Schmelztiegel
exerciSeS I. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
Understanding the text. A play with numbers and superlatives. Fill in the gaps. It’s the smallest _________________ . But it is the sixth _________________ _________________ . In 1901 _________________ British _________________ _________________ _________________ . Australia has about 22 _________________ _________________ . It is the most sparsely _________________ _________________ on earth. There are just 2 _________________ per _________________ _________________ . 50.000 _________________ before, _________________ _________________ lived here. 600 _________________ _________________ clans … Over 6 million _________________ have _________________ here since _________________ . Circa 220 _________________ _________________ are spoken. The capital is only the _________________ _________________ city.
II. In this text there are several “-ing forms”. Can you give their functions? Mark them in the appropriate column. gerund adjective relative clause temporal clause 1. Considering its size, ... 2. clans ... living in harmony with nature 3. an ethnic melting pot 4. This is surprising, ... 5. a melting pot boiling over, too 6. this springing mascot – the kangaroo III. Into the English World by proverbs and sayings. Choose the correct words. 1. “To be or not be that is the ______________________ .” (Shakespeare) a) problem b) issue c) question d) task 2. “My only consolation being that nobody speaks English ________________.” (George Mikes) a) perfectly b) constantly c) understandably d) slowly 3. “There is no sin except ______________________ .” (Oskar Wilde) a) violence b) stupidity c) unfairness
14 14
d) impoliteness
4. “Travel improves the mind wonderfully, and does away with all one’s ______________________ .” (Oskar Wilde) a) provincialism b) clichés c) nostalgia d) prejudices
The Welcome – Home, Sweet Home
217
5. “Nothing ______________________ like success.” a) helps you b) supports you c) succeeds
d) troubles you
6. “If I can make it there, I can make it ______________________ .” (from the song “New York, New York”) a) at least in Europe b) by and by c) everywhere d) abroad 7. “Practice makes ______________________ .” a) wealthy b) muscles
c) perfect
d) healthy
8. “There is no ______________________ way to learning.” a) paved b) noble c) quick
d) royal
9. “The early bird ______________________ the worm.” a) chooses b) catches c) picks up
d) scrolls
10. “A stitch in time saves ______________________ .” a) nine b) five c) more
d) life
14 E mEEting litErAturE listEning comprEhEnsion
5
Samuel Langhorne Clemens (1835 – 1910), better known by his pen name Mark Twain, was an American author and humorist. He is well-known for his novels “Adventures of Huckleberry Finn” (1885), and “The Adventures of Tom Sawyer” (1876). Twain grew up in Hannibal, Missouri, which would later provide the setting for “Huckleberry Finn” and “Tom Sawyer”. He was apprenticed as a printer. He became a master riverboat pilot on the Mississippi River, before he turned to journalism. William Faulkner1 called Twain “the father of American literature”. “A Tramp Abroad” is a work of non-fiction travel literature published in 1880. The book is about Twain’s journey with his friend Harris through central and southern Europe. novel be apprenticed
Roman in die Lehre gehen, ausgebildet werden
non-fiction
real (im Gegensatz zu „Fantasie“)
1 William Cuthbert Faulkner (1897 – 1962) was a Nobel Prize-winning American novellist and short story writer.
218
The Welcome – Home, Sweet Home
exerSiceS I.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
Understanding the text of “A Tramp Abroad”. Listen to the story once more and tick the correct answer.True, false or not mentioned at all? If you can’t watch the broadcast again, use the pool of phrases below to complete the text and do the exercise a second time. The numbers are identical with those of the gaps. true false not in the text The two friends went home to England. “Gallia” is a French ship. This was Twain’s last trip abroad. Twain was pleased very much to see the Statue of Liberty in N.Y. Europe has a lot of advantages you cannot find in the USA. Europeans live in expensive, tomb-like buildings. European homes would be inconvenient for most Americans. An American patriot would not stay for long in Europe. Americans having lived abroad for a long time are very often no longer proud of their own country.
II. Now use the pool of phrases below and complete the text. Then check your answers. You need not know every single word as long as you understand the general meaning of the text. Mark Twain, A Tramp Abroad We crossed to England, and then made the homeward passage in the Cunarder1, 1) _________________ _______________________. I was glad to get home – immeasurably glad; so glad, in fact, that it did not seem possible that 2) ____________________________________________________________________ 5
_________. I had not enjoyed a pleasure abroad which seemed to me to compare with the pleasure I felt 3) ______________________________________________________. Europe has many advantages which we have not, 4) __________________________________________________________________ _____________ still more valuable ones which exist nowhere 5) _______________________________ _____________. Then we are such a homeless lot when we are over there! So are Europeans themselves,
10
for that matter. 6) _____________________________________________________________, – costly enough, may be, but without conveniences. To be condemned to live as the average European family lives would make life 7) _________________________________________________________ American fam-
14 14
ily. On the whole, I think that 8) __________________________________________________________ ___________ than long ones. The former preserve us from becoming Europeanized; they keep our pride 15
of country intact, and at the same time they intensify 9) ________________________________________ 1 A steamship operated by the Cunard Line. The Welcome – Home, Sweet Home
219
______________________________________; whereas long visits have the effect of 10) ____________ ________________________________________, – at least in the majority of cases. I think that one who mixes much with Americans long resident abroad 11) __________________________________________ _________________________. 1) “Gallia”, a very fine ship 2) anything could ever get me out of the country again 3) in seeing New York harbour again 4) but they do not compensate for a good many 5) but in our own country
6) 7) 8) 9) 10) 11)
immeasurably homeless lot condemned
burden affection majority
(Adv.) unendlich hier: verlorener Haufen verurteilt, verdammt
III. Crossword puzzle literature and broadcasts 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
220
The Welcome – Home, Sweet Home
They live in dark and chilly vast tombs a pretty heavy burden to the average short visits to Europe are better for us our affection for our country and our people dulling those feelings must arrive at this conclusion Bürde, Last Zuneigung, Liebe Mehrheit
1. Title of one of Ian Flemings famous novels 2. The American colonists disagreed with the British Parliament with the slogan: “No taxation without ... ” . 3. The giant in the country of dwarfs 4. A ... in Boston 5. The hero’s portrait grows old instead of him 6. Which kind of sport does Oliver Barrett in “Love Story” practise? 7. The counterpart of Mr Holmes in Say it again Sam 8. Instead of condoms for his microphone he got ...
9. In his first lesson the Teacherman FrankMcCourt ate a pupil’s ... 10. ... in Wonderland 11. Peter Mayle had “... with Pavarotti”. 12. If you are in a hole, the first thing is stop ... 13. Doris Lessing wrote the “Fifth ...”. 14. The author of “The Hobbit” is Mr ... 15. Mark Twain wrote “Huckleberry Finn” and ... 16. Harry Potter’s ... wand 17. “The Garden Party” is written by ... Mansfield. Solution: You are participating on it
14 f thE lAnguAgE ZonE summAry of thE BroAdcAst And of chAptEr 14
5
10
15
Contrary to Mark Twain leaving Europe in our literary excerpt, we see our dear American friend Eric returning from his tiresome journeys in America. His girlfriend, Julia, oversleeps and manages to pick him up at Munich’s busy main train station instead of the original location – the airport. The two love birds make up and eat brunch on Julia’s behalf. Through all of this confusion, we were taught how to use the participial clauses. On a lighter note, we adventured to Australia and learned about the culture and society in “Down Under”. If it wasn’t for the Cowboy, our little Bavarian friend would have wet himself. Now we know that “WC” is an old fashioned word for “toilet” or “restroom”. Instead of Humphrey Bogart and Sherlock Holmes a guest star told us some English from Down Under. And our little friend, the Bavarian, who is still in Boston helped us out with the two phonetic sounds: !x? for salary and the !e? sound for celery. In “A Tramp Abroad” Mark Twain and his friend Harris make their way through Germany, the Alps, and Italy. Interestingly enough, we read about Twain distinguishing between European and American cultures. Like anyone, he compliments his own society, its customs and what it has to offer. brunch
(breakfast + lunch) spätes, reichhaltiges Frühstück
on behalf (of)
im Namen von, wegen
You may answer the questions if you wish. 1. Our two “love birds”, as Eric says, have a “Weißwurst” brunch. What is the spice called that normally goes with a “Weißwurst”? 2. In which participial clauses must conjunctions be dropped? 3. Are there racial problems in Australia? 4. What does Mark Twain miss in Europe? The Welcome – Home, Sweet Home
14 14 221
The ReTuRn – Once upOn a time 15 A
5
10
15
20
25
30
Eric Recounts his JournEy into thE stAtEs (i)
(Eric is helping Julia in the kitchen before friends come.) Freddy: (walking towards Eric) Hey Eric, welcome back to Germany. (Shakes Eric’s hand) Thanks for your invitation. I wasn’t expecting to hear anything from you until Monday at work. Eric: Well, you have to take advantage of the beautiful days here. If I had invited all of you yesterday, I only would have talked in my sleep. I was so tired from jet lag. I slept 18 hours yesterday. Freddy: I brought some tasty beer for you. I thought you might need some. Eric: Thanks Freddy. (Opens one) If only the Americans knew how to brew beer like the Germans, they might realize that beer is not supposed to taste like pond water. Freddy: (sarcastically) So you almost died of thirst there? (Both laugh, Eric starts working on the BBQ.) So, how was it? (Door bell rings. Eric goes to greet Claudia.) Claudia: Hi Eric, (shakes hands) welcome back. How’s life treating you with jet lag? Eric: Thanks for coming, Claudia. I hope I have recovered from my travels. If you see me barbecuing my hand, please wake me up. (Everybody laughs) Claudia: When did you get back? Eric: Yesterday. I left Boston on Friday. Claudia: Did you watch the game? Eric: Which one? Claudia: The NBA Championships? The Boston Celtics played against the L. A. Lakers, didn’t they? Eric: Yes, but I’m not much of a basketball player. Unfortunately, the Celtics lost. The citizens of Boston expect every man to play hard and I guess if every man had done his job they should have won. The Celtics have won more NBA championships than any other team. Claudia: Did you watch the game on Friday? Eric: Which one? Claudia: Oh man, Eric. You are really out of touch. The soccer game. Germany played. Eric: No, I was packing. The Germans lost, right? Claudia: Yeah. And unless the team wins every game the nation will not be satisfied. Poor guys. If I were one of these soccer players, I’d take a nice, long vacation to avoid the hassle back home. Eric: In case that all my guests arrive on time, I will not have everything prepared. Freddy, go grab the steaks out of the refrigerator. Claudia, you go and tell Julia to finish up the salads. I’ll drink my beer and wait for the steaks. once upon a time... recount jet lag
222
es war einmal ... (so beginnen Märchen) erzählen, auch: nacherzählen Jetlag (Nachwirkungen einer langen Reise mit verschiedenen Zeitzonen)
The Return – Once upon a time
pond hassle
Weiher, Teich Ärger, Plage, „Theater“
Are these statements true or false according to the dialogue? Write down the part of the text that gave you the answer. 1. Eric was very tired after his flight from the States. This is ____________ because it says in the text _________________________________. 2. Freddy brought some Bavarian food along. This is ____________ as we can read in the text _________________________________. 3. The Americans know how to brew beer like the Germans. This is ____________ because the text tells us __________________________________. 4. The barbecue was on a Sunday. This is ____________ as the text says _________________________________________. 5. The match between the Boston Celtics and the L. A. Lakers was a drawn game (unentschieden). This is ____________ because we can read in the text ____________________________. What is the German translation for these sentences? 6. You have to take advantage of the beautiful days here. 7. I hope I have recovered from my travels. 8. The citizens of Boston expect every man to play hard. 9. Unless the team wins every game the nation will not be satisfied. CondiTional SenTenCeS BedingungSSäTze Typ des Bedingungssatzes
„if“-Satz
1. Die Bedingung wird wahrscheinlich eintreten. If he comes, (real) 2. Es ist nicht ausgeschlos- If he came, sen, dass die Bedingung eintritt, aber eher unIf I were (!) you, wahrscheinlich. (möglich) 3. Die Bedingung kann nicht mehr eintreten. (unmöglich)
If he had come (yesterday),
Hauptsatz you will know more.
Zeitenfolge „if“-Satz – Hauptsatz
present simple – future simple
tell him to see the boss. present simple – imperative you would know more. past simple – conditional simple (Hier wird im „past simple“ bei I would know more. allen Personen „were“ verwendet.) you would have known past perfect – conditional more. perfect
• Merke: Im „if“-Satz des Bedingungssatzes wird kein „will“, „should“, „would“ etc. verwendet. (vgl.: Der gute deutsche „Wenn-Satz“ ist „würde“-los: Wenn er doch käme ...) • Statt „if“ können auch folgende Wörter einen Bedingungssatz einleiten: on condition(that) – unter der Bedingung, dass supposing (that) – angenommen, dass provided (that) – vorausgesetzt, dass in case (that) – falls unless (= if not) – außer wenn • Statt „will“ und „would“ können auch die modalen Hilfverben „can“ – „could“, „must“ – „have to“, „may“ – „might“, „ought to“ – „should“ im Hauptsatz des Bedingungssatzes vorkommen. The Return – Once upon a time
15 15 223
• Ausnahme: Der„zero if“-Satz drückt keine Bedingung, sondern eine allgemein gültige Situation oder Sachlage aus. In diesem Fall stehen beide Satzhälften in der einfachen Form der Gegenwart: If the temperatures are below 0° (zero degrees centigrade), water freezes. • Kommaregel:
Go home If he comes home
if ,
he comes. go home.
exeRCiSeS Study these sentences and then tick the right answer. 1. a. If I have enough time, I’ll take a holiday this spring. Will there be enough time this spring? 1. b. If I had enough time, I would take a holiday this spring. Will there be enough time this spring? 2. a. If you drop eggs, they break. Am I talking about any particular eggs? 2. b. If you drop those eggs, they’ll break. Am I talking about any particular eggs? 3. a. I would go right away if I were you. Is it too late for you to go? 3. b. I would have gone right away if I had been you. Is it too late for you to go?
4. a. We’ll go to Sandwich if it rains. If we go to Sandwich, what will the weather be? 4. b. We’ll go to Sandwich unless it rains. If we go to Sandwich, what will the weather be?
yes
no
wet
don’t know
fine
Eric rEcounts his JournEy into thE stAtEs (ii)
5
10
224
(All guests have arrived. All are sitting at the table enjoying the food.) Eric: I’m happy to see everyone could make it on such short notice. Cheers. (Everyone holds glasses up and cheers.) Jason: So Eric, what was your favourite part of Boston? Eric: That’s hard to say, Jason. Boston was so old and full of history. My Uncle Mike, who I haven’t seen for years, was so hospitable. He always made sure I felt at home. He took me out one night to a really nice seafood restaurant. Not only was the food excellent, but they also made extraordinary cocktails. Supposing that they hadn’t kicked us out we would still be sitting there. Jason: Was that your favourite part? Eric: As I said, that’s hard to say, but I think my favourite part was eating lobster at a really bizarre seafood shop. I had to walk past lobster tanks to get to the desk to give my order. The Return – Once upon a time
15
Claudia: Julia: 20
Eric: Jason: Eric: 25
Claudia: Eric: 30
Jason: Eric: 35 Julia:
Claudia:
40
45
50
The tanks were huge and full of lobster. The lobster was served on a paper plate with a little cup of melted butter. Unless they had given me a lobster bib I would have got lobster juice all over my shirt. Funny, normally only babies get bibs, but in the US grown-ups get bibs, as well. Isn’t Harvard in Boston? No, in Cambridge, that’s Greater Boston. Eric had a little escapade getting there. Why don’t you tell them your funny story Eric? The Bostonians complain that European roads are confusing. Well, I would have taken a taxi if I had known how difficult it was to get to Harvard. The Boston streets are even more confusing! Is there any public transport in Boston? Of course. One of the best in the United States if that means anything (sarcastic). Anyway, it happened to me more than once that people would give me the wrong directions. I don’t know if they did that on purpose or if they are just plain dumb. So what happened? Well, I drove to downtown Boston to park my car. Uncle Mike lives outside of Boston. Then, I got on the bus which Uncle Mike had told me to take and to double check to see if I was on the right bus. I asked the driver if that was the bus to take me to Harvard. And he said: “Yes, it is.” Well, it wasn’t. Where did it take you? Not to Harvard. I ended up getting to Harvard late in the afternoon. I barely got to see anything before I had to head back to Uncle Mike’s. Unless someone wants thirds, I will clear the table and bring out the desserts. Sounds good. Anybody still hungry? (Everybody sighs with pain and shakes their heads.) Okay, let’s clear the table.
(Everyone is eating cake, some time later.) Claudia: This cake is terrific. Don’t the Bostonians have their own language? Eric: No. It’s just a funny accent that is difficult for me to follow. Quincy, for example, is a district in Boston. The Bostonians pronounce it with a “z”. Like “Quin-zee”. Claudia: (sarcastically) Maybe the bus driver didn’t understand you with your foreign accent. Eric: Yeah, right. It’s nice having everyone here. I am glad every one could make it. Jason: Haven’t you forgotten something, Eric? Eric: What? Jason: Something which settles your stomach after a big dinner like we just had. Eric: Espresso? Jason: Ugh, it starts with an “s”. Eric: Oh yeah, schnapps. (Eric goes and gets schnapps and glasses.) Claudia: Did you miss anything during your stay in Boston? Eric: Come to think of it, I missed the Bavarian “Gemütlichkeit”. That is something you cannot find in any other country. Here’s to all of you. (Everyone raises their schnapps glasses and cheers.) on such short notice hospitable
kurzfristig gastfreundlich
dumb head back
stumm, hier: dumm zurückeilen
The Return – Once upon a time
15 15 225
Understanding the text. Mark the right answer “true“ or “false” with a cross. 1. Everyone had arrived despite Eric’s short notice. 2. Uncle Mike was so hospitable that Eric didn’t want to leave the house. 3. Eric’s favourite part in Boston was eating lobster at a strange seafood shop. 4. US grown-ups use bibs only when eating lobster. 5. According to Eric Bostonians give wrong directions either on purpose or because they are dumb. 6. After the dinner nobody dares to say that food was not enough. 7. The bus driver didn’t understand Eric because Eric had a foreign accent. 8. Eric missed something typical Bavarian in Boston.
true
false
Translate these sentences into German. Mind especially the “ifs”, what is their German meaning? 9. I don’t know if they did that on purpose or if they are just plain dumb. 10. Uncle Mike had told me to take and to double check to see if I was on the right bus. 11. I asked the driver if that was the bus to take me to Harvard. exeRCiSeS I. 1. 2. 3.
Complete the type 1 if-clause in these sentences using the correct verbs in brackets. If people _________________ (work) together, the job _________________ (be done) quickly. If a fool _________________ (have) money, he _________________ (part) with it soon. There _________________ (be) moderation in all things if you _________________ (do) all things in moderation. 4. People _________________ (not, throw) stones if they _________________ (live) in glass houses. II. 1. 2. 3. 4.
Complete the type 2 if-clause in these sentences using the correct verbs in brackets. I _________________ (knit) another pullover if I _________________ (have) more wool. If men _________________ (be) only more reasonable, there _________________ (be) no more war. I _________________ (not, do) that if I _________________ (be) you. “Shall we take a taxi?” – “_________________ (it, not, be) cheaper if we _________________ (go) by bus?
III. Complete the type 3 if-clause in these sentences: What would have happened? Example: He was there. Yes, he was. But what would have happened if he hadn’t been there? 1. They gave Eric a lobster bib. Yes, they did. But ______________________________________________________________________. 2. Eric didn’t invite them yesterday. No, he didn’t. But ______________________________________________________________________. 3. Uncle Mike and Eric were kicked out of the restaurant. Yes, they were. But ______________________________________________________________________. 4. Eric didn’t know how difficult it was to get to Harvard. No, he didn’t. But ______________________________________________________________________.
226
The Return – Once upon a time
IV. There is no other way. Example: Must I go now to catch the last bus? Yes, you must. You won’t catch it unless you go now. 1. Must I use this lobster bib? Yes, you must. You _________________ (have) lobster juice all over your shirt 2. Does someone want thirds? No, you don’t. Then I ________________ (bring) out the desserts
. .
3. Must the team win every game? Yes, it must. The nation ______________ (not, be satisfied) . V. 1. 2. 3. 4.
Is the ’d-short form for “had” or “would”? If I’d (____________) invited all of you yesterday, I’d (____________) have talked in my sleep. I’d (____________) take a nice, long vacation to avoid the hassle back home. Supposing that they hadn’t kicked us out we’d (_____________) still be sitting there. Unless they’d (____________) given me a lobster bib I’d (_____________) have got lobster juice all over my shirt. 5. I’d (_____________) have taken a taxi if I’d (_____________) known how difficult it was to get to Harvard. VI. And what about you? Choose one of the following topics and write about 60 words. What would you do in the following situations? Say why. 1. If you were offered two jobs, one which was interesting but badly paid, and one which was boring but well paid, which one would you accept? 2. If you came home and found someone burgling your house, what would you do?
15 B
5
10
AlEx hAlEy, roots, précis
After long and tiring research work Alex Haley had found out that he was the descendant of Kunta Kinte, who had been caught in the Gambia River area in West Africa 200 years ago. Archives at James Fort in West Africa and in Maryland Hall in Virginia revealed a list of objects the ship “Lord Ligonier” had carried. Among other cargo: 98 black slaves. 42 had died on the crossing from the Gambia River. These archives acknowledged the family’s history, which had been handed down from one generation to his, the seventh. After several attempts of breaking out Kunta Kinte’s left foot had been cut off. In Richmond, Virginia, Alex Haley came across a newspaper article on a microfilm of September 5th, 1768, which recorded the transfer of Kunta Kinte, now named “Toby”, to Dr. William Waller. On the exact date two hundred years after his ancestor Kunta Kinta had arrived on a slave ship at Annapolis, Alex Haley was standing on the landing stage. He was moved so much that tears were running down his cheeks. archives [a:kaives] reveal
Archive aufdecken, enthüllen
cargo acknowledge
Fracht bestätigen
15 15 The Return – Once upon a time
227
Match the words. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
ancestor landing stage tears cheeks archives cargo ounces crossing attempt cut off research work
a b c d e f g h i j k
Nachforschung abschneiden, -schlagen Überfahrt Versuch Unzen Vorfahre Landebrücke Fracht Wangen Archive Tränen
Understanding the text. Answer in complete sentences. 12. What did Alex Haley discover? 13. How many slaves had survived the crossing over the Atlantic? 14. What made Alex Haley think of researching archives in different places? 15. What proved that Kunta Kinte was Alex Haley’s ancestor? 16. How did Alex Haley commemorate the 200th anniversary of the arrival of his forefather? Find the German phrases and expressions. 17. he was the descendant of 18. Archives revealed a list of objects. 19. The family history had been handed down from one generation to his, the seventh. 20. Alex Haley came across a newspaper article on a microfilm. 21. He was moved so much that tears were running down his cheeks.
15 c lAnguAgE lAB cAll A cowBoy Deutsch Chef Chefkoch
228
Englisch = boss = chef
The Return – Once upon a time
Deutsch sensibel vernünftig
Englisch = sensitive = sensible, reasonable
exeRCiSe Fill in the gaps with the words from the grid. (German working for an American firm. The boss of the company invites German to talk to him about his work.) Boss: Mr Huber, I would like to talk to you about your job. You have been working for our company a little over a month now and we have carried out your marketing strategies. They seem to be very effective and your ideas are very 1)_____________ and ... ((2)______________ sees the confused (verwirrt) look on Mr Huber’s face.) What is it, Mr Huber? Are you alright? Huber: Yes, Sir, I am alright. Boss: Anyway, as I said, your ideas are extremely 3)_____________ as we would like to ... (German looks very pleased.) Huber: You are my chef and you tell me that I am a sensible person. Do you really mean that? Boss: First of all, Mr Huber, I am not your 4) _____________! ((5) _____________sees Huber’s startled (bestürztes) face.) Don’t be so 6) ____________! Mr Huber, I am your 7) _____________ and don’t cook for you. Huber: (Relieved (erleichtert)) You have just helped me to improve my vocabulary. In German “ 8) _____________” means “9) ____________” but in English “10) ____________” is boss of the kitchen.
A BAvAriAn in Boston Bavarian: American: Bavarian: American:
Where’s the American lady? She just lost her job. She got sacked and now she’s at the unemployment office standing in line. She wants to join a sect? And she is standing at the unemployment office? Since when is the unemployment office giving out sect memberships? No, she got sacked. She doesn’t want to join a sect. sacked [s{ækt] = gefeuert sect [sekt] = Sekte
exeRCiSe False Friends. Give the German translation of the underlined word. 1. Use a surveyor or architect to oversee and inspect the different stages of the work. 2. I wrote her a receipt [ri 'si:t] for her money. 3. She said she could only spare 25 minutes for the interview. Now translate the German words into English (use the words in the pool). übersehen prescription (f Rezept il to see ür Medizin) to fail to notice/to fa sparen to save recipe ( für Essen) ok to overlo The Return – Once upon a time
15 15 229
sAy it AgAin sAm exeRCiSe Complete the grid. Find the correct word in BE and write it in the blue column. AE sherbet zucchini cookie eggplant sausage starter cup of tea pickle baked potato dessert
German Fruchteis Keks Aubergine Würstchen
Gewürzgurke Ofenkartoffel
BE
BE afters appetizer cuppa gherkin jacket potato aubergine banger biscuit courgette sorbet
15 D into thE English worlD AustrAliA ii: thE grEAt BArriEr rEEf
5
10
15
230
Among its most impressive natural beauties is without doubt The Great Barrier Reef. The largest coral reef on earth was declared a World Nature Heritage Site by UNESCO in 1981. It stretches over 2300 kilometres along the coast of Australia. Its total area is about the size of Germany. Even from outer space, this masterpiece of nature is easy to recognise. Up to two million tourists visit the reef every year – a paradise most of all for divers. From here it goes directly into the underwater world. The reefs multifarious forms and colours are impressive. And its inhabitants show themselves off to their best. Don’t worry, the sharks are harmless to people. An encounter with them on the Great Barrier Reef isn’t unusual. Around 1500 different sorts of fish are at home at the largest reef on the planet. Virtually nowhere else will you find such variety. This enormous underwater edifice is made up of over 400 different kinds of coral and provides a home for countless millions of creatures. At the same time, the Great Barrier’s complex ecosystem is highly sensitive. What effect worldwide climate change will have on the grandiose reef is still not known. Protecting this magnificent underwater masterpiece of creation will be one of the greatest challenges of the future.
The Return – Once upon a time
multifarious shark encounter virtually
vielfältig, mannigfaltig Hai Begegnung, Zusammentreffen eigentlich, wirklich
edifice ecosystem
Bau, Gebäude Ökosystem
exeRCiSeS I. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Find the expressions in the text that come closest to the following phrases: it extends over is simple to discover They present themselves most favourably. An eye to eye contact isn’t uncommon. This manifold structure is enormously responsive to disturbances.
II. Crossword puzzle Australia
1
2
3 4 6 5
7 9 8
9
10
Down 1. Mascot of the smallest continent 2. Natives of the smallest continent 4. Capital of the smallest continent 6. Smallest continent on earth 9. An encounter with ___ is not unusual.
Across 3. Synonym for the smallest continent 5. The famous coral reef is about the size of ___. 7. Head of State is the ___. 8. A famous coral reef, The ___ 9. This coral reef‘s ecosystem is highly ___. 10. The coral reef is a paradise for ___.
The Return – Once upon a time
15 15 231
15 E mEEting litErAturE listEning comprEhEnsion exeRCiSeS I.
5
10
In 15 B haben Sie sich schon mit der Inhaltsangabe zu „Roots“ von Alex Haley beschäftigt. Nun wieder eine Übung, um das Hörverständnis zu trainieren. Wir geben Ihnen die Wörter des Textes vor, die in der Sendung eingeblendet werden. Schauen Sie sich diese zuerst an und hören Sie sich dann den in der Sendung vorgetragenen Text an (auch mehrmals). Beantworten Sie anschließend die Fragen zum Text. Die Zusammenfassung in 15 B können Sie als Hilfestellung verwenden – vor allem, wenn Sie keine Möglichkeit haben, die Sendung erneut anzusehen. Zuerst aber noch ein paar Informationen über den Autor:
Alexander Murray Palmer Haley (1921–1992) was an African-American writer. He is best known as the author of “Roots: The Saga of an American Family” and the co-author of “The Autobiography of Malcolm X”. In 1976, Haley published “Roots” starting with the story of Kunta Kinte, kidnapped in The Gambia in 1767 and transported to the Province of Maryland to be sold as a slave. Haley also traced the records of the ship, The Lord Ligonier, which he said carried his ancestor to America. Haley has stated that the most emotional moment of his life occurred on September 29, 1967, when he stood at the site in Annapolis, Maryland, where his ancestor had arrived from Africa in chains exactly 200 years before. “Roots” was eventually published in 37 languages, and Haley won a Special Award for the work in 1977 from the Pulitzer Board. “Roots” was also adapted into a popular television series. The serial reached a record-breaking 130 million viewers. “Roots” emphasized that African Americans have a long history and that not all of that history is necessarily lost, as many believed. Its popularity sparked an increased public interest in genealogy, as well.1 kidnap adapt
entführen anpassen, übertragen
emphasize genealogy
unterstreichen, hervorheben Abstammungsforschung
WoRdliST English nowhere pier
German nirgendwo Pier, Anlegesteg
two hundred (years) had landed
zweihundert (Jahre) war gelanded
seaward great-grandfather
seewärts Urgroßvater
1 Following an article in Wikipedia. 232
The Return – Once upon a time
English (in their) own ways (my notebooks) contained had been sold had given (him the name) escape (when) cornered
German (auf ihre) eigene Weise (meine Notzibücher) beinhalteten war verkauft worden hatte (ihm den Namen) gegeben Flucht (als) er in die Enge getrieben war
English weeping compiled (had) included Lord Ligonier
German weinend gesammelt hatte beinhaltet (Name des Schiffes)
English rock (a) pair slave-catchers (they) had cut his foot off
(how many) of them voyage second mission (I) searched (the) ship’s cargo (I) found it inventory elephants’ teeth ivory tusks beeswax raw cotton
(wie viele) von ihnen
the slave’s life
Seereise zweite Mission (ich) durchforschte (die) Ladung des Schiffes (ich) fand es Inventar Stoßzähne von Elefanten Elfenbeinzähne Bienenwachs Rohbaumwolle
indignant (the) maiming brother actually record (I) pored (through) legal (deeds) filed Virginia (found) a lengthy deed
Unzen (1 Unze = ca. 28,35 Gramm) Afrikaner Durchschnitt ich begriff Großmama Sänger, Sängerinnen
(John Waller and his wife Ann) transferred land and goods and then (one) Negro named Toby My God!
ounces Africans average I realized Grandma griots1
German Felsbrocken (ein) Paar Sklavenfänger hatten ihm den Fuß abgehackt das Leben des Sklaven empört, entrüstet (die) Verstümmelung Bruder (Adv.) tatsächlich Aufzeichnung (ich durch-) wühlte rechtmäßige (Berichte) gesammelt (Staat der USA) (fand) einen ausführlicher Bericht (John Waller und seine Frau Ann) übertrugen Grund und Waren und schließlich (einen) Neger namens Toby Du lieber Gott!
II. Understanding the text. Tick the correct answer true or false. 1. On the 200th anniversary of his ancestor’s arrival Alex Haley was standing on the pier at Annapolis. 2. He was moved to tears. 3. The captain’s name of the ship was “Lord Ligonier”. 4. 98 slaves arrived in Annapolis. 5. Haley found a list of the ship’s cargo in the Maryland Hall of Records. 6. 24 Africans had died en route. 7. His ancestor’s left hand had been cut off. 8. Four times he had tried to escape. 9. His forefather was given the name “Jonny” by “Massa John Waller”. 10. In Richmond he found the newspaper article on a microfilm that proved the “family saga”.
true
false
15 15
1 Persons who tell or sing stories about the history and traditions of their people and community. The Return – Once upon a time
233
15 f thE lAnguAgE ZonE summAry of thE BroADcAst AnD of chAptEr 15
5
10
15
We’ve now come to the end of Eric’s American journey. He and his girlfriend Julia invite friends over for dinner, so Eric could tell them his journeys in the US. During the conversation, we learned everything we needed to know about the conditional sentences. For example: “If all of my guests arrive on time, I will not have everything prepared.” And since this was the final episode of “Grundkurs Englisch”, we had a real treat for “Into the English World”. We visited the Great Barrier Reef in Australia. It is a World Heritage Site for a good reason. The Cowboy came to his last rescue by explaining that the German word “sensibel” has nothing to do with the English word “sensible” and never call your boss “chef”. Bogart and Sherlock made us hungry by telling the differences between foods like cookie and biscuit. It is a shame we will see no more of our Bavarian buddy. I think we learned a thing or two from him, e. g.: the difference between sacked !x? and sect !e?. “Roots – The Saga of an American Family” became a sensation immediately after its publication in 1976. “Roots” appealed to readers of every background: for African American readers, the story inspired pride and a greater understanding of the past; and for readers of other customs, it was a powerful look into an American family’s past. Alex Haley’s story is amazing. He put so much effort in finding his past, his ancestors, and his pride. buddy (AE, slang)
Kumpel
pride
Stolz
You may answer the questions if you wish. 1. Do you remember which part of his journey Eric liked most? 2. The easiest if-clause pattern is the zero-pattern. Why? 3. Why is The Great Barrier Reef a challenge for the Future? It is most ______________ to ecological alterations and therefore in danger of _________________ . 4. In the States you can have some desserts and in GB also some desserts or some _______________ . 5. Why can Alex Haley’s family saga be called a success story?
234
The Return – Once upon a time
6. Crossword irregular verbs (Folgen 9–14)
1
3 2 4
5
6
7 7
8
9 10 10
11 11 12 12
Across 2. Her father ___ (forbid) her marriage. 7. My wallet was ___ (steal). 8. He was ___ (ride) with guilt. 10. There was a movie called “Honey, I ___ (shrink) the kids”. 11. They think they have the election ___ (sew) up. (= They are going to win the election.) 12. She ___ (bear) the responsibility for most of the changes when she was in charge. Down 1. She had just ___ (wake) from a deep sleep. 3. Once ___ (bite), twice shy. 4. Is this the first time that you’ve ___ (fly)? 5. He hasn’t ___ (forgive) her what she did. 6. Children like to play “___ (hide) and seek”. 7. The Titanic ___ (sink) to the bottom of the sea. 9. Last winter the clothes ___ (freeze) solid on the washing line. 10. I could have ___ (swear) I heard the phone ring. 11. Ambitious (ehrgeizige) people always ___ (strive) for perfection. 12. It’s an ill wind that ___ (blow) nobody any good. The Return – Once upon a time
15 15 235
Key to exercises Chapter 1 1a The arrival 1. true; 2. true; 3. false; 4. false; 5. true; 6. false; 7. false; 8. Thank you/Thanks for the invitation. 9. She falls asleep at the table. 10. framed photos; 11. Oh yes, I have one younger brother and an older sister. They both live in Munich. 12. We meet regularly at birthday celebrations. Besides, there are always some extra events like going to movies, having barbecues. There are also frequent telephone calls. The pronouns Exercise 1. He; them; 2. It; his; 3. She; 4. They; her; she;
5. My; her; 6. hers; his; 7. Their; 8. Our;
The reflexive pronouns Exercises I. 1. myself; 2. yourselves; 3. yourself/yourselves; 4. yourself; 5. yourself; II. 1. ourselves/each other; ourselves; each other; 2. each other/one another; 3. each other/one another; 4. yourself; 5. each other/one another; Men at barbecue 1. false; 2. false; 3. true; 4. true; 5. false; 6. false; 7. false; 8. false; 9. (Lösung gegeben); 10. Germany; 11. New Zealand; 12. Wales; 13. France; 14. the Italians; 15. the Spanish; 16. Greece; 17. the Australians; 18. Scotland; Wales; United Kingdom; 19. Normally it’s me or my father. 20. I’ve got a charcoal barbecue. I like barbecuing this way as I think the meat gets more flavour (Geschmack). The plural of nouns Exercises I. 1. ladies; gentlemen; 2. children; 3. boxes; taxis; 4. buses; lorries; motorways; 5. offices; industries; 6. wishes; 7. Peaches; oranges; countries; II. 1. You left your books on my shelves. 2. Is this your tomato? 3. Men can’t have babies. 4. Do your teeth ache? 5. Discos are fantastic. 6. There is no leaf on this tree. 7. She/He has a young child. III. 1. mothers-in-law; 2. sheep; 3. women drivers; 4. lives; 5. analyses; 6. dates/data; IV. clouds; trees; roofs; noses; roads; gardens; ditches; noises; Eating 1. false; 2. false; 3. false; 4. false; 5. false; 6. true; 7. I’m not a vegetarian. I think I need normal food and some meat to keep my strength and stay healthy. 8. Unfortunately I have, much too often. I got fined several times for parking my car at the wrong places and several times because I was driving too fast. The fines were from 5 € up to 45 €. 236
Chapter 1
11
1B Précis 1. d.; 2. b.; 3. d.; 4. c.; 5. a.; 6. was, were; 7. shone; 8. came; 9. knew; 10. had breakfast; 11. told; 12. left; 13. put up; 14. did; 15. ate; 16. felt; 17. lost;
1C Say it again Sam Exercise 1. 2. 3. 4.
BE lorry chips tomato sauce spirits
AE truck French fries ketchup liquor
5. 6. 7. 8.
BE puncture tyre flat estate agent
AE flat tire apartment realtor
A Bavarian in Boston Exercise a desert – a dessert;
1D Exercises I. 1. comprises, (l.2); 2. eight times the number of people, (l. 4/5); 3. average, (l. 6); 4. is dominated by, (l. 8/9); 5. stretches from ... to, (l. 9/10); 6. stumbled across, (l. 13); 7. breathtaking, (l. 14); 8. to this day, (l. 15); 9. trading centre, (l. 19); 10. earned it the nickname, (l. 20); 11. highly varied landscape, (l. 22); II. 1. Atlantic, (l. 2); 2. 3 million, (l. 4); 3. metre, (l. 5); 4. sleeping, (l. 6); 5. Swiss, (l. 7); 6. leisure trip, (l. 9); 7. Government, (l. 13); 8. Wellington, (l. 13); 9. surfboards, (l. 16); 10. unimportant, (l. 18); 11. distracts, (l. 19); III. 1. Commonwealth; 2. Endeavor; 3. wool; 4. Auckland; 5. Kiwi; 6. North; 7. geyser; 8. city; 9. volcanoes; 10. nickname; Lösungswort: Wellington;
1e Exercises I. 1. false; 2. true; 3. true; 3. true; 4. true; 5. false; 6. true; 7. true; 8. true; 9. false; 10. false; 11. true; 12. false; 13. true; 14. true; II. (see above)
1F
1. He/She is an expatriate. 2. (for example) F: wife – wives; O: volcano – volcanoes; X: fox – foxes; Y: cherry – cherries; 3. Grill; lorry; 4. de’sserts; 5. She gets to know that a neighbour has just died.
Chapter 1
237
Chapter 2 2a The moving 1. false; 2. false; 3. false; 4. true; 5. true; 6. false; 7. true; 8. to mark advertisements; 9. He is almost knocked over by a car. 10. in your price range; 11. Yes, I do. I like to live there because everything is within walking distance. Or: No, I don’t. I live in the suburb of ... Life there is more quiet. I enjoy the fresh air there and the nice surroundings where I can go for a walk or jogging. 12. I live in a small flat on the second floor. It has about 27 square metres, but there is a tiny kitchen large enough for preparing meals. There is even a balcony where I can sunbathe on sunny days. The definite article Exercises I. the end (l.5); The apartment (l.13); the old town (l.19); the information (l.20); the apartment (l.21); II. 1. – ; 2. – ; 3. – ; 4. the, the; 5. – ; –; 6. – ; 7. – ; The indefinite article Exercise 1. an; 2. an, a; 3. a, an; 4. an; 5. an; 6. an; 7. an, a; 8. a, a; The roommate 1. false; 2. false; 3. false; 4. true; 5. false; 6. false; 7. Yes, I do. They are nice and friendly people and very helpful. When I’m not at home to receive a parcel from the postman, they take and keep it for me. 8. Yes, I could. Once they locked themselves out and I called a key service. Since that time I keep a spare key for their flat. 9. No, I haven’t. But I think there are advantages, you can share the costs of the rent and the charges. There is always someone to talk to if you want to as long as each partner can have his or her own private sphere. The demonstrative pronouns Exercise 1. these; 2. that; 3. these; 4. this; 5. those; 6. This; 7. that; 8. This; The apartment 1. true; 2. false; 3. false; 4. true; 5. false; 6. true; 7. false; 8. true; 9. false; 10. true; 11. I think it is very useful. You don’t need another wardrobe. This saves you space and, last but not least, money to buy one. In case you move out, you need not take it with you. 12. Yes, I would. You can harvest (ernten) fresh vegetable like lettuce (Kopfsalat), cabbage (Wirsing), cauliflower (Blumenkohl), tomatoes, etc. You know that you haven’t used poisonous weed killers (Unkrautvernichter) etc. Or: No, I wouldn’t, as I wouldn’t have the time to do all the work like digging, planting or watering the beds (Beete). Moreover, I don’t have the necessary knowledge for this kind of gardening.
238
Chapter 2
The numbers Exercises I. 1. two hundred and eight; 2. one hundred (and) ninety-nine, point, nine; 3. one thousand four hundred (and) fifty-two; 3. one thousand four hundred (and) fifty-two; 4. eleven thousand six hundred (and) seventy-eight; 5. six hundred (and) seventy thousand two hundred (and) thirteen; II. 1. second; 2. two; three; 3. sixty-four; 4. sixty-five; 5. eleven; seven; 6. zeros/noughts; 7. two; four; six; eight; ten;
22
Time and date Exercises I. 1. July the fourth seventeen hundred (and) seventy-six; 2. the twenty-first of June seventeen hundred (and) eighty-eight; 3. October the twenty-ninth nineteen hundred (and) twenty-nine; 4. the twentysecond of November nineteen hundred (and) sixty-tree; 5. July the twentieth nineteen hundred (and) sixty-nine; 6. the eleventh of September two thousand (and) one; II. thirty; thirty-one; twenty-eight; twenty-nine; III. 1. 14 Tage/ zwei Wochen; 2. Ostern; 3. ein Schaltjahr; 4. ein gesetzlicher Feiertag; 5. erster Weihnachtsfeiertag;
2B Précis 1. b); 2. c); 3. c); 4. c); 5. b); 6. c); 7. c); 8. to go up-/downstairs; 9. to lie down on the bed; 10. to unlock the front door; 11. to live abroad;
2C Call a cowboy Exercise in the kitchen microwave coffee maker electric kettle toaster plates, cups, glasses silverware fridge
in the bathroom towels hair dryer washing machine
in the living room in the bedroom Wi-Fi Internet connection double bed designer furniture linens pillows sheets LCD HD TV
Measure of length/square measure Exercise 1. 117 m2; one hundred (and) seventeen square metres; 2. roughly 140 sq.yd; one hundred (and) forty square yards;
Chapter 2
239
2D Exercises
I. 1. k 7. e 2. l 8. f 3. g 9. i 4. h 10. j 5. a 11. c 6. b 12. d II. 1. false; 2. false; 3. false; 4. true; 5. true; 6. not mentioned; 7. not mentioned;
2e Exercise I. 1. true; 2. true; 3. true; 4. true; 5. false; 6. false; 7. true; 8. true; 9. false; 10. true; 11. true; 12. false; 13. false; 14. true; II. (see above)
2F
1. 2. 3. 4.
The name of the old town is “Regensburg”. this; second; an; the; an; the; three; b) + c); [i@] a) weird b) to hear d) near e) dear g) mere i) clear k) beer
[i:] c) f) h) j)
weed need heat deed
5. The evil (bösartig) character of the fifth child, Ben, destroys the unity and mutual (gegenseitig) understanding of the family.
240
Chapter 2
Chapter 3 3a Eric’s dilemma 1. false; 2. false; 3. true; 4. true; 5. to try one more time; 6. power supply; 7. a mess of cables and jacks;
33
Word order Exercise 1. (Later) he talks to himself (later). 2. I have already done that. 3. They never read the instructions. 4. Then she places the phone on a mat. 5. Version 6.5.5. does not connect to the WLAN router. 6. Now I press the button on the router and I check the flickering signal. Technical support (Ts) 1. false; 2. true; 3. true; 4. true; 5. false; 6. false; 7. What can I do for you? 8. Where seems to be the problem?/Where is the problem? 9. Do you have the latest version? Questions and negations: with to do Exercise 1. Do you know when you can call the TS? 2. Do you see it flickering? 3. Do you hear a sound on the phone? 4. Do you have the updated version? 5. Do you have internet access? 6. Is Eric downloading the latest version?/Do you see Eric downloading the latest version? Interrogative pronouns Exercises I. 1. c); 2. a); 3. e); 4. b); 5. d); II. 1. Whose mistake is it? 2. What do you do every day? 4. Why can’t he come to the party?
3. Who(m) does Jenny meet regularly?
Modal auxiliaries Exercise 1. offer; 2. request; 3. deduction; 4. request; 5. possibility; 6. suggestion; 7. possibility; 8. request; 9. refusal; 10. permission; 11. invitation; Questions: without to do Exercise 1. Can you speak Spanish? 2. Could you finish working on the computer? I need it for my work. 3. Can you play the piano? 4. Can I offer you something to eat?
Chapter 3
241
Negations: without to do Exercise 1. He can’t see a steady green light. 2. They might not have the latest version. 3. Couldn’t you repeat the last step? 4. Never download it from an unknown website. 5. Not every manual is helpful. 6. Press not only “one” for customer support but “two” for purchases. 7. No manual is faultless. More technical support 1. true; 2. false; 3. false; 4. false; 5. true; 6. true; 7. true; 8. Are you able to do that now? 9. I don’t need your help anymore. 10. I must get back to work. Modal auxiliaries and their replacements Exercises I. 1. Eric is allowed to; 2. not be allowed to watch; 3. we don’t have to pay; 4. Are all German shops allowed to open; II. 1. You have to connect; 2. I have to get; 3. she has to stay; 4. does he have to get up; III. 1. you don’t have to; 2. I mustn’t forget; 3. You must come; 4. I don’t have to;
3B Précis 1. a); 2. c); 3. c); 4. c); 5. to wrap in paper;
6. very curious; 7. he says good-bye;
3C Call a cowboy Exercise 1. Which channel has the best music programme? 3. Which program do you use? A Bavarian in Boston Exercise
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12 13. 14. 15. 242
C B A B A A C A A C C B A C B
Chapter 3
16. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12 13. 14. 15.
j k a e b f h g i n m l o c d
2. The programme for the Dutch delegation is ready.
Say it again Sam Exercise
AE antenna outlet cell phone ground wire electric cord radio television
German Antenne Steckdose Handy Erdung Stromkabel Radio Fernseher
BE aerial socket mobile phone earth wire flex, cable wireless telly
33
3D Exercises I.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
d e b c g f a
II. 1. Celtic; 2. Highlands; 3. whisky; 4. clans; 5. Ben Nevis; 6. United; 7. Fortress; 8. Glasgow; 9. Loch Ness; Solution: Edinburgh;
3e Exercises I. (see below) II. 1. C; 2. B; 3. C; 4. C; 5. B; 6. A;
3F 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
This book is a manual. in present and past simple; water of life; der Ärmelkanal; These are words pronounced in the same way but with a different spelling and meaning. He remembers every wand he sold and the first phoenix feather went into the twin brother of Voldemort’s wand.
Chapter 3
243
Chapter 4 4a Planning the weekend 1. false; 2. true; 3. false; 4. true; 5. true; 6. false; 7. true; 8. to have plans for the weekend; 9. It’s almost lunch time. 10. She is out of town for the weekend. 11. Yes, I do. I like to do something special on weekends. This can be a rock concert of e.g. “The Firebirds” or a step-show of the famous Irish dance group. I would also like to see Max Raabe’s concert again with songs of the late 20s early 30s of last century. 12. My favourite hobbies are reading and listening to music. I find books like “Wer bin ich – und wenn ja wie viele? ” by R. D. Precht fascinating. The book „Die letzten ihrer Art”, a humorous report by Douglas Adams about species in danger of becoming extinct, made me laugh a great deal. I’m so anxious to listen to the excerpt you happen to read out to us in Chapter 9 in English. I hope my English will be good enough to read it in English later. To find some compensation for my rather physically inactive hobbies I jog regularly. Present continuous Exercises I. 1. I’m thinking; 2. Who is making; 3. he’s not sitting; 4. We’re looking; 5. He’s working; II. 1. are you doing; 2. I’m studying; 3. are you studying; 4. Are you enjoying; 5. I’m learning; 6. I’m planning; 7. Do you have; 8. lives; Plans at lunch 1. false; 2. true; 3. false; 4. true; 5. false; 6. true; 7. false; 8. true; 9. Let’s go hiking in the mountains! 10. to be up to one’s chin with work; 11. She lives (just) round the corner. Present simple Exercises I. 1. knows; likes; 2. hike; 3. have; 4. attends; 5. wants; 6. lives; II. 1. When/At which times do you hike? 2. What do you need to relax? 3. What do you watch? 4. What does she want to knit for her nieces and nephews? III. 1. We are often …; 2. We usually go …; 3. We sometimes fly ...; 4. We normally stay ...; 5. We would never stay ...; 6. They are usually far ...; Stative verbs Exercises I. 1. a); 2. b); 3. a); 4. a); II. 1. have; 2. need; 3. think; 4. wants; 5. contains; 6. don’t understand; mean; 7. Do you really love; III. 1. Is she seeing …; 2. Does she see/can she see …; 3. … look …; 4. … are looking …; 5. Does Fred have …; 6. Is Fred having …;
244
Chapter 4
4B Précis Correct order: 1., 6., 10., 8., 9., 5., 4., 3., 7., 2.; 11. to visit an open air concert; 12. to take the organisation of the excursion into one’s hands; 13. the sky is clearing up;
4C Call a cowboy Exercise 1. Have you still got tickets for the show on Tuesday? 2. Shall we have a game of cards? have the menu again, (please)? 4. I can’t find this place “Umleitung” on the map.
44
3. Waiter. Can we
Say it again Sam Exercise AE carnival (legal) holiday motorcycle go to the movies movie theater vacation trailer
German Volksfest gesetzlicher Feiertag Motorrad ins Kino gehen Kino Ferien/Urlaub Wohnwagen
BE fun fair bank holiday motorbike go to the cinema cinema holiday(s) caravan
4D Exercises I. 1. is the smallest part of, (l.2); 2. earn their living, (l.6); 3. is famous for, (l.7); 4. known as the cradle of, (l.11); 5. fewer opportunities for work, (l.14); 6. after all, (l.15); 7. is a compulsory subject, (l.18); 8. with temperatures of only, (l.19/20); II. 1. England, (l.2); 2. spoil the landscape, (l.4); 3. dog, (l.5); 4. French, (l.10); 5. front windows, (l.12); 6. chimneys, (l.12); 7. around the earth, (l.13); 8. Englishmen, (l.14); 9. swimming pool, (l.18); III. 1. Celtic; 2. Wales; 3. fortress; 4. landscape; 5. revolution; 6. fellow; 7. Gulf Stream; Solution: Cardiff;
4e Exercises I. 1. false; 2. true; 3. false; 4. true; 5. true; 6. true; 7. false; 8. true; 9. true; 10. false; 11. true; 12. false; II. (see above)
Chapter 4
245
4F
1. Not really, as Julia is attending a knitting course over the weekend, Claudia is visiting her parents, but perhaps Caroline can join them. They haven’t asked her yet. 2. You use the present simple tense with expressions like every day, usually, always, often, etc. 3. You can’t eat a “menu”, as this is a list of offered dishes, but, of course, what’s on the menu (normally). 4. Yes, it is. It is the first day after Christmas Day and an official or public holiday. 5. They are so much surprised as it has not been raining for weeks.
246
Chapter 4
Chapter 5 5a Visitor from abroad – at the “Marienplatz” 1. false; 2. true; 3. true; 4. false; 5. true; 6. true; 7. He explains some history to them. 8. It was used as a market square. 9. It’s time to finish this tour. 10. It draws/attracts millions of tourists a year/every year. Question tags Exercise 1. …, aren’t you? 2. ..., does he?
3. ..., do I?
4. ..., will you? 5. ..., aren’t I?
55
Visitor from abroad – at the “Viktualienmarkt” 1. false; 2. true; 3. true; 4. false; 5. false; 6. true; 7. false; 8. to finish/end the tour sooner/earlier than planned; 9. Let’s sit down, shall we? 10. May I try a piece of this, too? Short answers Exercise 1. Yes, I do. 2. Yes, he was. 3. Yes, he does. 4. No, he won’t. 5. Yes, we have. 6. No, I’m not.
5B Précis 1. c); 2. b); 3. a); 4. b); 5. Er schwimmt um sein Leben. 6. Als er aufwacht, kann er sich nicht bewegen. 7. und manche verletzen sich;
5C Call a cowboy Exercise 1. It’s so hot, I’ll just have a salad. 2. Can you buy a nice lettuce when you go to the market, please? 3. Have you washed the lettuce yet? A Bavarian in Boston Exercise [i]: weed; bee; piece; [i@]: beer; ear; fear, hear; [E@] bear; Mary; fair; vary;
Chapter 5
247
Say it again Sam Exercise AE guy wise guy pint (0,473 l) hamburger patty ground beef fall pharmacy trash can, garbage can
German Kerl Schlaumeier Halbes Frikadelle/Hamburger Hackfleisch Herbst Apotheke Mülltonne
BE bloke, chap clever fellow pint (0,568 l) meat patty minced meat autumn chemist’s dustbin
5D Exercises I. 1. is surrounded by, (l. 2); 2. as far as the eye can see, (l.6/7); 3. if you cross the border, (l. 10); 4. Ireland’s rugged coastline, (l. 11); 5. belong to the most important works of Christian art, (l.13/14); 6. in the heart of the city, (l.16); 7. they play exhilarating folk music, (l.19); II. 1. Australia, (l. 2); 2. deserts, (l. 4); 3. Harp, (l. 6); 4. countries, (l. 7/8); 5. dramatically, (l. 9); 6. future, (l.12); 7. lost, (l.15); 8. freedom, (l. 16); 9. pints, (l.17); 10. working, (l.17); III. 1. Emerald Isle; 2. republic; 3. Temple Bar; 4. folk; 5. Atlantic; 6. green; Solution: Dublin;
5e Exercises I. 1. false; 2. true; 3. true; 4. true; 5. true; 6. false; II. (see above)
5F 1. It is a memorial of gratitude (Dankbarkeit) as the Swedes exempted (verschonten) the city from damage during the Thirty Years’ War. 2. Yes, I am. ..., is it? 3. …, didn’t it? 4. salad; 5. autumn; 6. As a writer of satires he criticizes people, their behaviour or political situations or aristocracy in general. For example, the giant (Riese) Gulliver puts out the Lilliputian palace fire by urinating on it. This can be seen as ill respect towards monarchy. Therefore he had to hide his real identity.
248
Chapter 5
Chapter 6 6a Entering the museum 1. false; 2. false; 3. true; 4. true; 5. false; 6. true; 7. They stop for a moment. 8. Who came up with the design? 9. The whole city was in an uproar. 10. I would like to see the works on paper, as I don’t know what this is. Are these drawings, water colour paintings or objects made of paper or objects made of paper and then photographed and exhibited as the famous Thomas Demand does it? 11. Yes, it should. Especially young people should have an opportunity of informing themselves. And as they normally don’t have the money, it would be good not to charge them for the entry. Other people who can afford to pay for the tickets should do this. Past simple Exercises I. 1. bit; 2. didn’t sleep; 3. had; 4. ate; II. 1. were you; 2. did you get; 3. did you see; 4. you enjoy; 5. did you get; III. 1. saw; 2. thought; 3. spoke; 4. liked; 5. heard; 6. began; 7. fell; 8. caught; 9. laughed; 10. ran;
66
The design collection 1. true; 2. true; 3. true; 4. false; 5. not in the text; 6. false; 7. false; 8. More people were able to buy a computer. 9. (It’s) closing time. 10. It’s a shame. 11. I don’t want to keep you (any) longer. 12. No, normally it isn’t a piece of art. But as soon as such a piece is placed on a pedestal (Sockel) for exhibition it is meant to be one and it is the observer’s judgement what he thinks of it. 13. I like paintings. They can tell you so much. It’s true what Confucius once said: A picture are thousand words. Past continuous Exercises I. 1. was having; 2. were playing; 3. was driving; 4. was lying; 5. were quarrelling; 6. was sitting; singing; II. 1. Where were you living three months ago? 2. Were you living alone? 3. Were you working at that time? 4. Were you doing the job you wanted? 5. Were you earning enough money? 6. Were you enjoying life as much as now? III. 1. was driving; saw; 2. were you reading; rang; 3. were you talking; came; 4. got; were living; 5. stole; was swimming; 6. were waiting; began;
6B Précis Correct order: 4.; 1.; 6.; 3.; 5.; 2.; 7. If this were possible, he would sacrifice all that he has. 8. He definitely objected to that idea. 9. the most precious thing in life;
Chapter 6
249
6C Call a cowboy Exercise 1. I need to borrow some money. 2. I can’t afford to lend you any money. 3. Lend me a pen. Say it again Sam Exercise
AE
chum detour secondary highway downtown area interstate intersection pull-off yield (right of way)
German
Kumpel Umleitung Schnellstraße (vierspurig) Innenstadt Autobahn Kreuzung Parkstreifen am Straßenrand Vorfahrt beachten
BE
mate diversion dual carriage way town centre, city centre motorway crossroads lay-by give way
A Bavarian in Boston Exercises I. malady; malady; melody; II. 1. bench; 2. get; 3. opinion;
6D Exercises I. 1. They are addicted to tea. (l. 5); 2. whether in chic or casual surroundings, (l. 7); 3. There it was/This was where the first conquerors landed. (l. 11/12); 4. (The word/expression) “England” is often wrongly used as a synonym for “Great Britain”. (l. 13); 5. The red double-decker buses are the trademark of London. (l. 16); 6. You get a tremendous view of the capital. (l. 21); 7. something which is more down to earth, (l. 22); II. 1. Commonwealth, (l. 2); 2. coffee, (l. 5); 3. summer, (l. 7); 4. metres, (l. 8); 5. last, (l. 9); 6. truly, (l. 11); 7. shortest, (l. 13); 8. blue, (l. 14); 9. cheap, (l. 15); 10. Roman Times, (l. 17); 11. shuttle bus, (l. 18); 12. an egg head, (l. 19); III. 1. England; 2. kingdom; 3. House of Lords; 4. palace; 5. Cambridge; 6. Britain; 7. Prime Minister; 8. London; 9. secondary; Solution: education;
6e Exercises I. 1. true; 2. true; 3. false; 4. true; 5. false; 6. true; 7. true; 8. true; 9. true; II. (see above)
250
Chapter 6
6F
1. ... for a past action going on as a background action when another, shorter one, is described: He was writing a letter, when the door bell rang. 2. The red double-decker bus is considered as London’s trademark. 3. lending-library; to borrow; 4. give way; 5. notes; Machen Sie bitte Notizen./Notieren Sie bitte. 6. No, it isn’t. It is rather a kind of parable as the hunt for physical enjoyment in Dorian’s life is fictitiously (fiktiv) commented under ethical and moral values through the alterations (Veränderungen) that appear on the portrait. Therefore the portrait represents Dorian’s conscience (Gewissen).
66
Chapter 6
251
Chapter 7 7a Planning a trip: get advice 1. true; 2. false; 3. false; 4. true; 5. true; 6. true; 7. He wants some advice on which flight to take. 8. There is a flight that departs at ... 9. Even though /Although it is more expensive, I am going to book this flight. 10. Are you going to pick me up? 11. Yes, I do. I live in Munich where there is quite a good connection to the airport, so that I save time by going by plane. No, I don’t. Within Germany I prefer going by train. With intercontinental flights it is different. 12. Yes, I think they can. To get to an airport takes sometimes more time than the flight itself. Moreover, a fast train like the ICE or the TGV provides more space and is more comfortable. You can wander about and have a nice meal aboard. Future tenses I Exercises I. 1. spontaneous; 2. spontaneous; 3. neutral; 4. neutral; 5. spontaneous; II. 1. will; 2. am going to; 3. am going to; 4. will; 5. will; 6. are you going to get; III. 1a.; 2b.; 3b.; 4b.; IV. 1. present; 2. future; 3. present; 4. future; V. am looking after; is picking; are driving; are stopping; are carrying on; begins; lasts; are; starts; At the airport 1. true; 2. true; 3. false; 4. false; 5. true; 6. true; 7. Wo kann ich einchecken? 8. Ohne Pass können Sie nicht fliegen. 9. Ich möchte bitte einen Gangplatz. 10. I would also prefer a gangway seat as I have rather long legs to stretch. Or: A window seat is excellent for a good view down on the landscape passing by. 11. No, I wouldn’t. Nowadays you are hardly more than a waiter or a waitress serving the passengers with food and drinks. You work long hours and you stay in hotels a lot. Or: Yes, I would. You get to know many places of the world in many countries as you fly all over the world and meet many interesting people. Future tenses II Exercise 1. I will be phoning them at eight. 2. Will he be waiting for her? 4. Will she be spending the night at her aunt’s?
3. They will be leaving just after midnight.
7B Précis Gandalf: d; Thorin: b, c, f; Bilbo: a, e; 1. They gathered in the house. 2. for a long and dangerous journey; 3. how they should proceed; 4. They carried him onto a divan.
7C Call a cowboy Exercise 1. Our washing machine is broken. 2. The plane from London is delayed. 3. I drive the model with the 1.8-litre diesel engine. 252
Chapter 7
A Bavarian in Boston Exercise 1. mark; 2. compasses; 3. stamp; 4. colleague; Say it again Sam Exercise AE airplane advance reservation baggage baggage check railroad car check grip railroad round trip
German Flugzeug Vorverkauf, Vorbestellung Gepäck Gepäckschein Eisenbahnwagen Rechnung Reisetasche Eisenbahn Hin- und Ruckflug (Schein)
BE aero plane advanced booking luggage luggage check railway carriage bill travel bag railway return ticket
7D
77
Exercises I. 1. the country covers an area of around …, (l. 4); 2. the indigenous people, (l. 5); 3. They relinquished their sovereignty. (l. 10/11); 4. They were assured of their civil rights. (l. 11); 5. The Maoris constitute a minority of the population. (l. 14); 6. Their culture is nurtured. (l. 14/15); 7. Many films have been shot here. (l. 17); 8. The gentle climate with its warm summers and mild winters provides ideal conditions for farming. (l. 20/21); II. 1. mountain ranges, (l. 2); 2. offspring, (l. 4); 3. Bill of rights, (l. 6); 4. culture, (l. 7) 5. majority, (l. 10); 6. strangulated, (l. 10); 7. beach, (l. 12); 8. people, (l. 13); 9. industrial, (l. 16); 10. springs, (l. 17); III. 1. Waitangi; 2. exporter; 3. vegetable; 4. supply; 5. Kiwi; 6. Polynesians; 7. agriculture; 8. city; 9. Maori; 10. colony; Solution: Wellington;
7e Exercises I. 1. true; 2. true; 3. false; 4. false; 5. true; 6. false; 7. false; 8. true; 9. true; II. (see above)
7F 1. I’ll lend; It’s going to; 2. Yes, they are the Maori. 3. railway; steam-engine; carriages; 4. [b] [p] German German bush Busch, Strauch pear Birne symbol Symbol pole Pol bear Bär, Verb: ertragen simple einfach bowl Schale push schieben, stoßen 5. The words “may never return” made Bilbo shriek.
Chapter 7
253
Chapter 8 8a Renting a car 1. Eric doesn’t have a reservation number. This is true because it says in the text he can’t seem to find it. 2. Eric has been a regular customer of this car rental office. This is true because we can read the text he has been renting cars for a long time. 3. You can make use of the rental office’s bonus offer when you have a Master Credit Card. This is true because the text tells us he needs a major credit card. 4. Eric takes an electronic tour guide. This is false because the text says he’s giving it a thought. 5. The delivery survey form has to be filled in and handed back to the person at the counter. This is false because we can read in the text he should hand it to the person at the gate. 6. No, normally I wouldn’t. I prefer a person as a guide or a sightseeing tour on a bus with a guide. 7. This depends where I spend my holidays. When I do a city tour like in Paris or Rome renting a car would not be helpful. But if you go to the South of France to get to know “the Midi” e. g., a car can be very useful. Present perfect simple Exercises I. 1. No, I have just had one. 2. I have known him for a long time. 3. No, it isn’t. I have strained a muscle. 4. I have just passed my driving test. 5. I have been here for a year. 6. I have lent it to a friend. 7. I have never been there before. 8. I’ve not read it yet. II. 1. since; 2. for; 3. for; 4. since; 5. since; 6. for; 7. since; 8. since; III. 1. Ich bin gerade/eben angekommen und würde gerne ein Auto mieten. 2. Ich habe bereits reserviert. 3. Haben Sie schon einmal ein Auto von uns gemietet? 4. Ich bin noch nie vorher in Boston gewesen. 5. Was ist abgestürzt? 6. Nichts ist bis jetzt geschehen. Present perfect continuous Exercises I. 1. Who has eaten/has been eating my soup? 2. Who has been sitting in my rocking chair? 3. Who has been sleeping in my bed? II. 1. Somebody has drunk all my milk! 2. Somebody has broken my stool. 3. Somebody has been lying on my bed and she is still sleeping there. III. 1. a); 2. b); 3. b); 4. a); 5. b); 6. a); 7. a); 8. b); 9. a); 10. b);
8B Précis 1. It is situated in Kent, in the South of England. 2. He is on a mission of bringing him down. 3. He expects fights and his car is armoured (gerüstet) and out-fitted to win battles of any kind. 4. He wants to show that Bond is young, full of vigour and on the way to become a hero and that we may expect something more from this extraordinary car. 5. Er fuhr gerade auf der A 2 auf seinem Weg nach Sandwich. 6. wo Goldfinger sich niedergelassen hatte/residierte; 7. austauschbare Front- und Rücklichter; 8. Er trickst einen älteren Fahrer einer Limousine aus. 254
Chapter 8
8C Call a cowboy Exercise 1. Can I have the menu, please? glass of red wine.
2. Open the printer menu and click on OK. 3. I’ll have a daily special and a
A Bavarian in Boston Exercises I. [p] pill pin pig
[b] bill bin big
Pille Nadel Schwein
Rechnung Abfalleimer, Eimer groß
II. 1. corridor; 2. flutter; 3. snail; Say it again Sam Exercise 1. windscreen 2. wing mirror 3. windscreen wiper 4. tyre 5. indicator 6. headlight 7. car make 8. bonnet 9. chassis
10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.
tail light window roof aerial boot number plate bumper exhaust pipe
88
8D Exercises I. 1) 30 million, probably 32 million; 2) of the same name; 3) immigration; 4) a fifth; 5) immigrants; 6) 200 languages; 7) English; 8) French; 9) 1826, it has been the heart of the elegant; 10) pompous parliament building; 11) “Changing of the Guards”; 12) bear skin head pieces; 13) London; II. 1. Canada is …nearly 28 times bigger than Germany. (l. 5); 2. Canada is one of the wealthiest nations in the world. (l. 9); 3. temperatures climb above freezing point, (l. 13); 4. The British Crown is still Head of State. (l. 18); 5. The traditions of the Scots and the English are held high. (l. 19/20);
Chapter 8
255
8e Exercises I. (see below) II. 1. a); 2. c); 3. c); 4. b); 5. b); 6. a); b);
8F 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
256
This form is called “delivery survey form”. since; for; Canada is 28 times larger than Germany. Yes, you can. tyre; a play with words; He wrote a children’s book “Chitty Chitty Bang Bang” and some non-fictional books.
Chapter 8
Chapter 9 9a At the flea market 1. true; 2.true; 3. false; 4. true; 5. true; 6. true; 7. What can I do for you? 8. The less money you have, the fewer things you can buy. 9. Can you give me some suggestions? 10. Yes, I do. There are so many things to look at. Sometimes you can even make a bargain, which is good value for your money. No, I don’t. I believe that people just want to get rid of their trash and even get some money for it. I prefer solid new things even if they are costly. 11. I once bought an oil-painting of the church “Santa Maria della Salute” on the Canale Grande in Venice at a very reasonable price. Later it showed that I had made a real bargain. Adverbs Exercises I. 1. comfortable; beautifully; 2. unbelievably; 3. simply; unbelievable; 4. noisily; 5. Unfortunately; 6. quickly; well; 7. economic; extremely; 8. intelligent; clever; 9. systematically; II. 1. fast; fast; 2. lovely; in a silly way; 3. early; early; Comparison Exercises I. 1. thinner; 2. more important; 3. more serious; 4. happier; 5. more expensive; 6. more quiet/ quieter; 7. busier; 8. easier; better; II. 1. best; 2. most intelligent; 3. most shameful; 4. happiest; 5. most demanding;
99
Comparative clauses Exercises I. 1. c); 2. e); 3. b); 4. d); 5. a); II. 1. The queue is getting longer and longer. 2. Eating out is getting dearer and dearer/more and more expensive. 3. Life is getting more and more complicated. 4. The world is getting/becoming smaller and smaller.
9B Précis 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
l q p o a c b h e
10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.
m f g d k j i n
Chapter 9
257
18. They went there to find out if the dolphins are at the brink of extinction. 19. They wanted to detect them by placing microphones into the river. To make them waterproof they have to cover them with “rubberovers”. 20. They couldn’t make themselves understood as nobody spoke English. Even drawings of condoms didn’t help. Finally Adams had to perform a pantomime to be understood in the end. 21. No, they weren’t. The saleswoman at the second shop brought them anti-baby-pills instead of those “rubberovers”. 22. Um sie aufzuspüren, wollten sie mehrere Mikrofone im Fluss platzieren. 23. Sie stießen auf eine junge Verkäuferin, die ihre Sprache verstand. 24. Adams nahm seinen ganzen Mut zusammen und führte eine Art Pantomime auf. 25. Sie brachte eine kleine Pappschachtel und sie dachten, dass sie schließlich (doch) erfolgreich gewesen wären.
9C Call a Cowboy Exercises I. Here you are; Don’t mention it; That’s alright; II. 1. Could you pass the salt, please? 2. That was very kind of you. Thank you. – Not at all. 3. May I open the window? – Certainly. 4. Pardon? I’m afraid, I didn’t understand. 5. One hot chocolate, here you are. A Bavarian in Boston Exercises I. 1. river; river; 2. poison; 3. manager; II. 1. darauf aus, begierig; 2. schließlich; 3. normalen; ängstlich = fearful; eventuell = perhaps; ordinär = vulgar; Say it again Sam Exercise suspenders sweater pants underpants bathrobe panty hose jockey shorts vest
AE
German Hosenträger Pullover Hosen Unterhosen Bademantel/Morgenrock Strumpfhose kurze Herrenunterhosen Weste
BE braces jumper trousers long johns dressing gown tights briefs waistcoat
9D Exercises I. 1. Canada; 2. Pacific; 3. nature parks; 4. Niagara; 5. climate; 6. wilderness; 7. beaches; 8. fruit; 9. holiday; 10. survival; 11. water plane; 12. moose; Solution: Niagara Falls; II. 1. Das Land fasziniert am meisten mit seinen riesigen und schönen Naturschutzgebieten. 2. Selbst so niedrige Temperaturen wie minus 50 Grad setzen ihnen überhaupt nicht zu. 3. Sie sind die größten und wasserreichsten (Wasser-) Fälle in Nordamerika. 4. Den Fällen wurde nie der Status eines UNESCO Weltkulturerbes zugesprochen. 258
Chapter 9
9e Exercises I.
I = Adams (4) his friend (3) c) e) g) h)
f) j) l)
shop assistant in Friendship Store (3) a) b) i)
other shop assistants shop assistant at there (1) Nanjing Road (1) d) k)
II. (see above)
9F 1. Two-syllable adjectives ending in -er, -le, -y, -ow form the comparison with -er, -est. For example: clever – cleverer – cleverest or easy – easier – easiest. 2. “please” – “don’t mention it” / “you are welcome” 3. a) to get; b) a mark; 4. The comedy series “The Hitchhiker’s Guide to the Galaxy” on TV were later published as a “trilogy” of five books. 5. Across: 1. did; 4. go; 5. chosen; 6. were; 10. rose; 11. forgotten; 13. began; 14. lay; 15. be; 16. knew; Down: 1. drink; 2. drawn; 3. wore; 4. grown; 7. rung; 8. written; 9. drove; 11. fell; 12. take;
99
Chapter 9
259
Chapter 10 10 a Finding my way to Harvard (I) 1. false; 2. false; 3. true; 4. true; 5. true; 6. true; 7. true; 8. not in the text; 9. Ich bin niemals dort gewesen. 10. Ich werde mit dem Abwasch fertig sein. 11. Bis du dort bist, wirst du alle deine Geduld verloren haben. 12. Ich werde alle meine Einkäufe getätigt haben. Armer Junge. Future tenses II Exercises I. 1. will have been learning; 2. will have been driving; 3. will have been living; 4. will have been working; II. 1. He won’t have met his uncle at this time. 2. His uncle will have been in Boston for 15 years next July. 3. Will Eric have completed his sightseeing tour by next Saturday? 4. Won’t he have been sightseeing for six hours by the time he gets home? 5. In the following summer Eric won’t have been trying to find a job for several months. III. 1. What will have landed in Boston (by ...)? 2. What will the plan have done? 3. Where will the plane have landed? 4. When will the plane have landed? Past perfect simple Exercises I. 1. had gone; 2. had been given; 3. had died; 4. had changed; II. 1. He had just gone out. 2. The play had already begun. 3. They had just finished their lunch. 4. I had not seen her for several years. III. 1. had gone; 2. went; 3. had; 4. had had; stopped; IV. 1. b) had already closed; 2. a) had never met; 3. e) had already gone; 4. c) had been; 5. d) had never flown; V. 1. after; 2. when; 3. because; 4. before; 5. so; Finding My Way to Harvard (II) 1. false; 2. true; 3. false; 4. true; 5. true; 6. false; 7. Yes, I think it is. In a city I prefer to use a map. But when going by car a GPS navigator is very helpful. Normally I switch off the voice which always tells you what to do. Past perfect continuous Exercises I. 1. He had been studying hard all day. 2. A lot of people had been smoking. 3. She had been lying in the sun too long. II. 1. was looking; 2. had been walking; 3. was waiting; had been waiting; III. 1. had been playing; a man in the audience suddenly began shouting; 2. had been waiting for about 20 minutes; realised I had come to the wrong pub; 3. had been living in Provence for two years; Mrs Mayle died;
260
Chapter 10
10 B Précis 1. 2. 3. 4.
g e f d
5. 6. 7.
c a b
8. No he didn’t. A pupil had thrown it away and the teacher picked it up and ate it. 9. No, obviously not, he wanted to show to the pupils that you should not waste food carelessly. 10. First I think because he did not fail hitting the waste paper basket precisely, then it is quite unusual for a teacher to eat a whole sandwich in full view of the class (instead of giving them a lesson). 11. Through the door window the principal had watched the scene and to him it had seemed an improper behaviour for a teacher. 12. One of the pupils had dropped his sandwich. 13. He crumpled up the wrapping paper. 14. … but how to begin teaching them English Grammar? 15. The pupils showed that they were supporting him. 16. Yes, I would. A teacher should not only teach his subject like English in this case, but also try to educate in a more general sense. Although the pupils would never admit being on the look-out for a model to follow, a teacher is a public figure nevertheless and should set positive examples even though in contradiction to his superiors. 17. I didn’t like going to school, but I had to and therefore tried to come up to the demands. In the subjects I liked (mostly because of the teachers) I was really good, in sports for instance.
10 C Call a cowboy Exercise 1. Have we still got any Soya sauce left in the basement? 3. I’ll make the dressing as usual with oil and vinegar.
2. Shall I put the gravy over the potatoes?
Bavarian in Boston Exercises I. [e]
text head led melody men set
[{] taxed bag dad gas had lad malady man mass sat
[e]
[{]
said bed left gets wet when pet
sad that bad Jack’s hand patting
10 10
II. 1. neulich; jüngst; 2. verbringt; gibt aus; 3. Stadion; 4. starken; stark; am anderen Tag = the next day; spenden = to give; Stadium = stage; streng = strict, severe;
Chapter 10
261
Say it again Sam Exercise AE faculty grade grade eraser high school principal semester
German Lehrerkollegium Klasse Note (Schule) Radiergummi weiterführende Schule Direktor (in) der Schule Schulhalbjahr
BE (teaching) staff class/form mark rubber secondary school principal, headmaster/headmistress (in primary school) term
10 D Exercises I. 1. ein Wahrzeichen/Merkmal, das für Freiheit und unbegrenzte Möglichkeit(en) steht; 2. wo viele Einwanderer zum ersten Mal amerikanischen Boden betraten; 3. Unzählige Touristen strömen in die Stadt, die nie schläft. 4. Er wurde als erster afro-amerikanischer Präsident in der Geschichte der Vereinigten Staaten in das Amt eingeführt. 5. An diesem Tag gedenkt man der Unterzeichnung der Unabhängigkeitserklärung von 1776. II. Across: 5. Obama; 7. independence; 8. New York; 9. stars; 10. Atlantic; Down: 1. Ellis Island; 2. Washington; 3. Capitol; 4. Liberty; 6. Manhattan;
10 e Exercises I. pupils in the class (5) Frank McCourt (4) Petey, pupil (3) a) b) e) d) c) g) j) k) i) l) o) n)
principal (2) h) m)
Irish school-master (1) f)
II. (see above)
10 F 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
262
No, he was not. He went astray (verlief sich) on the way to Harvard University. In both cases the past participle is used, e.g. had written – will have written. It means “Verband” and, of course, not “Salatsoße”. secondary school; The New York City Department of Education founded a Public High School and named it after him. The McCourt High School began classes in September 2010.
Chapter 10
Chapter 11 11 a Sightseeing tour 1. true; 2. false; 3. false; 4. true; 5. true; 6. not in the text; 7. true; 8. not in the text; 9. Was führt Sie nach Boston? 10. Samuel Adams wurde hier begraben. 11. Diese Schule wurde 1635 eröffnet. 12. Wir griffen freiwillig zu den Waffen, um uns zu schützen/verteidigen. 13. Er sagte: „Die reguläre Armee zieht ab.“ Passive Exercises I. 1. A man was knocked over by a car in Baker Street. 2. Ten people were killed by a terrorist on a doubledecker bus in London. 3. The dripping tap is being repaired (by a man) this morning. 4. This toy puppet was made by a little girl in India. 5. Flash photographs may not be taken in this museum. 6. Have you been invited to our farewell party (by someone)? 7. English is spoken nearly everywhere in the world. 8. Some bystanders were interviewed by the police. II. 1. He was thanked. 2. They were given a book. 3. They were shown a film. 4. We had been asked to write a comment. 5. She was taken to the station. 6. We had been told to come later. Relative clauses Exercises I. 1. non-defining; 2. defining; 3. non-defining; 4. non-defining; 5. defining; 6. defining; 7. non-defining; II. 1. Alice likes the new pullover which/that Vince is wearing. 2. The hotel in Spain in which Burney’s parents stayed/Burney’s parents stayed in wasn’t too expensive. 3. The tea (which) we were served for breakfast was bitter. 4. The disco to which Carlisle went to/Carlisle went to was very loud and overcrowded. 5. Cindy is the only person that (who) understands me. 6. The job as au-pair for which Daniela has applied/Daniela has applied for is in Massachusetts. 7. The theatre for which we wanted tickets/we wanted tickets for was sold out. 8. The little boy who (that) opened the door told me his mother was out.
11 11
11 B Precis 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
d h a i j k
7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
f g b c e
12. He wanted to settle somewhere in the wilderness. 13. He wanted to tell Mr Purcell and the others some news from the colonies in Boston. 14. The colonists were rebelling against King George III. 15. They didn’t agree about trade and taxes and wanted to be represented in the English Parliament. 16. No, they didn’t. Especially for Judith this was unthinkable. 17. Judith has always been English and is convinced to stay English, whereas Gervaise has had different nationalities and is not sure to remain English. 18. He doesn’t answer clearly, he thinks this is a philosophical matter. Chapter 11
263
19. um ihm und den Leuten dort Nachrichten aus den Kolonien um Boston zu hinterbringen; 20. und warfen 350 Kisten mit Tee in den Hafen; 21. Aber niemand wollte bis jetzt von England unabhängig werden.
11 C Call a cowboy Exercises I. blurred/out of focus; in focus; II. 1. It’s a pity the background is out of focus. 2. Quick, I need a sharp knife. 3. The food was so spicy, I felt like a fire-eater. A Bavarian in Boston Exercise 1. tatsächliche; 2. geworden; aktuell = current, topical; bekommen = get, receive, obtain; Kritik = criticism;
3. Kritiker;
Say it again Sam Exercises I.
AE color favor program dialog organize pajamas check skillful theater license medieval aging tire
II.
German Farbe Gefälligkeit Programm Dialog organisieren Schlafanzug Scheck erfahren, geschickt Theater Führerschein mittelalterlich Älterwerden Reifen
BE
l
- ise y
264
Chapter 11
AE
find examples
-m
programme – program
- or
- our
- mme - re
BE colour favour programme dialogue organise pyjamas cheque skilful theatre licence mediaeval ageing tyre
becomes
ll
-er
-ize i
colour – color, favour – favor skilful – skillful
theatre – theater
organise – organize tyre – tire
11 D Exercises I. 1. known as the cradle of independence, (l. 2/3); 2. It used to be a cemetery once. (l. 9); 3. A huge obelisk commemorates a British victory over the colonists. (l. 10/11); 4. Disgruntled American colonists stormed English ships. (l. 14); 5. And even now, once a year, she sets out to sea. (l.20); II. Across: 3. tea; 6. redcoats; 7. Cambridge; Down: 1. Charles; 2. Samuel Adams; 4. USS Constitution; 5. Harvard;
11 e Exercises I. Philip (4) a) c) e) f)
Judith (3) d) g) i)
Gervaise (3) b) j) k)
colonials (1) h)
II. (see above)
11 F
1. Yes, I do. They were Bostonians disguised as Red Indians. 2. “It was decided two hundred years ago that English should be the language spoken in the United States. It is not known, however, why this decision has not been carried out.” (George Mikes, “How to Scrape Skies”) 3. scharfsichtig; Scharfschütze; Bleistiftspitzer; 4. a) railway; b) holidays; c) lift; 5. No, they didn’t, not yet, as the struggle for independence had only started and nobody could know the result of it. The declaration of independence was signed later in 1776 after three years of fierce fighting between Redcoats and colonial contingents.
11 11
Chapter 11
265
Chapter 12 12 a Sightseeing trip 1. true; 2. true; 3. false; 4. true; 5. false; 6. not in the text; 7. not in the text; 8. true; 9. Ich sagte ihr, ich sei altmodisch. 10. Julia bat mich, den Einheimischen so viele Fragen wie möglich zu stellen. 11. Jeder sagte, ich müsse den Hummer in Rockport versuchen. Indirect speech I Exercises I. 1. The kind man told me: “All you have to do is to follow the road straight into Rockport.” 2. Many people said: “Gloucester is a nice harbour town.” 3. The guy at the tourist information told me: “Gloucester was America‘s first fishing community.” 4. A Rockport realtor told me: “It began as a summer destination for many of Boston‘s wealthiest citizens.” II. 1. Der freundliche Mann sagte mir, alles, was ich tun müsse, sei, geradewegs der Straße nach Rockport zu folgen. 2. Viele Leute sagten, Gloucester sei eine nette Hafenstadt. 3. Der Mann bei der Touristeninformation sagte mir, dass Gloucester Amerikas erste Fischereigemeinde gewesen sei. 4. Ein Immobilienhändler in Rockport sagte mir, es habe als sommerlicher Ferienort für viele der reichsten Bostoner Bürger begonnen. III.
1. 2. 3.
tense shift
4. 5. 6.
x
x x
real time x x x x x
IV. 1. He said that it was not very far. 2. She answered that she believed Gloucester was the oldest port in the U.S. 3. Eric replied that he would buy that postcard. 4. He added that he could go out there on the veranda. 5. Eric explained to the viewers that that was the end of that day’s trip. Even without GPS he had found his way around. Indirect speech II Exercises I. 1. “Why don’t you have a GPS system?” 2. “Do you know the way because I’m not from the area.” II. 1. b.; d.; 2. c.; d.; 3. a.; c; III. 1. Julia asked Eric whether/if he had written the postcard the week before. 2. He had been there the year before/the previous year, he said. 3. The cook wanted to know if/whether he was coming again the following day/the day after. 4. He loved her, he said to Julia. 5. The waiter asked how he was doing. 6. The postmaster says that one can buy the freshest lobster here in the States.
266
Chapter 12
Indirect speech III Exercises I. 1. Julia asked me to ask the locals as many questions as possible. 2. My stomach told me that it was time (for me) to eat something then. 3. The waiter politely asked me to go out there back on the veranda. 4. He shouted to take this/that road to Rockport. II. 1. 2. 3.
a. Julia suggested that I should write her a postcard. b. Julia asked me to write her a postcard. a. Uncle Mike recommended that Eric should really study at Harvard. b. Uncle Mike wanted Eric to study at Harvard. a. Uncle Mike asked Eric to give him the map. b. Uncle Mike ordered Eric to give him the map.
III. 1. He/She tells us to work hard. 2. He/she asks us to bring a dictionary to the English lesson. 3. He/She tells us to write new words down in a vocabulary book. 4. He/She tells us to watch the English broadcasts on TV. 5. He/She advises us to revise the lessons regularly. 6. He/She recommends to spend our holidays in an English-speaking country.
12 B Précis c d e b a
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
6. false; 7. false; 8. true; 9. true; 10. true; 11. false; 12. Alice fällt durch ein Kanichenloch in eine Fantasiewelt. 13. Alice hat noch nie die Bekanntschaft weder mit einem Hummer noch mit einem Hummerballett gemacht. 14. Später bietet der Greif ihr an, entweder eine weitere Tanzfigur des Hummerballets zu zeigen oder sich ein Lied anzuhören.
12 C Call a cowboy Exercise I. 1. I’m very interested in politics. 2. Great Britain’s policy towards the American colonists was very undiplomatic. A Bavarian in Boston I.
[T] (voiceless – stimmlos) think mouth path thank thick thing
German denken Mund Pfad danken dick Ding
[s] (voiceless – stimmlos)
sink mouse pass sank sick sing
12 12
German sinken Maus reichen sank krank singen Chapter 12
267
[D] (voiced – stimmhaft) clothe seethe
German kleiden, ankleiden sieden
[z] (voiced – stimmhaft) close seas
German schließen, auch: eng Meere
II. 1. auch; 2. Kunst; 3. beschuldigt; also = therefore, so; Art = way, kind; sich blamieren = to make a fool of oneself; Say it again Sam Exercise AE mailbox saloon, bar dinner napkin diaper schedule two weeks wharf, pier zip code
German Briefkasten Kneipe, Lokal Abendessen Serviette Windel Fahrplan 14 Tage Kai Postleitzahl
BE letterbox pub tea, dinner serviette napkin time-table a fortnight jetty, quay postal code
12 D Exercises I. 1. c.; 2. a.; 3. b.; 4. d.; 5. c.; II. 1. der schönste Teil Neuenglands; 2. Die Region ist bekannt als Seebad. 3. Gloucester wurde nur drei Jahre nach der Landung der Mayflower 1620 gegründet. 4. im Gegenteil; 5. Galerien, Gasthäuer und Kneipen folgen dicht aufeinander. 6. Fast ebenso allgegenwärtig wie Hummer ist die amerikanische Flagge.
12 e Exercises I. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
Gryphon x
Mock Turtle x x
x
Alice
x x x x
9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.
Gryphon x x
x
Mock Turtle
Alice
x x x
x
II. (see above) III. 1. Two sobs choked his voice. 2. At last he recovered his voice. 3. but (she) checked herself hastily; 4. yelled the Gryphon at the top of his voice; 5. in a rather offended tone; 268
Chapter 12
12 F
1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
Boston and the region around this place are considered the cradle of American history. In English you have the tense shift whereas in German you have the forms of the conjunctive. Cross out the wrong word: “Honesty is the best policy.” This part of the East coast belongs to several American States also called New England. When eating a lobster in Rockport you also get a paper napkin (AE) so that you don’t make your clothes dirty. 6. [T] means a voiceless “th” as in “think”, “thing”, “thick”, “through”, “throw”, etc., and [D] is a voiced “th” as in “this – these”, “that – those”, “than”, “then”, “there”, “thus”, etc. 7. Behind all the fictitious and irrational scenes there is a kind of recognizable common world which in its alienated form shows what a challenge the world can be.
12 12
Chapter 12
269
Chapter 13 13 a Baseball 1. true; 2. true; 3. not in the text; 4. false; 5. not in the text; 6. true; 7. true; 8. true; 9. false; 10. not in the text; 11. Although sporting events like football matches, games in basketball or ice-hockey etc. attract large crowds of audiences, there can be no doubt about the fact that practising a sport is by far healthier than just watching it. In a time where people don’t have enough physical exercise as they have jobs in offices and, besides, any kind of machinery even at home, from a mixer to a vacuum cleaner etc. to make physical work easier for them, sport becomes most important. 12. Yes, indeed. A fitness centre is mostly professionally run like a business with certain opening hours and some expert person to advise you in matters of how to use the many different kinds of machinery that build up your muscles and keep you fit. Although regularly visiting such centres may not be cheap, they by far outdo those traditional sports clubs that offer courses just once or twice a week in the evenings. Infinitive with/without to Exercises I. 1. would like to have; 2. doesn’t dare to laugh; 3. decision to go; 4. mustn’t leave; 5. could not get; 6. too old to go; 7. decided to wait; 8. dangerous to walk; 9. makes him pay; II. 1. I only wondered what to do first. 2. I didn’t know whether to go on a sightseeing tour or to the flea market. 3. How about if we stop here to watch those kids play baseball? 4. Whoever plays the game (he) must be tough. 5. Would you like to play with them? 6. The tea is too strong for me to drink. 7. The best thing for me is/would be to find a job. 8. It is warm enough to eat outside. 9. We really don’t know which suit to take. III. 1. her to help; 2. me to think; 3. her not to leave; 4. him to hurry up; 5. them to have; 6. her to finish; 7. them to drive; 8. him to take; 9. them to finish; IV. 2. Der Chef bat mich, über meine berufliche Laufbahn in der Firma nachzudenken. 4. Könntest du ihm bitte sagen, er solle sich beeilen? 6. Die Familie (be)drängte sie, ihr Studium zu beenden, bevor sie nach China gehen werde. 8. Sie ermutigten ihn, ein Sabbatjahr zu nehmen. Gerund Exercises I. 1. They ended up watching a game of baseball. 2. I only wondered what to visit fi first. rst. 3. Were you considering buying something? 4. We stop here to watch those kids play baseball. 5. I can’t stand watching this. 6. I like running. 7. I’d like to go home now having a rest. II. 1. keen on having/keen to have; 2. afraid of making/afraid to make; 3. way of passing/way to pass; 4. for being; 5. chance of winning/chance to win; III. past: 1.; 2.; 4.; 5.; present: 3.; 6.; IV. 1. b.; 2. a.; 3. a.; 4. b.; 5. b.; 6. a.; V. 2. burning; (Very seldom that you see something burn from beginning to end.)
270
Chapter 13
13 B Précis 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
c a e d h g b p q
10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.
m n o j k l f i
18. c.; 19. b.; 20. c.; 21. d.;
13 C Call a cowboy Exercises I. break (in den drei Lücken); II. 1. There was a short pause when he turned the page. 2. When are we going to have a break? We have been working non-stop for three hours now. A Bavarian in Boston Exercise 1. tapfer, mutig; 2. stumm; brav = good, well-behaved; dumm = stupid, foolish, silly; Say it again Sam Exercise AE baseball American Football (NFL) NASCAR ping pong soccer zero, nothing field line sneakers
German Baseball/Kricket (differences) American Football/Rugby Formel 1 Tischtennis Fußball null Spielfeld Schlange (anstehen) Turnschuhe
BE cricket rugby Formula 1 table tennis football nil pitch queue trainers
13 13
Chapter 13
271
13 D Exercises I. Across: 3. metropolis; 5. Las Vegas; 10. New York; 11. Los Angeles; Down: 1. Asia; 2. celebrities; 4. rags; 6. single; 7. Strip; 8. buck; 9. Hollywood; II. 1. from rags to riches, (l. 6/7); 2. a dream, (l. 7); 3. celebrities, (l. 8); 4. metropolis, (l. 11); 5. immigrants, (l. 12); 6. changing the face of, (l. 14); 7. the number of poor people, (l. 16); 8. was triggered off by, (l. 19); 9. gambling was permitted, (l. 22); 10. to make a quick buck, (l. 23);
13 e Exercises I. 1. false; 2. true; 3. false; 4. false; 5. false; 6. not in the text; 7. not in the text; 8. true; 9. true; 10. not in the text; II. (see above)
13 F 1. – The player tries to hit a small hard ball with a bat, – then he tries to run around (three bases) and get to the home base before the other team can get the ball back. 2. Wife: “Don’t forget to post the letter when you go to the station, please.” (Husband comes home in the evening.) Wife: “Did you post the letter?” Husband: “Oh, the letter ... Yes, now I remember posting it just when the train was coming to a standstill.” 3. “The Entertainment Capital of the World”; “Sin City”; “Capital of Second Chances”;”The Marriage Capital of the World”; 4. The ball in American football is egg-shaped. 5. In contrast to Jenny Oliver comes from a well-to-do family. Using this kind of “bad” language he wants to conceal his higher social status.
272
Chapter 13
Chapter 14 14 a Julia picks Eric up from the airport 1. This is false because it says in the text having waited for an hour at the airport Eric decided to take the “SBahn” to the main station. 2. This is true as we can read in the text she went to bed especially early, so that she would be able to get up at an ungodly hour on that day. 3. This is true because the text tells us that he ate all those delicious steaks and hamburgers in the US. 4. This is false as the text says the service provided to him was awesome. 5. This is false because we can read in the text having left his apartment he realized he had forgotten his keys. 6. This is true as it says in the text that her colleague who visited/visiting Boston last year was disappointed. 7. This is false because we can read in the text as his family was poor, he couldn’t attend university. 8. Fred told Julia that Eric had left his keys at home and that his roommate should put a key under the doormat on the day he arrived. 9. He admires his Uncle Mike as he has done a great job, has a wonderful family and a nice house and built up a most successful business in the community. 10. I don’t really have a role model. Nevertheless, I admire parents bringing up baby twins. They must be pressed by time and the double burden they have got to master: change the nappies, prepare food and feed them, rock them to sleep. Especially when they are sick it must be a terribly hard time for the parents. They would need more than just two hands. They are the heroes of everyday life. Do we need others? 11. I would like to hitchhike through Europe to a Greek island and stay there for some time. Then I would carry on across the Middle East through India. If the money still lasts, New Zealand would be another destination to learn something more about the native tribe of the Maori. 12. trunk (AE), (l. 3); 13. to oversleep, (l. 7); 14. figure, (l. 14); 15. destination, (l. 31); 16. to accomplish, (l. 41); 17. to recover, (l. 49); Participial clauses with the present participle Exercises I. 1. I called my roommate telling him to put a key under the doormat. 2. The woman was walking through the park talking to herself. 3. She cut herself (when) peeling potatoes. 4. They were in Edinburgh visiting their son. 5. He came into the room looking around smiling. II. 1. Although being ill, he went to work. 2. Although leaving/having left without your keys, you went to the airport? 3. His family being poor, he couldn’t attend university. 4. Going to bed especially early, I would be able to get up at an ungodly hour. 5. The path leading up to the top is very narrow. III. 1. A man who operates a lathe is a turner. 2. This is the street which leads to the station. 3. People who travel to work on the A 20 should expect delays. 4. A woman who talks all day long about other people is a gossip. 5. They were given a room which overlooks the Tower. IV. 1. reason; 2. time; 3. time; 4. reason; 5. time; V. 1. Weil er spät dran war, zu seinem Vorstellungsgespräch präch zu gehen, hatte Thomas keine Zeit (mehr) zu frühstücken. 2. Es ist sehr ärgerlich, zu spät zum Vorstellungsgespräch zu kommen.
Chapter 14
14 14 273
Participial clauses with the past participle Exercises I. 1. Some animals hunted for their skins will soon become extinct. 2. The jobs offered to me were all badly paid. 3. The gift given me at my birthday was a book on psychology. 4. All the questions asked by the Members of Parliament were answered by the Prime Minister. 5. Salman Rushdie’s book published in 1988 was “The Moor’s Last Sigh”. II. 1. Most of the T-shirts which are sold here are made in India. 2. The service which was provided to me was awesome. 3. The man who was knocked over by a car yesterday has not been identified yet. 4. The windows that (which) were broken in last week’s storm have not been repaired yet. 5. The oldest car that (which) was offered to you yesterday has already been sold. III. 1.c.; 2.a.; 3.e.; 4.d.; 5.b.;
14 B Précis 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
d a f b g e h c
9. They started their trip in spring. 10. No, they didn’t. Whether they used a ferry (Fähre) or any other type of ship is not said in the text. The expression “in a very delicate vessel” refers to a ship that took them home to America. 11. Because homes are much more comfortable in the States than in Europe. 12. They risk that they will no longer love their country and be proud of it. 13. Durch Europa zu Fuß zu wandern, ist die beste Art und Weise/Möglichkeit, die Länder kennenzulernen. 14. Sie vollenden/beenden ihre Reise/Tour und kehren/fahren zurück nach Amerika. 15. Die Alte Welt bietet viele Vorzüge. 16. Man läuft nicht Gefahr, seine Liebe für und seinen Stolz auf Amerika zu verlieren.
14 C Call a cowboy Exercise 1. Excuse me, can you please tell me where the toilet is? 2. I have to go to the toilet (restroom) again. A Bavarian in Boston Exercise 1. schwanger; 2. Aussicht; prägnant = precise; Prospekt = brochure, prospectus; Mörder = murderer; 274
Chapter 14
3. Mord;
Say it again Sam Exercise bloke brekkie barbie chrissie cuppa lippy mozzie Oz sickie sunnies veggies
OZ
German Mann Frühstück Grillen Weihnachten Tasse Tee Lippenstift Mücke Australien Krankheitstag, Krankenurlaub Sonnenbrille Gemüse
BE man breakfast barbecue Christmas cup of tea lipstick mosquito Australia sick-leave, taking a day off being sick sunglasses vegetables
14 D Exercises I. 1. continent; 2. largest, nation; 3. six, colonies, joined, together; 4. million, inhabitants; 5. populated, continent; 6. inhabitants, square, kilometre; 7. years, native, inhabitants; 8. different, aboriginal; 9. people, settled, 1945; 10. different, languages; 11. eighth, biggest; II. 1. temporal clause; 2. relative clause; 3. adjective; 4. gerund; 5. relative clause; 6. adjective; III. 1. c); 2. a); 3. b); 4. d); 5. c); 6. c); 7. c); 8. d); 9. b); 10. a);
14 e Exercises I. 1. false; 2. false; 3. not in the text; 4. not in the text; 5. true; 6. true; 7. true; 8. true; 9. true; II. (see above) III. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Goldfinger representation Gulliver Bavarian Dorian Gray Ice hockey
7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12.
Humphrey Bogart contraceptives sandwich Alice Dinner digging
13. 14. 15. 16. 17.
Child Tolkien Tom Sawyer magic Katherine Solution: Grundkurs Englisch
14 F 1. 2. 3. 4.
mustard Conjunctions must be dropped in reason clauses. The text only refers to social problems with Aborigines. Otherwise there seem to be none. He misses more comfort in the homes.
14 14 Chapter 14
275
Chapter 15 15 a Eric recounts his journey into the states (I) 1. This is true because it says in the text that he was so tired from jetlag. 2. This is wrong as we can read in the text he brought some tasty beer for Eric. 3. This is wrong because the text tells us beer is not supposed to taste like pond water. 4. This is true as the text says Eric left Boston on Friday, arrived in Munich a day later and slept 18 hours after his arrival. 5. This is wrong because we can read in the text that the Celtics lost. 6. Man muss den Vorteil der schönen Tage hier nutzen. 7. Ich hoffe, ich habe mich von meinen Reisen erholt. 8. Die Bürger von Boston erwarten, dass jeder Spieler aufopfernd spielt. 9. Wenn die Mannschaft nicht jedes Spiel gewinnt, wird die Nation nicht zufrieden sein. Conditional sentences (I) Exercise 1. a) don’t know; 1. b) no; 2. a) no; 2. b) yes; 3. a) no; 3. b) yes; 4. a) wet; 4. b) fine; Eric recounts his journey into the states (II) 1. true; 2. false; 3. true; 4. true; 5. true; 6. false; 7. false; 8. true; 9. Ich weiß nicht, ob sie das absichtlich taten oder ob sie nur strohdumm sind. 10. Onkel Mike hatte mir gesagt, dass ich den Bus nehmen und mich vergewissern solle, ob ich im richtigen sei. 11. Ich fragte den Busfahrer, ob das der Bus nach Harvard sei. Conditional sentences (II) Exercises I. 1. work; will be done; 2. has; will part; 3. will be; do; 4. shall/will/should not throw; live; II. 1. would knit; had; 2. were; would be; 3. wouldn’t do; were; 4. would it not be; went; III. 1. ... what would have happened if they had not given Eric a lobster bib? 2. ... what would have happened if Eric had invited them yesterday? 3. ... what would have happened if they hadn’t been kicked out of the restaurant? 4. .. .what would have happened if Eric had known how difficult it was to get to Harvard? IV. 1. will have; unless you use this lobster bib; 2. will bring; unless someone wants thirds; 3. will not/ won’t be satisfied; unless the team wins every game; V. 1. had; would; 2. would; 3. would; 4. had; would; 5. would; had; VI. 1. When I was younger I was badly in need of money, that’s why I certainly would have chosen the better paid job, even though it would have been somewhat boring. At present my situation is completely different. Consequently, I would choose the more interesting work and I would not mind that my pay cheque would be lower at the end of the month. 2. I certainly would not play the hero and engage in a fight with the burglar. I would use my mobile phone and call the police explaining to them what was going on. I would note down the car number of the burglar if he had one. I would also try to contact my neighbours to organise support. At any rate I would try to watch the burglar closely to be able to give a precise description of him.
276
Chapter 15
15 B Précis 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
f g k i j h
7. 8. 9. 10. 11.
e c d b a
12. He discovered that he was a descendant of Kunta Kinte who had been caught as slave in the Gambia River area 200 years before. 13. 98 slaves had survived whereas 42 had died on the ship. 14. The history of the family was handed down from one generation to another and may have induced him to find out whether it was true or not. 15. A newspaper article on microfilm showed that Kunta Kinte, named “Toby”, was transferred to a certain Dr. William Waller. 16. On the exact date of Kunta Kinte’s arrival in Annapolis he was standing on the pier, moved to tears. 17. er war der Nachfahre von; 18. Archive verzeichneten eine Liste von Gegenständen. 19. Die Familiengeschichte war von einer Generation bis zu seiner, der siebenten, weitergegeben worden. 20. Alex Haley stieß auf einen Zeitungsartikel auf Mikrofilm. 21. Er war so sehr gerührt, dass Tränen über seine Wangen liefen.
15 C Call a cowboy Exercise 1) sensible; 2) Boss; 3) sensible; 4) chef; 5) Boss; 6) sensitive; 7) boss; 8) chef; 9) boss; 10) chef; A Bavarian in Boston Exercise 1. überwachen; 2. Quittung; 3. übrig haben; übersehen = to overlook, to fail to notice/to fail to see; Rezept = recipe (Kochrezept), prescription (Arztrezept); sparen = save;
15 15 Chapter 15
277
Say it again Sam Exercise AE sherbet zucchini cookie eggplant sausage starter cup of tea pickle baked potato dessert
German Fruchteis Zucchini Keks Aubergine Würstchen Vorspeise Tasse Tee Gewürzgurke Ofenkartoffel Nachspeise
BE sorbet courgette biscuit aubergine banger appetizer cuppa gherkin jacket potato afters (umgangssprachl.)
15 D Exercises I. 1. it stretches over, (l. 5); 2. is easy to recognise, (l. 7); 3. They show themselves off to their best. (l. 11); 4. An encounter isn’t unusual. (l. 12); 5. The Great Barrier’s complex ecosystem is highly sensitive. (l. 16); II. Across: 3. OZ; 5. Germany; 7. British Crown; 8. Great Barrier; 9. sensitive; 10. divers; Down: 1. Kangaroo; 2. Aborigines; 4. Canberra; 6. Australia; 9. sharks;
15 e Exercises I. (see below) II. 1. true; 2. true; 3. false; 4. true; 5. true; 6. false; 7. false; 8. true; 9. false; 10. true;
15 F 1. 2. 3. 4. 5.
He seemed to like eating lobster in that nice old restaurant most. In both half-sentences you use the present tense, e.g.: If water is heated up to 100° centigrade, it boils. sensitive; perishing, disapperaring, dying, expiring, decaying, deceasing, withering; afters; Kunta Kinte’s family survived up to the seventh generation and one of his off-springs even became a famous author. President Obama’s forbears also came from almost the same region as Haley’s forbear. So even politically it is a success story. 6. Across: 2. forbade; 7. stolen; 8. ridden; 10. shrank; 11. sewn; 12. bore; Down: 1. woken; 3. bitten; 4. flown; 5. forgiven; 6. hide; 7. sank; 9. froze; 10. sworn; 11. strive; 12. blows;
278
Chapter 15
Wordlist A
aboriginal, 14D (Nomen, Adj.) Ureinwohner, eingeboren abundant, 9D überreich access, 2A Zugang accessible, 2C zugänglich accommodate, 2E hier: sich erstrecken accomplish, 14A hier: zustande bringen, erreichen account, 12E hier: wertschätzen accountant, 10C Buchhalter ache, 13C schmerzen (Verb), Schmerz (Nomen) acknowledge, 15B bestätigen adapt, 9D sich anpassen adapt, 15E anpassen, übertragen adapter, 3A Zwischenstück addicted to, 6D süchtig nach affected, 1E hier: geziert, affektiert affection, 14E Zuneigung, Liebe agitated, 5A aufgebracht, erregt aim, 7B Ziel aisle, 7A hier: Gang alarm (clock), 14A Weckruf (Wecker) ale, 7E eine Art Bier alien, 2F fremd, fremdartig amazement, 6E Erstaunen ancestor, 7D Vorfahre annoyed, 5A verärgert anticipation, 4E Vorfreude antiques, 9A Antiquitäten apartment (AE), 2A Wohnung approximately, 2A ungefähr, etwa archangels, 1E Erzengel archives [a:kaives], 15B Archive armoury, 6D Waffenlager armpit, 5E Achselhöhle assure, 7D versichern at an ungodly hour, 14A zu so früher Stunde attic, 2B Speicher audacious, 7E kühn, mutig authority, 10D Behörde award, 2E zuerkennen awed by, 2E hier: beeindruckt von awesome, 14A prächtig
B
backpack, 10A Rucksack backyard, 2A Hinterhof baffled, 9E verlegen barbecue, 1A Gartengrill bat, 1A Fledermaus, hier: VW bathing resort, 12D Seebad be apprenticed, 14E i. d. Lehre gehen, ausgebildet werden be keen on, 13A von etw. begeistert sein be to, 11A sollen beam at, 9E anstrahlen beckon, 10E heranwinken, winken benefit, 14B Vorteil, Nutzen blush, 1E erröten boarding school, 2D Internat bolster, 4B Polster, Kissen bookends, 9E Bücherstützen booth, 7A/9E Stand, Marktbude, Bude borough, 11D Bezirk, Kreis bothersome, 12F lästig boughs, 2E Zweige bound, 12E hier: Überschlag boundaries, 8D (Landes-) Grenzen bow, 3B sich verbeugen bow and arrow, 5B Bogen und Pfeil box office attraction, 13E Kassenschlager brass rods, 2E Messingstangen break, 4B Pause breast, 5E Brust brief, 13E kurz bring down, 8B zur Strecke bringen brink, 9F Rand brunch (breakfast + lunch), 14F spätes, reichhaltiges Frühstück brush shoulders, 12D hier: eng aufeinanderfolgen bubble, 9E Blase buck, 13D (umgangssprachl.) Dollar bud, buddy (AE, slang), 6F / 15F Kumpel buds, 2B Knospen bug, 3A Käfer, hier: Fehler bumper, 8B Stoßstange bump into, 4E zusammenstoßen mit burden, 14E Bürde, Last burst, 2B bersten, platzen bustling with, 4E gedrängt, voll mit buttocks, 4E Gesäß Wordlist
279
C
cancel, 1F absagen candle, 9E Kerze capacious, 2E breit caper, 12E Luftsprünge machen capital, 4D Hauptstadt captivate, 9D fesseln, faszinieren cardboard, 9B Pappkarton cargo, 15B Fracht carry-on pockets, 7A Taschen d. Handgepäcks casual surroundings, 6D zwangloses Umfeld casually, 13E (Adv.) beiläufig cave, 1A Höhle ceiling, 2A Zimmerdecke celebrities, 13D Berühmtheiten cemetery, 11A Friedhof Channel, 14B Ärmelkanal checks and balances, 10D gegenseitige Kontrolle chew, 13E kauen chill, 9D sich erfrischen chilly, 2E kühl chips, 1A hier: Scheibchen, (Holz-) Schnippsel choke, 12E ersticken chopsticks, 9E Essstäbchen chuckle, 11E kichern clashes, 11B Aufeinandertreffen, Zusammenstöße clogged, 10E verstopft commemorate, 10D begehen, gedenken commissioned, 11A (noch) im Dienst compartment, 8B hier: Fach compulsory, 4D verpflichtend Concierge and Security Service, 2C Hausmeisterund Wachdienst conclude, 6B folgern condemned, 14E verurteilt, verdammt conduct, 10B hier: Verhaltensweise conductor, 4B Dirigent conjecture, 5E vermuten consistency, 13F hier: Hartnäckigkeit conspirator, 7E Verschwörer contraption, 8B (neumodischer) Apparat convenience, 2C Bequemlichkeit, Komfort convicted, 6E verurteilt cordless phone, 2A schnurloses Telefon counsellor, 7E Berater counter, 7A Schalter, Theke county, 5D Grafschaft, Bezirk couple, 2B Paar cradle, 4D Wiege 280
Wordlist
crazy, 13A verrückt, wahnsinnig creator, 3E Schöpfer crumple, 10B zerknüllen
d
date, 10F hier: sich zu einem Rendezvous verabreden date, 13E hier: Rendezvous dawn, 1E Morgendämmerung daze, 4A tagträumen deacon, 12E Diakon death, 6E Tod debut book, 3F Erstlingsbuch decent, 2E hier: ansehnlich dedicated, 6A gewidmet definitely, 6B entschieden (Adv.) degree, 14A hier: akademischer Grad delicious, 1A köstlich delivery survey form, 8A Inspektionsliste deny, 13E leugnen, abstreiten depart, 7A abfahren, abfliegen departure, 7A Abfahrt, Abflug deposit, 2A Kaution, Anzahlung descend, 2E hinabsteigen descendant, 14D Nachkomme deserted island, 5F einsame, verlassene Insel despatches, 11E Depeschen devises, 7E Vorrichtungen diet, 1A Speise, Kost, auch: Diät dip, 4D hier: Sprung discharge, 10E Entlassung disconnect, 3A trennen, auseinandernehmen disgruntled, 11D verärgert disguise, 8B verkleiden, tarnen dismantling, 2E abbauen disrupt, 2E zerbrechen, zerstören dither, 4E zaudern, schwanken diverse, 6D vielfältig domestic, 2E häuslich domestic, 7A hier: Inlandsdominance, 6D Vorherrschaft Don’t mention it, 1A entspricht dem deutschen „bitte“ nach „thank you“ dotted, 12D verstreut liegend drafted, 10E hier: Wehrdienst leisten dragon, 1A Drache drawing-room, 7E Wohnzimmer dreadful, 6E schrecklich dripping bâton, 4E tropfnasser Dirigentenstab
driver’s license, 8A Führerschein dumb, 15A stumm, hier: dumm dump, 11A entsorgen, wegwerfen dwarf, 5B Zwerg
E
ecosystem, 15D Ökosystem edifice, 15D Bau, Gebäude editor, 3E Redakteur eligible, 8A wählbar, hier: berechtigt emblem, 7D Sinnbild, Symbol emphasize, 15E unterstreichen, hervorheben employee, 6A Angestellter enchanting, 7D bezaubernd encounter, 3A begegnen, antreffen encounter, 15D Begegnung, Zusammentreffen endanger, 9B gefährden endeavor, 1D Unternehmung, Bemühung enduring, 11D andauernd en-suite, 2C integriert enticingly, 2E hinreißend environment, 9D Umwelt equip, 4E ausstatten estrangement, 2E Entfremdung eventually, 11E schließlich every other weekend, 4A hin und wieder excerpt, 13F Auszug excessive, 5E außerordentlich excursion, 4B Ausflug exhilarate, 5D erheitern expanses, 2E weite Flächen expatriates, 1F Ausgewanderte expect, 3B erwarten extension cord, 3A Verlängerungskabel extinction, 9F Ausrottung
F
fairly, 6A ziemlich farmsteads, 3D Bauernhöfe father-in-law, 1A Schwiegervater feat, 10F Kunststück, Leistung feather, 3B Feder featuring, 3E in der Hauptrolle feet, 2A hier: (Mz. von foot) Maßeinheit fertile, 1D fruchtbar fervently, 13B (Adv.) hitzig, heftig fierce, 13B scharf, verletzend flail, 13E schleudern flamboyant, 6D prächtig
flapper, 12E Flosse flat (BE), 2A Wohnung flavour, 1F Aroma, Geschmack, hier: Thema flea market, 9A Flohmarkt flickering, 3A blinkend flight attendant, 14A Flugbegleiter fling, 6E werfen, schleudern flip, 10E schnippen float, 11A schwimmen flummoxed, 7E verwirrt flushed, 6E errötet, erhitzt For Christ’s sake, 13E Um Himmelswillen forehead, 3B Stirn fortress, 4D Festung fortunately, 4B glücklicherweise freaky, 6A ungewöhnlich, verrückt freckled, 1E mit Sommersprossen fridge, 2C Kühlschrank fully furnished, 2C möbliert furbish, 4D auffrischen furry-footed, 7F pelzfüßig
G
gable, 4D Giebel gadget, 8B technische Vorrichtung gambling, 13D Spielen um Geld, Glücksspiel gawk, 10E gaffen, angaffen genealogy, 15E Abstammungsforschung giant ferris wheel, 6D Riesenrad giggle, 9E kichern glance, 11E erblicken glare, 7E greller Schein glistening with, 2E glänzen, gleißen goal, 13B hier: Tor goalie, 13E Torhüter gold-obsessed, 8F hier: goldverrückt GPS, 10A Global Positioning System (elektronielektronisches Navigationssystem) grab, 5A hier: schnappen (umgangssprachl.), holen graduate, 13F Absolvent grant, 11E Belohnung Greek, 13E griechisch groceries, 5A Lebensmittel gross indecency, 6E grobe Unanständigkeit Gryphon, 12B Greif (Fabeltier) guy, 1A hier: Kumpel (umgangssprachl.) gym, 4A Turnhalle, hier: Fitnessstudio
Wordlist
281
H
hail from, 8D hier: stammen von hallway, 2A Flur, Gang handsomeness, 6B Schönheit hang out, 4A hier: nichts Bestimmtes tun, abhängen (umgangssprachl.) harsh, 9D rau hassle, 15A Ärger, Plage, „Theater“ haze, 1E Dunst head back, 15A zurückeilen head for, 14B zusteuern auf heed, 13B beachten hike, 4A wandern hitchhiker, 9E Anhalter hold session, 10D tagen holly, 3B Stechpalme Holy Mackerel Batman, 1A (Ausruf des Erschreckens) homeless lot, 14E hier: verlorener Haufen hook up, 3A verbinden, verknüpfen horrible, 6E entsetzlich hospitable, 15A gastfreundlich huge, 6A riesig
i
immeasurably, 14E (Adv.) unendlich immigrants, 8D Einwanderer immigration, 8D Einwanderung inaugurate, 10D i. d. Amt einführen inch, 5E Zoll (2,54 cm) inconceivable, 4D unvorstellbar indigenous, 7D eingeboren influential, 3E einflussreich ingenious, 7E scharfsinnig, klug initially, 10E anfangs inspirational, 5D begeisternd inspire, 6F inspirieren instigator, 11D Anstifter intermission, 4E hier: Pause interrupt, 1F unterbrechen intersection (AE), 12A Kreuzung items, 6A Gegenstände, Artikel items, 8A Posten ivory, 6E Elfenbein
J
jacks, 3A Buchsen jellyfish, 12B Qualle
282
Wordlist
jet lag, 15A Jetlag (Nachwirkungen einer langen Reise mit verschiedenen Zeitzonen)
K
ketchup (AE), 1A Tomatensoße kidnap, 15E entführen Kiwi, 1A Kiwi, Neuseeländer, auch: Kiwi Vogel knit, 4A stricken
l
label, 6F beschriften labels, 3A Aufkleber landing, 2B Treppenabsatz landline, 2A Festnetz landmark, 10D Merkmal, Kennzeichen, Wahrzeichen lanky, 1E schlaksig lapse, 9E verfallen lash, 13E dreschen Latin, 13E lateinisch leap, 5E springen leisure, 2D Freizeit let alone, 12D geschweige denn ligatures, 5E hier: Fäden lighthouse, 12D Leuchtturm lightning, 7B Blitz lightning-shaped, 3F blitzförmig likewise, 5E ebenso lilac, 2B Flieder limbs, 5B Gliedmaßen linens, 2C Bettwäsche literally, 13E (Adv.) buchstäblich lobster, 12A Hummer looks, 6B Aussehen lousy, 13E lausig luggage, 8A Gepäck lush pastures, 4D saftige Weiden
M
magical, 2E magisch magnificent, 5D herrlich, prächtig major credit card, 8A hier: internationale Kreditkarte majority, 14E Mehrheit malevolent, 2E böswillig mam, 7A (umgangssprachl.) Madam manual, 3A Handbuch mark, 3B hier: Narbe, Markierung marquee, 1B Festzelt
marvel at, 2E etw. bewundern mat, 3A Untersetzer, Matte meal, 4B Mahlzeit meaning, 1F Bedeutung measure, 8D messen medieval, 5D mittelalterlich melting pot, 14D Schmelztiegel menu, 4B Speisekarte mercilessly, 13B (Adv.) gnadenlos, unbarmherzig mess, 3A Unordnung, Durcheinander minority, 7D Minderheit mock, 6E verspotten Mock Turtle, 12B unechte Seeschildkröte module, 1A Modul, Baustein, Einheit mood, 4E Stimmung moose (AE), 9D Elch mortgage, 13D Hypothek, (mortgage crisis, hier: Finanzkrise) motion picture (AE), 13E Film mould, 13F Gußform multifarious, 15D vielfältig, mannigfaltig municipal, 5D kommunal murmur, 6E murmeln
N
National Anthem, 13E Nationalhymne nevertheless, 13D nichtsdestotrotz nightmare, 2A Albtraum non-fiction, 14E real (im Gegensatz zu “Fantasie“) novel, 14E Roman nurture, 7D hegen, pflegen
o
oath, 11E Eid obviously, 8B (Adv.) offensichtlich Oh my Lord!, 7A Oh Gott! omnipresent, 12D allgegenwärtig on behalf (of), 14F im Namen von, wegen on such short notice, 15A kurzfristig once upon a time..., 15A es war einmal ... (so beginnen Märchen) ornate, 5D verziert ought to, 3A sollte outskirts, 11D Außenbezirke overlook, 12A übersehen, nicht sehen
P
pane, 10B Fensterscheibe, Scheibe parish, 8F hier: Einflussgebiet
pastry, 9A Backwaren peculiar, 12B seltsam, eigenartig peel, 10E schälen peg, 5E Pflock pen name, 3E Künstlername penalty, 13B Strafe peninsula, 9D Halbinsel Penthouse Duplex, 2C Whg., 2 Etagen perceive, 5E erblicken, wahrnehmen percussion instrument, 5A Schlaginstrument pester, 13F belästigen, plagen petticoat, 1E seidener Unterrock phoenix, 3B sagenhafter Vogel picturesque, 12D malerisch pillows, 2C Kopfkissen playwright, 6E Stückeschreiber pleased with, 3B erfreuen, jdm. gefallen pluck, 9E hier: zusammennehmen plunge, 9D hier: stürzen pond, 15A Weiher, Teich porch, 2B Veranda portion, 10F Stück, Portion posture, 5E Position pour, 10D hier: strömen prelude, 7F Vorspiel prevail, 1D überwiegen previous, 2E vorherig pride, 15F Stolz primary level, 2D Grundschule proceed, 7B voranschreiten produce, 5A hier: landwirtschaftliche Erzeugnisse profound, 10D tiefgreifend profusely, 9E (Adv.) überschwenglich promote, 5D befördern public high school, 10E staatl. Oberschule puck, 13E Puck, Eishockeyscheibe punch, 12E schlagen
Q
quadrille, 12B Tanz zu viert oder mit vier Paaren questionnaire, 3A Fragebogen quick-witted, 13F schlagfertig quiver, 5B Köcher quizzical, 1A ulkig, hier: fragend
r
rabbit, 12B Kaninchen rags; from rags to riches, 3E wäscher zum Millionär
Lumpen; vom Teller-
Wordlist
283
rant, 8A prahlen ravish, 1A hinreißen, entzücken reaffirm, 11B erneut bestätigen real estate agent’s, 2A (Grundstücks-) Maklerbüro realtor (AE), 12A Immobilienhändler rear, 8B rückwärtig reboot, 8A neu laden, neu starten recite, 12F rezitieren reckoning, 11E hier: Bewusstsein recount, 15A erzählen, auch: nacherzählen recreation, 11D Erholung referee, 13B Schiedsrichter relaxation, 2D Entspannung relics, 5D Überreste relinquish, 7D preisgeben reminiscent, 8D erinnernd an remote, 11E entfernt renowned, 2D berühmt reputation, 2D Ansehen, Ruf residence, 8B Wohnsitz reveal, 15B aufdecken, enthüllen revenues, 7D Einkommen reverence, 13E (eigentl.) Verehrung reverse, 2F verkehren, umdrehen ridiculous, 11E lächerlich riot, 11B randalieren, aufbegehren roar, 13E brüllen roger, 7A hier: habe verstanden role model, 14A Vorbild rubber, 9B Gummi, Kautschuk rugged, 5D zerklüftet rugs, 2E hier: Teppichläufer rumour, 2D Gerücht
s
sacrifice, 6B opfern salary, 14C Lohn, Gehalt salmon, 12E Lachs saloon car, 8B Limousine sauce, 1A Soße, Tunke save, 7B außer scream, 13E aufschreien scream, 7B Schrei screenwriter, 11E Drehbuchautor scroll, 7A rollen, herunterziehen seal, 12E Seehund section, 6A Abteilung secure, 2C hier: überwacht select, 3B auswählen self-confidence, 6F Selbstvertrauen 284
Wordlist
selfishness, 6 F Selbstsucht sequel, 12E Fortsetzung, Folge settees, 2E bequeme Sitze shark, 15D Hai shatter, 2F zerstören, zerschmettern shear, 4D scheren shipwrecked, 5B schiffbrüchig shit, 13E (umgangssprachl.) Scheiße shiver, 3B erschauern, zittern shriek , 7E gellender Schrei shrug one’s shoulders, 6E m. d. Achseln zucken silverware, 2C Silberbesteck similarities, 12F Ähnlichkeiten sinister, 7B düster, unheilvoll skate, 13E Schlittschuh laufen skates, 13E Schlittschuhe sketch, 2E skizzieren slam, 13E hier: prallen slender, 5E hier: dünn smuggler, 11B Schmuggler snotty bitch, 13B rotznasige Schlampe sobbing, 12B schluchzend soccer (AE), 4A Fußball somersault, 12E Überschlag sparsely, 14D (Adv.) spärlich species, 7D Gattung spectacular, 5D ins Auge fallend, spektakulär spice up, 1A gut würzen sprawl, 2E Großzügigkeit spy, 8E Spion stab, 1A erdolchen staircase, 2B Treppenaufgang stalls, 8D Verkaufsstände, Verkaufsbuden stammer, 1E stammeln stand-up comedy, 4A satirische „one-man show“ staunch, 9E stark, fest, entschieden staves, 1B Zeltstangen stealth, 6A Heimlichkeit, hier: Schwerelosigkeit stern, 9B streng, ernst stink, 8C hier: „nicht gut sein“ stint, 10F frustrierende Erfahrung stipulate, 10D vorsehen, vereinbaren stocking caps, 4A Wollstrümpfe strap around, 5A umhängen strengthen, 8B verstärken suburbia, 2E Vorstadt supervise, 1E überwachen surmise, 11D annehmen, vermuten survive, 3F überleben suspect, 9E verdächtigen
sweat, 5A Schweiß sweeping, 5D hier: geschwungen swift, 4E rasch, schnell
t
take apart, 2B auseinandernehmen That’s my cup of tea, 6F Das ist mein Fall. (Redewendung) thigh, 5E Schenkel three-pronged, 2D prong: Zinken, hier: dreigeteilt thud with, 2E schlagen (vor Freude) thwart, 3E vereiteln, verhindern toll, 11A hier: läuten tomato sauce (BE), 1A Tomatensoße topic, 3F aktuelles Thema tow [t@u], 1A schleppen, abschleppen tramp, 14B Landstreicher, Tramp trap, 12A Falle trash (AE), 10E Müll treason, 11E Verrat trie out, 3B ausprobieren trigger off, 13D auslösen triple, 13E dreifach twin brother, 3F Zwillingsbruder
U
ultimately, 7F (Adv.) schließlich unerringly, 10B (Adv.) hier: zielgenau uneven, 9D uneben, zerklüftet unique, 4D einzigartig unscathed, 5A unbeschädigt untrodden, 1D unberührt uproar, 6A Aufschrei, hier: Aufruhr
V
vacation (AE), 7A Urlaub valid, 8A gültig vary, 4C variieren vast, 12D ausgedehnt, weit veil, 1E verschleiern vendor, 5A Verkäufer venture, 5E hier: sich heranwagen vessel, 14B hier: Schiff vigorous, 2E kräftig villain, 8F Schurke, Schuft virtual, 2A wirklich, echt, hier: virtuell virtually, 15D eigentlich, wirklich
visiting professor, 13E Gastprofessor vivid, 11E lebendig vocational, 10E beruflich voluntarily, 11A (Adv.) freiwillig
W
wag, 7E wackeln, wedeln walk-in-closet, 2A Wandschrank (begehbar) wand, 3B Zauberstab wardrobe, 2A Kleiderschrank wary, 4C aufmerksam (be) wary of, 4C misstrauisch beobachten weird, 9 A verrückt welfare, 3E Wohlfahrtshilfe whether, 3B ob Wi-Fi, 2A WLAN (drahtlos) Wi-Fi internet connection, 2C WLAN (drahtlos) wipe off, 5A wegwischen wireless, 2A drahtloser Anschluss wireless, 3A hier: drahtlos witchcraft, 3E Hexenkunst wit, 8F Witz, Geist wizard, 3B Zauberer wizardry, 3E Zauberei world heritage site, 9D Weltkulturerbe wouldn’t happen to know, 2A nicht zufälllig kennen wrap, 3B einwickeln wreath in, 9E hier: umspielen mit wrench out, 5E herauszerren wrestle, 3F ringen wrinkle, 6E Falte
Y
Yankee, 1A Yankee (Amerikaner aus den Nordstaaten) yell, 12E schreien, kreischen yonder, 7F Ferne You’re welcome, 1A entspricht dem deutschen „bitte“ nach „thank you”
Z
zip, 8F
(durch die Gegend) schwirren
Wordlist
285
litErAtUrHiNWEisE
286
S. 17, S. 22–24
Inhaltsangabe und Originaltext Katherine Mansfield, The Garden Party Originaltext: http://www.eastoftheweb.com/short-stories/UBooks/GardPart.shtml, Stand: 06.04.2011, S. 1–2
S. 35, S. 41–42
Inhaltsangabe und Originaltext Doris Lessing, The Fifth Child Originaltext aus: Doris Lessing, The Fifth Child, Special overseas edition, London: Paladin Grafton Books, 1989, S. 9 Copyright © 1988 by Doris Lessing. Reprinted by kind permission of Jonathan Clowes Ltd., London on behalf of Doris Lessing
S. 54
Inhaltsangabe Joanne K. Rowling, Harry Potter and the Philosopher’s Stone Textgrundlage für Inhaltsangabe aus: Joanne K. Rowling, Harry Potter and the Philosopher’s Stone, London: Bloomsbury Publishing, 1997, S. 65
S. 67, S. 73–74
Inhaltsangabe und Originaltext Peter Mayle, Toujours Provence Originaltext aus: Peter Mayle, Toujours Provence, London: Pan Books Ltd., 1992, S. 149–150 Toujours Provence by Peter Mayle (Hamish Hamilton, 1991, Penguin Books, 2001). Copyright © Peter Mayle, 1991
S. 80, S. 85–86
Inhaltsangabe und Originaltext Jonathan Swift, Gulliver’s Travel Originaltext:http://www.gutenberg.org./catalog/world/readfile?fk_ files=1289066&pageno=6, Stand: 11.04.2011
S. 93, S. 98–100
Inhaltsangabe und Originaltext Oscar Wilde, The Picture of Dorian Gray Originaltext aus: Oscar Wilde, The Picture of Dorian Gray, London: Penguin Books, 1994, S. 34–35
S. 107, S. 113–114
Inhaltsangabe und Originaltext John R. R. Tolkien, The Hobbit Originaltext aus: J. R. R. Tolkien, The Hobbit, Paperback edition, London: HarperCollins Publishers Ltd. 1999, S. 17 The Hobbit © The JRR Tolkien Copyright Trust 1937, 1951, 1966, 1978, 1995
S. 120
Inhaltsangabe Ian Fleming, Goldfinger Textgrundlage für Inhaltsangabe aus: Ian Fleming, Goldfinger, London: Coronet Books, 1997, S. 61–62
Literaturhinweise
S. 135–136, S. 141–143
Inhaltsangabe und Originaltext Douglas Adams and Mark Carwardine, Last Chance to See Originaltext aus: Douglas Adams and Mark Carwardine, Last Chance to See, Reprint, New York: Ballantine Books, 1992, S. 160–161 LAST CHANCE TO SEE by Douglas Adams and Mark Carwardine, copyright © 1990 by Serious Productions Ltd. and Mark Carwardine. Illustration copyright © 1991 by Dean Bornstein. Used by permission of Harmony Books, a division of Random House, Inc.
S. 152, S. 159–160 Inhaltsangabe und Originaltext Frank McCourt, Teacherman Originaltext aus: Frank McCourt, Teacherman, New York: Scribner, 2006, S. 19–20 Copyright © 2005 Green Peril Corp. S. 167, S. 173–175
Inhaltsangabe und Originaltext Gwen Bristow, Deep Summer Originaltext aus: Gwen Bristow, Deep Summer, 17. Auflage, New York: Thomas Y. Crowell Company, 1975, S. 64–65 Copyright © Gwen Bristow
S. 183, S. 189–190 Inhaltsangabe und Originaltext Lewis Carroll, Alice’s Adventures in Wonderland Originaltext: http://www.literature.org./authors/carrol-lewis/alice-adventures-in-wonderland/chapter10.html, Stand: 11.04.2011 S. 199, S. 205–206 Inhaltsangabe und Originaltext Erich Segal, Love Story Originaltext aus: Erich Segal, Love Story, Frankfurt am Main: Moritz Diesterweg, 1980, S. 8–9 S. 213–214, S. 219–220
Inhaltsangabe und Originaltext Mark Twain, A Tramp Abroad Originaltext: http://www.gutenberg.org./files/119/119-h/p7.htm#ch50, Stand: 11.04.2011
S. 227
Inhaltsangabe Alex Haley, Roots Textgrundlage für Inhaltsangabe aus: Alex Haley, Roots, 2. Auflage, London: Pan Books, 1977, S. 684–685
Der Verlag möchte sich bei Herrn Parr für die Abdruckgenehmigung einiger Übungen und Grammatikerklärungen aus dem Buch „Fast Track English – Helping Hands“ bedanken. Vielen Dank auch an Frau Schmitz und Herrn Gladhart für die Abdruckgenehmigung der Texte aus den Drehbüchern „Grundkurs Englisch“.
Literaturhinweise
287
BildHiNWEisE Alle Bilder wurden vom Verlag ausgewählt. Herr Albrecht hat das Bild der Moderatoren (S. 8), die Grafik Word Order (S. 46) und die Bilder der Autos (S. 123) zur Verfügung gestellt. S. 12, 26, 51, 63, 78, 90, 102, 116, 130, 150, 162, 177, 192, 208, 224
288
Adobe Clip Arts
S. 8
Moderatorenteam der Sendereihe „Grundkurs Englisch“, BR/Günther Albrecht
S. 19
neuseeländische Schaffarm, neuseeländische Alpen © iStockphoto.com/travellinglight
S. 38
Regenschirm mit Flagge des Vereinigten Königreiches, Telefonzelle und Big Ben, London © iStockphoto.com/missaigong
S. 46
Grafik Word Order von Günther Albrecht, Bearbeitung Michail Korolev
S. 56
Schild „Haggis and Whisky House“, Schottland © iStockphoto.com/Tommydickson
S. 69
Caerphilly Castle, Wales © iStockphoto.com/jvoisey
S. 83
Cliffs of Moher, Irland © iStockphoto.com/Mustang_79
S. 96
Teekanne und Teetasse © iStockphoto.com/cstar55
S. 110
Straßenschild „Kiwi bird on the road“ © iStockphoto.com/narvikk
S. 123
Autobilder von Günther Albrecht
S. 124
königliche Leibwache vor dem Parlamentsgebäude, Ottawa © iStockphoto.com/MCTDE
S. 139
Elch am Ontariosee, Kanada © iStockphoto.com/photo-synthesis
S. 155
Freiheitsstatue, New York © iStockphoto.com/messenjah
S. 171
Briefmarke „The Boston Tea Party“ © iStockphoto.com/NoDerog
S. 186
Hummerhütte in Rockport, Massachusetts © iStockphoto.com/jmoor 17
S. 202
Schild „Las Vegas“ © iStockphoto.com/1_trick_pony
S. 216
australisches Känguru © iStockphoto.com/Alphotographic
S. 230
Anemonenfisch, Great Barrier Reef © iStockphoto.com/JodiJacobson
Bildhinweise